Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End Chain Approach

Lin Xiao

A thesis in fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy

School of Information Systems, Technology and Management UNSW Business School

2015

PLEASE TYPE THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES Thesis/Dissertation Sheet

Surname or Family name: Xiao

First name: Lin Other name/s:

Abbreviation for degree as given in the University calendar: PhD

School: Information Systems, Technology and Management Faculty: University of New South Wales Business School

Title: Consumer motivations in online group buying: a means-end chain approach

Abstract 350 words maximum: (PLEASE TYPE) Online group buying, as a new form of e-commerce, is one of the most innovative e-commerce business models. This model offers great opportunities for e-marketers, but also brings new challenges. In the last four years, more than 5000 online group buying vendors in have gone out of business. Existing literature suggests that online group buying is distinctive from online shopping, and consumers are motivated to use online group buying to enjoy different benefits. As little research has been conducted on understanding consumers in this context, group buying websites have few guidelines to follow to improve competitiveness.

This thesis addresses this challenge by exploring the hierarchical motivations underlying consumers' online group buying behaviour and the development of consumer typologies from a new perspective. Specifically, utilising a Uses and Gratifications (U&G) approach and Means-End Chain (MEC) theory perspective, this study aims not only to explore the content of online group buyers' motivations, but also uncover the inter­ relationships among these motivations. Moreover, it aims to introduce a new method to segment consumer, based on benefit-level motivations, which can provide more accurate consumer typologies.

To reach these objectives the laddering interview technique was used to collect data from 58 online group buyers in China. A context-specific hierarchical motive model was developed, based on the 35 motivations identified, which not only indicated consumer value/goal fulfilment paths, but also illustrated the relative importance of different paths. Moreover, three typologies of group buyers with distinct value/goal fulfilment paths were identified, fundamentally different from existing shopper typologies in the e-commerce context.

As a timely topic using a novel approach to explore consumer online group buying motivations, this study adds to the online group buying literature, introduces a new segmentation approach that overcomes the limitations of the traditional rating-scale based segmentation, and demonstrates theories and techniques derived from other disciplines that can be effectively applied to information systems and e-commerce research. This study will also help practitioners involved in online group buying businesses to better plan and design strategies to attract and retain current and potential consumers.

Declaration relating to disposition of project thesis/dissertation

I hereby grant to the University of New South Wales or its agents the right to archive and to make available my thesis or dissertation in whole or in part in the University libraries in all forms of media, now or here after known, subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act 1968. I retain all property rights, such as patent rights. I also retain the right to use in future works (such as articles or books) all or part of this thesis or dissertation.

I also authorise University Microfilms to use the 350 word abstract of my thesis in Dissertation Abstracts International (this is applicable to doctoral theses only) . XttUJ 02/04/2015 ...... L~n Witness Date Signature

The University recognises that there may be exceptional circumstances requiring restrictions on copying or conditions on use. Requests for restriction for a period of up to 2 years must be made in writing. Requests for a longer period of restriction may be considered in exceptional circumstances and require the approval of the Dean of Graduate Research.

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Date of completion of requirements for Award:

THIS SHEET IS TO BE GLUED TO THE INSIDE FRONT COVER OF THE THESIS

i

COPYRIGHT STATEMENT

'I hereby grant the University of New South Wales or its agents the right to archive and to make available my thesis or dissertation in whole or part in the University libraries in all forms of media, now or here after known, subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act 1968. I retain all proprietary rights, such as patent rights. I also retain the right to use in future works (such as articles or books) all or part of this thesis or dissertation. I also authorise University Microfilms to use the 350 word abstract of my thesis in Dissertation Abstract International (this is applicable to doctoral theses only). I have either used no substantial portions of copyright material in my thesis or I have obtained permission to use copyright material; where permission has not been granted I have applied/will apply for a partial restriction of the digital copy of my thesis or dissertation.'

Signed

02/04/2015 Date

AUTHENTICITY STATEMENT

'I certify that the Library deposit digital copy is a direct equivalent of the final officially approved version of my thesis. No emendation of content has occurred and if there are any minor variations in formatting, they are the result of the conversion to digital format.'

Signed

02/04/2015 Date

ii

Originality Statement

I hereby declare that this submission is my own work and to the best of my knowledge it contains no materials previously published or written by another person, or substantial proportions of material which have been accepted for the award of any other degree or diploma at UNSW or any other educational institution, except where due acknowledgement is made in the thesis. Any contribution made to the research by others, with whom I have worked at UNSW or elsewhere, is explicitly acknowledged in the thesis. I also declare that the intellectual content of this thesis is the product of my own work, except to the extent that assistance from others in the project’s design and conception or in style, presentation and linguistic expression is acknowledged.

Signed.... . Date...... 01/04/2015......

iii

Dedication

This dissertation is dedicated to my parents, Yonggui and Xiuqiong, the best parents in the world, have never denied me but have always encouraged my success.

My grandparents, who provided unlimited love, understanding, and encouragement to me.

iv

Acknowledgements

Completing this doctoral study has proven to be one of the most challenging periods in my life and it would not be possible without tremendous help and support from many people.

In particular, my greatest debt to gratitude is to my supervisor - Dr Zixiu Guo, for her supervision, support, and encouragement over the years. Dr Zixiu Guo, who provided a start to my research experience, has continuously helped, supported, and encouraged me both in the arduous academic process and my life journey in the past 6 years. She has given generous time in helping me developing research proposal, guiding the data collection and data analysis, reviewing and commenting on my thesis manuscript. She is always there when I need help and I have learned a lot from her. Without her, it would not have been possible for me to finish this work.

I am also grateful to my co-supervisor, Associate Professor John D'Ambra, the colleagues in School of Information Systems at UNSW, and the panel members for my

Annual Reviews, who have given insightful suggestions and comments for me to improve the thesis.

Words cannot express how grateful I am to my parent, Yonggui and Xiuqiong, for their unending love and support. They encouraged me to start the academic journey and always supported me in this pursuit. I also want to thank my grandparents for their love.

I was fortunate to receive a UIPA scholarship and A Supplementary Scholarship which provided me with financial support at a particular lean time. Thus, I would like to acknowledge the support for the UNSW and UNSW Business School.

v

I am extremely grateful to my friend, Zhiming, for his accompany and support. I would like to thank my friends, Dan, Wenlin, Young, Ketchet, Neo, Xi, Xiangling, and Yuan, for the joy and help given by them in the past few years.

Lastly, I would like to give my thanks to Bin who has helped my with my data collection and all the interviewees as this thesis could not have been written without their help. In addition, I would like to thank Elite Editing for the proof-reading .

The editorial intervention was restricted to Standards D and E of the Australian

Standards for Editing Practice.

In closing I desire to send all of my love and blessing to everyone throughout my life journey, family, and friends who have touched my life at such an inspiration level.

vi

List of Publications

Xiao L, Guo Z, D’Ambra J. “A Typology of Online Group Buyers: Using Means-end Structures for Benefit Segmentation”, Proceedings of the 35th International Conference on Information Systems, Auckland, , 2014

Xiao L, Guo Z, D'Ambra J, Fu B. "Understanding Consumer Online Group Purchase Making: A Means-End Chain Approach", Proceedings of the 18th Pacific Asia Conference on Information Systems, Chengdu, China, 2014

Xiao L. "Understanding Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End Chain Approach", Proceedings of the 17th Pacific Asia Conference on Information Systems, Jeju Island, Korea, 2013

Guo Z, Xiao L, Seo C, Lai Y. "Flow Experience and Continuance Intention toward Online Learning: An Integrated Framework", Proceedings of the 33rd International Conference on Information Systems, Orlando, USA, 2012

vii

Table of Contents

Table of Contents ...... viii

List of Tables ...... xii

List of Figures ...... xiv

List of Abbreviations ...... xv

Abstract ...... xvi

Chapter 1: Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Research Background ...... 1 1.2 Rationale ...... 3 1.3 Research Aims and Questions ...... 6 1.4 Research Significance and Contributions ...... 7 1.5 Organisation of the Thesis ...... 8

Chapter 2: Literature Review ...... 11 2.1 Introduction ...... 11 2.2 Offline Cooperative Purchasing ...... 11 2.3 Online Group Buying ...... 16 2.4 Online Group Buying History and Current Developments ...... 17 2.4.1 Dynamic-Price Online Group Buying ...... 19 2.4.1.1 Mechanisms for Group Buying Auctions ...... 20 2.4.1.2 Seller and Buyer Strategies ...... 22 2.4.1.3 Customer Participation ...... 22 2.4.1.4 Summary ...... 23 2.4.2 Fixed-Price Online Group Buying ...... 24 2.4.2.1 Profitability of Online Group Buying ...... 27 2.4.2.2 Online Group Buyer Characteristics ...... 28 2.4.2.3 Strategies in Fixed-Price Online Group Buying ...... 29 2.4.2.4 Factors Influencing Customer Participation ...... 30 2.4.2.5 Summary ...... 35 2.5 Use Motivation ...... 36 2.5.1 Internet Use Activities ...... 36 2.5.2 Motivations for Using the Internet ...... 38 2.6 Traditional Retail Shopping Motivations ...... 47 2.7 Shopping Motivations in E-Commerce ...... 54 2.8 Challenges to Understanding Consumer Online Group Buying Motivations .. 62

viii

2.8.1 Understanding the Content of Motivations in Online Group Buying Contexts ...... 62 2.8.2 Understanding the Hierarchical Structure of Motivations in the Online Group Buying Context ...... 64 2.8.3 Understanding the Benefits-Based Segmentation in the Online Group Buying Context ...... 67 2.9 Theoretical Foundations ...... 79 2.9.1 U&G Theory ...... 79 2.9.2 MEC Theory ...... 86 2.10 Chapter Summary ...... 92

Chapter 3: Research Design ...... 93 3.1 Introduction ...... 93 3.2 Research Philosophies ...... 94 3.2.1 Positivism ...... 97 3.2.2 Interpretivism ...... 99 3.2.3 Critical Paradigm ...... 100 3.2.4 Post-Positivism ...... 102 3.3 Qualitative Research ...... 104 3.4 Study Context ...... 107 3.5 Research Procedure ...... 115 3.6 Data Collection ...... 115 3.6.1 Laddering Interview Technique ...... 116 3.6.1.1 Soft and Hard Laddering ...... 118 3.6.1.2 Soft Laddering Interview Procedures ...... 121 3.6.1.3 Summary ...... 134 3.6.2 Pilot Study ...... 135 3.6.2.1 Objectives ...... 135 3.6.2.2 Design of Pilot Interview Procedures ...... 136 3.6.2.3 Findings and Discussion ...... 137 3.6.2.4 Conclusion of Pilot Study ...... 140 3.6.3 Main Study Data Collection ...... 141 3.6.3.1 Research Participants ...... 142 3.6.3.2 Group Buying Websites Used by Participants ...... 146 3.6.3.3 Interview Environment ...... 149 3.6.3.4 Interview Procedure ...... 149 3.7 Ethical Considerations ...... 155 3.8 Data Analysis Procedure ...... 155 3.8.1 Transcription and Preparation ...... 156

ix

3.8.2 Content Analysis ...... 157 3.8.2.1 Open Coding ...... 158 3.8.2.2 Translation ...... 165 3.8.2.3 Classifying Dimensions into Attributes, Benefits and Values/Goals166 3.8.2.4 Validity and Reliability ...... 170 3.8.2.5 Summary of Content Analysis ...... 174 3.8.3 Constructing a Summary Implication Matrix ...... 174 3.8.4 Constructing an Aggregate HVM ...... 176 3.8.4.1 Determining a Cut-Off Value ...... 177 3.8.4.2 Process of Developing an HVM ...... 179 3.8.5 Calculating Relative Importance of Motivations ...... 183 3.8.6 Market Segmentation: Cluster Analysis ...... 185 3.9 Chapter Summary ...... 189

Chapter 4: Data Analysis and Results ...... 190 4.1 Introduction ...... 190 4.2 Content Analysis Results ...... 192 4.3 Data Reduction Results ...... 192 4.3.1 Consolidation of Results ...... 194 4.3.2 Inter-Coder Reliability in Content Analysis ...... 209 4.3.3 Attributes, Benefits and Values/Goals Classification Results ...... 209 4.3.4 Motivations in Three Layers Identified from Content Analysis ...... 214 4.3.4.1 Attributes Layer Motives ...... 214 4.3.4.2 Benefits Layer Motives ...... 222 4.3.4.3 Values/Goals Layer Motives ...... 232 4.3.5 Summary ...... 234 4.4 SIM ...... 235 4.5 Hierarchical Structure of Motives ...... 237 4.5.1 Cut-Off Value Selection ...... 237 4.5.2 HVM ...... 239 4.5.3 Summary ...... 245 4.6 Relative Importance of Motives in HVM ...... 245 4.7 Benefits-Based Segmentation Results...... 249 4.7.1 Cluster Analysis Results ...... 249 4.7.2 SIMs for Three Clusters ...... 255 4.7.3 HVM for Three Clusters ...... 259 4.7.3.1 Selection of Cut-Off Values for Three Clusters ...... 259 4.7.3.2 HVM for Three Clusters ...... 261 4.8 Summary ...... 266

x

Chapter 5: Discussion ...... 267 5.1 Introduction ...... 267 5.2 Understanding the Motivations Underlying Consumer Online Group Buying Behaviour ...... 267 5.2.1 Motivations in Online Group Buying—Context Matters ...... 268 5.3 Understanding the Hierarchical Relationships Among Motivations ...... 285 5.4 Understanding Typologies of Customers ...... 293 5.4.1 Economic Shoppers ...... 299 5.4.2 Balanced Shoppers ...... 301 5.4.3 Destination Shoppers ...... 302 5.4.4 Summary ...... 303

Chapter 6: Conclusions ...... 304 6.1 Introduction ...... 304 6.2 Implications ...... 304 6.2.1 Theoretical Implications ...... 304 6.2.1.1 Adding Knowledge to E-Commerce Literature ...... 305 6.2.1.2 Contributing to Motivation Theory ...... 307 6.2.1.3 Contributing to Segmentation Research ...... 308 6.2.1.4 Contributing to IS Research ...... 310 6.2.2 Practical Implications ...... 310 6.2.2.1 Implications for Group Buying Websites ...... 311 6.2.2.2 Implications for Suppliers ...... 313 6.2.3 Limitations of Qualitative Research ...... 315 6.2.4 Limitations of Generalisation ...... 315 6.2.5 Limitations on MEC with Laddering Technique ...... 316 6.3 Directions for Future Research ...... 317 6.4 Concluding Remarks ...... 320

References ...... 321

Appendix A – Survey (English and Chinese versions) ...... 349 Appendix B – Participant Information Statement and Consent Form (for interview) ...... 358

Appendix C – Ethics Approval from UNSW ...... 364

Appendix D – Raw Constructs ...... 365

Appendix E – Cluster Analysis and ANOVA Results ...... 367

xi

List of Tables

Table 2-1: A summary of selected studies in cooperative purchasing ...... 16 Table 2-2: Comparison of dynamic-price and fixed-price group buying on the Internet ...... 19 Table 2-3: Factors influencing online consumer behaviour in online group buying context ...... 34 Table 2-4: Studies exploring Internet use motivations ...... 43 Table 2-5: Studies exploring traditional retail shopping motivations ...... 50 Table 2-6: Studies exploring factors affecting online shopping intentions ...... 61 Table 2-7: Market segmentations in traditional retail shopping and e-commerce context ...... 78 Table 2-8: Studies exploring Internet-based technologies use motivations that use a U&G approach ...... 85 Table 2-9: Studies using MEC to explore motivations ...... 91 Table 3-1: Philosophical perspective of four research paradigms ...... 96 Table 3-2: Comparison of qualitative and quantitative research ...... 106 Table 3-3: Comparison of soft and hard laddering ...... 120 Table 3-4: Summary of different eliciting techniques ...... 127 Table 3-5: Key strengths and weaknesses of different elicitation techniques ...... 127 Table 3-6: Summary of problem solving techniques ...... 134 Table 3-7: Summary of distinctions obtained using three elicitation techniques ...... 139 Table 3-8: Top 10 cities in terms of percentages of online group buyers ...... 143 Table 3-9: Characteristics of participants ...... 146 Table 3-10: Group buying websites used by participants ...... 148 Table 3-11: Summary of interview questions across different stages...... 154 Table 3-12: Coding procedure ...... 159 Table 3-13: A sample of text coding ...... 160 Table 3-14: Codes consolidation and categorisation process ...... 164 Table 3-15: Sample SIM ...... 175 Table 3-16: Sample of sensitivity analysis...... 178 Table 3-17: Summary of five types of relations in HVM ...... 183 Table 4-1: Motives identified in content analysis ...... 205 Table 4-2: Classification results ...... 213 Table 4-3: SIM ...... 236 Table 4-4: Statistics for determining a cut-off level ...... 238 Table 4-5: Indices of motives ...... 247

xii

Table 4-6: Cluster centroids from K-means cluster analysis ...... 251 Table 4-7: Demographic information for three groups ...... 255 Table 4-8: SIM for Cluster 1 ...... 256 Table 4-9: SIM for Cluster ...... 257 Table 4-10: SIM for Cluster 3 ...... 258 Table 4-11: Statistics for determining cut-off level for three segments ...... 259 Table 4-12: Contrast of HVM for three clusters ...... 264 Table 5-1: A comparison of motivations between current study and extant literature . 278 Table 5-2: A comparison of chains/interrelationships between current study and extant literature...... 291 Table 5-3: A comparison of shopper typologies in this study with similar typologies in extant literature ...... 296 Table 5-4: A comparison of shopper typologies between current study and extant literature ...... 298

xiii

List of Figures

Figure 2-1: Group buying auction ...... 20 Figure 2-2: Fixed-pricing mechanism ...... 25 Figure 2-3: Value chain of fixed-pricing mechanism model of online group buying ...... 26 Figure 2-4: MEC model (Olson 1989, p.174) ...... 87 Figure 3-1: Research design ...... 94 Figure 3-2: Comparison of the accumulated closed websites and operating websites in 2013 ...... 109 Figure 3-3: Number of online group buyers from 2010 to 2013...... 110 Figure 3-4: Group buying sales from 2011 to 2013 in China ...... 111 Figure 3-5: Comparison of online group buying sales from 2011 to 2013 ...... 111 Figure 3-6: Amount of sales by categories (billion Yuan) ...... 112 Figure 3-7: Market shares of different group buying websites in China ...... 114 Figure 3-8: Sample ladders got in laddering interview (Source: Reynolds and Gutman, 1988) ...... 117 Figure 3-9: Hard laddering (Source: (Botschen and Hemetsberger 1998a) ...... 119 Figure 3-10: Interview procedure...... 150 Figure 3-11: Data analysis procedure ...... 156 Figure 3-12: Chains started from carbonation ...... 181 Figure 4-1: Chapter 4 Structure...... 191 Figure 4-2: HVM for online group buying motivations ...... 241 Figure 4-3: Radar diagram of clusters ...... 252 Figure 4-4: HVM of Group 1 (economic shoppers, n=20) ...... 261 Figure 4-5: HVM for Group 2 (balanced shoppers, n=19) ...... 262 Figure 4-6: HVM for Group 3 (destination shoppers, n=13) ...... 263

xiv

List of Abbreviations

B1: Benefit 1

B2: Benefit 2

B2C: Business-to-Customer

C2C: Customer-to-Customer

CECRC: China E-commerce Research Centre

CNNIC: China National Network Information Centre

CPI: Consumer Price Index

HVM: Hierarchical Value Map

IS: Information System

ISM: Interpretive Structural Modelling

LOV: List of Values

MEC: Means-End Chain

PC: Personal Computer

SMS: Short Message Service

SNS: Social Networking Sites

TAM: Technology Acceptance Model

U&G: Uses and Gratifications

xv

Abstract

Online group buying, as a new form of e-commerce, is one of the most innovative e- commerce business models. This model offers great opportunities for e-marketers, but also brings new challenges. In the last four years, more than 5000 online group buying vendors in China have gone out of business. Existing literature suggests that online group buying is distinctive from online shopping, and consumers are motivated to use online group buying to enjoy different benefits. As little research has been conducted on understanding consumers in this context, group buying websites have few guidelines to follow to improve competitiveness.

This thesis addresses this challenge by exploring the hierarchical motivations underlying consumers’ online group buying behaviour and the development of consumer typologies from a new perspective. Specifically, utilising a U&G approach and MEC theory perspective, this study aims not only to explore the content of online group buyers’ motivations, but also uncover the inter-relationships among these motivations. Moreover, it aims to introduce a new method to segment consumer, based on benefit-level motivations, which can provide more accurate consumer typologies.

To reach these objectives the laddering interview technique was used to collect data from 58 online group buyers in China. A context-specific hierarchical motive model was developed, based on the 35 motivations identified, which not only indicated consumer value/goal fulfilment paths, but also illustrated the relative importance of different paths. Moreover, three typologies of group buyers with distinct value/goal

xvi

fulfilment paths were identified, fundamentally different from existing shopper typologies in the e-commerce context.

As a timely topic using a novel approach to explore consumer online group buying motivations, this study adds to the online group buying literature, introduces a new segmentation approach that overcomes the limitations of the traditional rating-scale based segmentation, and demonstrates theories and techniques derived from other disciplines that can be effectively applied to information systems and e-commerce research. This study will also help practitioners involved in online group buying businesses to better plan and design strategies to attract and retain current and potential consumers.

xvii

Chapter 1: Introduction

This study explores online consumers’ underlying motivations for online group buying, and the typologies of online consumers in the online group buying context. This introduction begins with a discussion of the research field, with a particular focus on the rationale for this research, followed by an outline of the research aims and questions.

The research significance is highlighted subsequently, and the organisation of the thesis is presented.

1.1 Research Background

Online group buying, which has exploded in popularity worldwide over the last few years, is a combination of ‘online platform’, ‘bulk purchase’ and ‘team buying’ (Lo et al.

2012). It is an e-business model in which customers recruit others to generate a volume of orders enough to generate a low transaction price (Cheng et al. 2013; Hsu et al. 2014).

The main idea of online group buying is that consumers can utilise collective bargaining power to lower the prices of products or services in which they are interested.

Concurrently, suppliers can minimise the cost of recruiting customers (Kauffman et al.

2010a). Therefore, group buying websites act as intermediaries, gathering geographically dispersed online consumers with common product or service interests to garner discounts, and contacting suppliers to provide opportunities to sell multiple items in minimum time. By connecting online consumers and suppliers, group buying websites earn profits and gain a reputation. Thus, the goal of Internet group buying is to create a three-win situation for online consumers, suppliers and intermediary group buying websites.

1

There are three distinctive features of online group buying. First, online group buying is not similar to online group auctions. When the minimum number of participants is reached, new customers can purchase the products at a fixed price, much like other business-to-customer (B2C) transactions. Second, the role of online group buying vendors is not as a distributor. Their role is as a platform that can serve as a bridge between providers and potential customers (Yang et al. 2014). Third, online group buying is not restricted to physical commodities, and can include virtual products and services (such as hairstyle or dining services).

The advantage of online group buying centres on its high discount rates and high participation of online customers. E-vendors can negotiate better offers at discounted rates from product or service providers as they have the means of gathering large groups of online customers (Van Horn et al. 2005). This benefits both online customers and suppliers. Online consumers enjoy significant discounts on premium products or services, so online group buying is becoming more popular and successful in today’s e- commerce environment (Edelman 2011).

Online group buying has become very popular and successful in many countries, such as the United States and China. According to surveys, the total transaction value of the online group buying market in the US is expected to reach $41.7 billion in 2015 (Shiau et al. 2012). In China, according to a report published by the China National Network

Information Center (CNNIC) (2013), the number of users of online group buying reached 141 million in 2013, an increase of 68.9 per cent from 2012, and accounted for

22.8 per cent of the netizens, while online shoppers accounted for 48.9 per cent of netizens. China’s online group buying revenue reached 53.289 billion Yuan (equivalent to 8.88 billion US ), an increase of 52.8 per from 2012 (CNNIC 2013). With the

2

growing number of people participating in online group buying, online group buying sites have proliferated in recent years. According to a study conducted by iResearch, more than 5000 online group buying sites arrived in China alone by the end of 2013.

Thus, it is evident that online group buying is considered an effective form of e- commerce, and a promising field.

1.2 Rationale

Despite the rapid growth of Internet group buying, and the large number of people participating, profitable group buying websites are said to be in a minority. According to iResearch (2013), the top 10 group buying websites accounted for 77.21 per cent of the market share in China, and their revenue accounted for 83.34 per cent of overall revenue in the group buying industry (Daraotuan.com 2012). According to people.com.cn, only 38 per cent of online group buying vendors are able to update their products in a week, and more than 8 per cent of online group buying vendors are not capable of renewing their product categories in one month. By the end of 2013, 6246 group buying websites appeared in China, of which 5376 have subsequently closed due to fierce competition (iResearch 2013), accounting for more than 80% of the total number of group buying websites. Thus, it is extremely difficult for group buying website to survive in the e-market place, since they compete not only with each other, but also with traditional brick-and-mortar stores and other online shops.

Considering the opportunities and difficulties of conducting e-businesses in this e- market, it is important for e-vendors to understand how to become competitive in this novel environment. E-commerce research has long supported the view that to ensure the

3

success of online business, it is important for e-vendors to understand their target customers, especially the factors motivating consumer behaviour (Delafrooz et al. 2009).

A motivation is defined as a desire, need or process that influences an individual’s behaviour (Smith et al. 1982). Dawson et al. (1990) also propose that motives bring consumers into the marketplace. From the e-marketers’ perspective, only if cyber- marketers know how online consumers are motivated can they adjust their marketing strategies to convert potential customers into real ones, and retain them. Although the incentive of saving money is frequently cited as a reason for online consumer participation in group buying in previous research, over time, factors motivating online consumers to engage in online group buying have become multi-faceted, due to the growth of network communities and the competitive e-market environment (Shiau et al.

2012). These factors are crucial for e-marketers seeking to increase sales. Thus, other motivators driving consumer online group buying are worthy of attention, given the potentially significant market gains offered by this e-business model.

In addition, the majority of group buying websites are run by small companies with limited resources. The profit margin has reduced from 50 per cent at the beginning to 10 per cent currently, as the number of websites in the e-market place has increased

(iResearch 2013). Therefore, only understanding consumers’ needs is not enough, as group buying websites need to understand how high level social or psychological needs can be gratified through actionable strategies. Further, consumers’ needs fulfilment path needs to be understood, to explore the motives with strong driving powers in the group buying context. Extant literature in online group buying (Chen et al. 2010; Yang et al.

2014; Zhang et al. 2014) has ignored this, even as needs and motivation theories have long emphasised the hierarchical structure of human needs and motives driving human behaviour. These theories view motivational hierarchies in terms of developmental

4

prerequisites, in which an individual’s fundamental basic needs must be satisfied first before less essential, higher-order needs become activated. Ignoring the hierarchical structural path can cause group buying websites to lack in-depth understanding of the consumers’ needs fulfilment process, and result in the inefficient allocation of resources.

Additionally, motivations considered together may seem equally important and sometimes override each other. The development of a hierarchical motive model can help group buying websites understand which motives are essential, and which more important, thereby helping them effectively make strategies focusing on the most important motives. Such a hierarchical model can help e-marketers know exactly how they should offer products and services, and what they should offer to meet consumers’ needs to truly gratify them, thus achieving high quality service with limited resources.

Finally, limited academic attention has been given to investigating the typologies of online consumers in the online group buying context. Effective online group buying marketing and management require an understanding of the existing e-market segments.

Identification of a clearly defined market segment permits specifically directed promotion programmes. So far, demographic and socio-economic characteristics have been used largely as the basis of segmentation. Marketers have increasingly pointed out that the most effective predictor of purchase behaviour should be the behaviour itself, including benefits and motivations. In this regard, online shoppers’ motivation-based segments are valuable for e-marketers in the online group buying industry. Typologies or classification schemes can provide a basis for understanding and targeting different groups of online consumers. As the online group buying industry is growing tremendously, a typology specific to this channel will enable e-marketers to identify distinct segments of online consumers, thereby enabling group buying websites to effectively tailor their offerings to these customer types. Additionally, online consumers

5

in different motivation-based segments have different hierarchical motive structures.

Thus, developing hierarchical motive models in different segments is necessary, as it can assist researchers better understand online customer knowledge, and help practitioners fully understand online consumers in the online group buying industry.

1.3 Research Aims and Questions

Based on the above discussion, the aim of this research is to provide a comprehensive understanding of online consumer hierarchical purchase motivations and online consumer typology in the online group buying context.

Based on this research aim, the three objectives and research questions of this research are:

 Research Objective (RO) 1: To understand the motivations underlying online

consumers’ group buying behaviour.

o Research Question (RQ) 1: What are the motivations for online

consumers’ online group buying behaviour?

 RO2: To understand the hierarchical structure of online group buying

motivations.

o RQ2: What is the hierarchical structure of motivations that drive online

group buyer behaviour?

o RQ3: What is the relative importance of these motivation factors?

 RO3: To understand online group buyer typologies and the motive hierarchy for

different clusters of online group buyers.

o RQ4: Are there different groups of online group buyers based on the

benefit layer motives?

6

o RQ5: If yes, what are the similarities and differences between the

hierarchical motive structures for different groups of online consumers?

1.4 Research Significance and Contributions

This research is important for theoretical and practical reasons. Theoretically, although researchers have begun to focus on the phenomenon of online group buying, studies to date have provided a limited view of this phenomenon, due to its newness. Most previous studies quantitatively examined various online group buying motivations by adopting motivations from other e-commerce contexts. This study is among the first to explore online consumers’ motivations for participating in online group buying qualitatively and systematically, so provides relevant and valuable information for future research on the topic, or for other e-business contexts. Additionally, this study provides valuable insight into motivation theory by exploring the inter-relationships between hierarchically arranged motives. Though motivation and need theories have indicated the hierarchical structure nature of human motives, only limited studies have applied and explored the hierarchical motive structure in the e-commerce context. This study provides suggestions for future research on better understanding the complexities underlying consumers’ motivational process in e-commerce contexts, such as online group buying. Finally, this is among the first studies to investigate online customer segmentation in the online group buying context, and to develop hierarchical motive models for different segments of online group buyers. Through using relevant motivations to segment online group buyers, this study can extend findings from prior research that uses variables—such as demographic and socio-economic characteristics—to segment the e-market. By developing different hierarchical motive models in each segment, this study provides comprehensive information on online

7

group buyer typologies, overlooked in prior research, and thus provides valuable suggestions for future research.

As many group buying sites have emerged in recent years, attracting consumers and suppliers is highly competitive for them. Practically, this study is significant for both intermediary group buying websites and suppliers. For group buying websites, this study not only provides the content of online consumers’ motives, but also the structure of motives, indicating online group buyers’ needs fulfilment paths. By understanding both the content and structure of the motives, group buying websites can not only efficiently understand what needs consumers are seeking to gratify, but also know how to satisfy these needs effectively through needs fulfilment paths. For instance, they could incorporate lower-level websites and service attributes that directly correspond with higher-level motives to gratify online consumers. Additionally, the motivation- based market segmentation provides the basis for understanding and targeting different groups of online consumers. It can contribute to a full understanding of the e-market, the ability to predict behaviour accurately and an increased likelihood of detecting and exploiting new e-market opportunities. The profiles of different groups of online customers would assist e-marketers in making promotion strategies in a more responsive manner. For suppliers, by uncovering online group buyers’ needs and benefits, the findings of this study could help them provide high quality service to online consumers, and select the right group buying website for their products/service.

1.5 Organisation of the Thesis

This thesis contains six chapters:

 Chapter 1 Introduction. This chapter discusses the scope of the research. It

provides the background and the rationale of this study. The aim and the

8

research questions are also included. It concludes with a discussion of the

significance of the research, including contributions from theoretical and

practical perspectives.

 Chapter 2 Literature Review. This chapter reviews the academic and business

publications related to group buying, online group buying, Internet-based

technology use motivation, traditional retail shopping motivation and online

consumer motivations in e-commerce. It begins with a discussion of the

cooperative purchasing and online group buying phenomenon. Reviews of

Internet use motivations, traditional retail shopping motivations and e-commerce

shopping motivations follow. Challenges in understanding consumers’ online

group buying motivations are discussed, and finally, the theoretical foundations

for this research are presented.

 Chapter 3 Research Design. This chapter introduces and justifies the research

methodology used in this study. It first discusses the research approach,

followed by a description of the state of online group buying in China, where the

data was collected. It then describes the data collection technique used in this

study, followed by the data collection process for both the pilot and the main

studies. Finally, data analysis methods are introduced.

 Chapter 4 Results. This chapter presents the results of the data analysis. Content

analysis results are presented first, which answer the first research question. The

hierarchical value map (HVM) illustrating the hierarchical relationships among

motivations is presented subsequently, which answers research questions two

and three. Then, the cluster analysis results are described, which answer research

questions four and five.

9

 Chapter 5 Discussion. This chapter discusses the research findings based on the

data analysis results. For each research question, key findings obtained from the

data analysis results are discussed.

 Chapter 6 Conclusion. This summarises the thesis. The implications of both

theoretical and practical perspectives are discussed, followed by the limitations

of this research. Finally, a number of important directions for future research are

included.

10

Chapter 2: Literature Review

2.1 Introduction

The primary aim of this research is to explore online consumers’ hierarchically structured motives for online group buying, and to develop a typology scheme based on benefits’ layer motives. This chapter reviews the literature on the topic, to address the gaps and link this research to the existing body of knowledge. Online group buying is an extension of the business model of cooperative purchasing, as it utilises the advantages of the Internet and social media-based technologies. The findings of previous studies have indicated that most group buyers are active Internet users and online shoppers (Tan et al. 2010). Thus, to understand the online group buying phenomenon, literature related to cooperative purchasing, Internet use motivations, traditional retail shopping motivations and online shopping motivations in e-commerce is critically reviewed to gain insights into online consumers’ online group buying motivations, and to highlight the context-based motivation characteristics. Additionally, two theories are presented to guide this study.

2.2 Offline Cooperative Purchasing

Offline group purchasing is also referred to as horizontal cooperative purchasing, group purchasing, collaborative purchasing, joint purchasing, consortium purchasing, shared purchasing or bundled purchasing. In the literature, group purchasing and cooperative purchasing are among the most popular terms. These are defined as the cooperation between two or more organisations in a purchasing group, in one or more steps of the

11

purchasing process, through sharing and/or bundling purchasing volumes, information and/or resources (Schotanus 2007). Typical advantages of cooperative purchasing are lower purchasing prices, higher quality, lower transaction costs, reduced workloads and reduced risks (Schotanus et al. 2010).

Purchasing in relatively small and intensive groups is becoming increasingly popular in both the private and public sectors (Tella et al. 2005). More and more organisations share their purchasing volumes, information and resources in purchasing groups, in which the members share the workload. By doing so, these organisations obtain lower purchase prices and reduce transaction inefficiency. In a large number of cases, the advantages of cooperative purchasing can outweigh the costs of cooperation and disadvantages, such as anti-trust issues and disclosure of sensitive information

(Schotanus et al. 2010).

Extensive research has been conducted on cooperative purchasing. Table 2-1 summarises the studies that have contributed to the cooperative purchasing literature.

These studies can be categorised into three groups. Studies in the first group explore the advantages and disadvantages of cooperative purchasing (Ball et al. 2000; Johnson 1999;

Nollet et al. 2005; Tella et al. 2005). Advantages include price reduction, administration cost reduction, easy access to knowledgeable personnel and information sharing.

Disadvantages include a reduction in supplier services, paying too much to maintain group cohesion, difficulty determining common objectives among members and an increase in tensions due to unclear beneficiaries.

Studies in the second group focus on exploring the motives, critical success factors and determinants of companies joining cooperative purchasing, and the factors that can help

12

manage purchasing groups. For instance, in a large-scale survey, Schotanus et al. (2010) identified a list of factors for managing small and intensive purchasing groups, including no enforced participation, sufficient total contribution of efforts, all members contributing with knowledge, continuity in member representation, communication and fair allocation of savings. Tella and Virolainen (2005) found that the main motives of purchasing groups were cost savings and the collection of information on supply markets.

Studies in the third group focus on examining structure of purchasing groups, development of purchasing groups over time (Johnson 1999), and different types of cooperative purchase in the market (Ball et al. 2000; Schotanus et al. 2007). For instance, Schotanus and Telgen (2007) identified five forms of cooperative purchasing:

1. piggy-backing groups, which are informal purchasing groups, and focus on

keeping cooperation simple;

2. third party groups, which mostly involve long term piggy backing, made

possible by public external parties or central authorities with devoted resources;

3. leading buying groups, which involve outsourcing purchasing activities to

another member of the group. Each item is purchased by the most suitable

organisation or external party according to their expertise, resources or

purchasing volume;

4. project group, a one-time purchasing group for a shared purchasing project;

5. programme groups, which involve representatives of the management teams of

cooperating organisations meeting regularly as a steering committee to discuss

cooperative projects.

Studies examining the development of purchasing groups over time (Ball et al. 2000;

Schotanus et al. 2007) indicate that organisations need to choose a suitable type of

13

purchasing groups for their specific situation, and there are different forms of cooperative purchasing at different stages for purchasing groups.

Authors Main contribution to cooperative purchasing Studies exploring the benefits and disadvantages of cooperative purchasing The author develops a five-stage conceptual model based on four cases of cooperative purchasing in steps of: (1) internal, (2) informal external, (3) developing external, (4) formal external, and (5) redevelopment.  Purchasing groups show many changes over time. They may become larger and active in other fields. Johnson (1999)  Advantages of cooperative purchasing: price reduction, reduced

transaction costs, ability to attract new suppliers, support specialisation of staff, greater resources and stronger management capabilities.  Disadvantages: complexity, coordination costs, uncertainty, standardisation, compliance, free riding, governance and declining savings. The authors describe the operations of some forms of cooperative purchasing. Their survey findings include:  Most purchasing groups in their early stages are organised Ball & Pye (2000) informally.  Besides hidden savings, purchasing prices will always remain an issue for organisations that spend public money.  Benefits of cooperative purchasing: price reduction, administrative cost reduction, easy access to knowledgeable personnel and Nollet & Beaulieu information sharing. (2005)  Disadvantages: price focus, potential supplier mergers, reduced supplier services, costs to maintain group cohesion, confidentiality of strategic information, determination of common objectives among members and unclear beneficiaries leading to tension. Studies exploring the motives and critical success factors of companies join in cooperative purchasing The author notes the importance of large purchasing groups in some sectors in the US, such as health care, showing that:  Significant positive associations are found between member commitment and information exchange, trust and the perceived Doucette (1997) commitment of other members.

 The suitability of alternatives to a purchasing group has a significant negative relationship with commitment.  When a group member believes that others are committed, s/he will also commit.

14

Authors Main contribution to cooperative purchasing The author describes that general practice fund-holders respond to the complexities of contracting by group purchasing. Based on interviews, three key issues of importance to the success of purchasing groups are found: Laing & Cotton  Common objectives and interests should exist. (1997)  Despite its recognised importance, communication is almost uniformly viewed as problematic. These problems are partly attributed to political rivalry and the long-established autonomy of practices.  There is an inevitable tendency for decision making towards compromises. This stifles contracting innovation. The objective of the author is to find the motives behind small purchasing groups. They review theoretical approaches explaining the cooperative purchasing rationale. The results of interviews indicate Tella & Virolainen that: (2005)  The main motives of purchasing groups are cost saving and the collection of information on supply markets.  Cost savings arise mainly from reduced transaction power, which leads to lower purchasing prices. They identify a group of success factors for managing small and intensive purchasing groups, by comparing successful and unsuccessful purchasing groups. The factors identified include:  All members contribute knowledge. Schotanus et al. (2010)  Continuity in member representation.  Communication.  Fair allocation of savings.  No enforced participation.  Sufficient total contribution of efforts. Studies exploring the structure of purchasing groups and types of cooperative purchasing The authors develop a conceptual phase model for large purchasing groups in the stages of birth, growth, maturity and concentration. Based on interviews, the authors identify several factors that may change over time: Nollet & Beaulieu  Players’ intervention (e.g. legislation influences). (2003)  Nature of benefits.

 Procurement strategy (e.g. diversification).  Nature of the relationship with suppliers (e.g. partnership).  Structure (e.g. autonomous).  Resources (e.g. electronic catalogue).

15

Authors Main contribution to cooperative purchasing They develop a typology of purchasing groups. Five main forms of cooperative purchasing are distinguished, based on seven main dimensions. The main identified dimensions of the typology are:  Extent of the costs and gains for members. Schotanus &  All members’ influence on the activities of the group. Telgen (2007)  Life plan of the group.  Member characteristics.  Number of different activities for the group.  Organisational structure of the group.  Size of the group.

Table 2-1: A summary of selected studies in cooperative purchasing

In summary, organisations are the main participants of offline cooperative purchasing.

They enjoy the benefits of cooperation with other organisations with the same product or service purchasing requirements. With the popularity and wide acceptance of e- commerce, marketers have begun to build group buying models on the Internet, referred to as online group buying, which is widely accepted by individual consumers.

2.3 Online Group Buying

Online group buying is a system that provides daily discounts for various services and products, and is a new form of e-commerce that has attracted the attention of both practitioners and academics (Erdogmus et al. 2011). It is facilitated by the Internet and the easy, fast group coalition process brought by social networks and social media

(Xiong 2010). Because of the many benefits it provides for suppliers, online group buying websites, and consumers, online group buying has been described as one the most successful and profitable online forms of business since 2008. To fully understand the group buying phenomenon, the history of online group buying, current

16

developments and two different group buying models, the literature on both group buying models will be discussed in the following sections.

2.4 Online Group Buying History and Current Developments

In October 1998, Accompany.com (later renamed as Mobshop.com), became a pioneer in online group buying auctions. In May 1999, Mercata.com became a new competitor.

In 2001, Mercata shut down and Mobshop changed its business strategy to Business-to-

Business (B2B) market. In the following years, many online group buying websites failed or reoriented their business models (Kauffman et al. 2008). Kauffman and Wang

(2001) note two reasons for the failures. First, market expectations of the profitability of dotcoms were exaggerated, which led to an indiscriminate issuance of equity and venture capital investments. Second, there was a market-wide lack of experience in the proper articulation of Internet-based business models. Compared to the success of e- business nowadays, it is clear that the low rate of Internet use and low acceptance of online shopping in the earlier were the main reasons for these companies’ failure.

Online group buying has once again been making inroads into the marketplace in recent years (Kauffman et al. 2010a). This is occurring in , and Asia.

Online group buying is quite successful in the US. .com, a US-based online coupon seller, is a pioneer in the online group buying business, as its rapid growth in

2009 brought about the advent of the online group buying industry. Launched on

November 2008, Groupon currently offers deals in almost 500 markets in 44 countries.

According to a JP Morgan Report (2011), 33 per cent of US online shoppers have group buying website accounts, and 17 per cent made at least one purchase. As one example

17

of growth, the revenue earned by Groupon increased 23 per cent year-over-year to $752 million in the second quarter of 2014, compared with $609 million in the third quarter of 2013 (Groupon 2014).

Similar things have occurred in Europe. Most group buying in Europe and North

America is conducted through online intermediaries. Almost without exception, intermediaries charge suppliers a fee of up to 50 per cent of the total value of the deal

(Kauffman et al. 2010a). Intermediaries with identical business models are appearing daily, especially across the UK and . The most notable characteristic of all intermediaries is the orientation towards local markets, bound to cities and towns.

Leaders include Groupon, LivingSocial, Plum District, and BuyWithMe, with hundreds of similar sites in different languages.

In Asia, online group buying has achieved an entirely different level of market acceptance and success, especially in China. In the last two years it has grown to include most service and physical products in Asian countries. More than 5000 imitators of Groupon existed in China by the end of 2013 (CECRC 2013), with more than 140 million users. This figure is predicted to reach 420 million by 2015 (iResearch 2013).

Online group buying has gained prominence in other Asian countries too. Websites have appeared in , , , , and the

Philippines. New sites likes Ensogo, Cashcashpinoy and Pinoy Vouchers are well- known group buying sites in Asia.

This background indicates a key point: an e-business model that had not flourished during the earlier years of the Internet appears to have tremendous e-market potential

18

nowadays. Given the interest in online group buying worldwide, it is productive to explore how online group buying can be made a more successful e-business mechanism.

Dynamic-price group buying Fixed-price group buying Selling method Auction Posted price Price Uncertain Fixed Deal title No standard form Standard as ‘$X for $Y worth of Z’ Customer cooperation Monetary motivation Self-enhancement motivation Worst customer Buying at the highest price Drawback for threshold not experience curve satisfied Duration Long, usually several weeks Short, usually one day

Table 2-2: Comparison of dynamic-price and fixed-price group buying on the

Internet

Source: adapted from Zhou et al. (2013)

Reviewing the literature, there are two types of online group buying models in the e- market: the dynamic-price group buying model and the fixed-pricing mechanism model.

The differences between the two are shown in Table 2-2.

2.4.1 Dynamic-Price Online Group Buying

Prior to the advent of Groupon-like group buying—known as fixed-price group buying—another kind of group buying existed, called dynamic-price, or auction-based group buying. Mobshop.com and Mercata.com used such mechanisms. On a group buying auction website, a product is put on sale with a specified start and end time, typically called an auction cycle. As more buyers join the group to purchase a product, the price drops according to a predetermined price change trajectory (Chen et al. 2007a).

Some websites reveal this price change trajectory, while others do not. The auction

19

cycle can also end before the specified end time if a maximum number of units sell. At the end, everyone who participated in the cycle would be charged the same final, lower price, even if some indicated an earlier willingness to buy at a higher price. Figure 2-1 shows the group buying auction model.

Figure 2-1: Group buying auction

Many studies on this type of group buying exist, which can be classified into the following categories.

2.4.1.1 Mechanisms for Group Buying Auctions

Li (2012) examined the implications of buyer heterogeneity in the context of group buying. They found that compared to individual purchases, buyers using group- bargaining opportunities only benefit if the seller’s bargaining power relative to the buyer group is low, and/or buyers’ preference towards the sellers are sufficiently differentiated. Chen and Roma (2011) showed that under linear demand curves, group buying is always preferable for symmetric retailers; for asymmetric retailers, group buying is beneficial for the smaller player, but can be detrimental to larger players.

20

Chen et al. (2009) suggested that cooperation between bidding ring members in online group buying auctions is a mutually beneficial strategy for ring members, bidders outside the ring and the seller. They also considered that online cooperation results in high social welfare, leading to market expansion that benefits buyer and sellers, as well as the auction intermediary. Lai et al. (2006) also found that group buying performs better in a market with narrow price dispersion.

However, research (e.g. Kauffman et al. 2010a; Lai et al. 2004) on online group buying auctions has noted problems with this type of group buying, which can lead to market failure. Consumers are interested in buying products at the lowest price. Potential participants are inclined to wait until the auction price falls to an acceptable level. As a result, the number of bids and orders received at the beginning of the auction are often few. This phenomenon is called startup inertia (Kauffman et al. 2010a). The auction operator will experience resistance to consumer participation. If not enough consumers participate, the price will not decrease efficiently, causing more resistance in customers.

To solve this problem, studies on online group buying auctions have explored incentive mechanisms that encourage consumers to participate. For instance, Lai and Zhuang

(2006) developed three participation incentive mechanisms to encourage consumers, including sequence-base incentive, time-based incentive and quantity-based incentive.

Further, Kauffman et al. (2010a) used an experimental test to examine how these three incentives work in the context of bakery cookies sales. The results indicated that compared to other incentive mechanisms, a sequence-based incentive mechanism gave consumers a sense of less procedural fairness, which could positively affect satisfaction and purchase intention.

21

2.4.1.2 Seller and Buyer Strategies

With the failure of many group buying auction websites, studies began to develop strategies for making the group buying auction model more economical. Chen et al.

(2002) investigated buyers’ bidding strategies, in order to help sellers set better auction parameters and achieve their expected goals. Anand and Aron (2003) compared the posted-pricing mechanism with the online group buying auction mechanism in different scenarios involving demand uncertainty and economies of scale. Using simple analytical models, they provided a guide to the conditions that favour the group buying auction mechanism. Chen et al. (2009) proposed that auction intermediary websites should provide a means for bidders to cooperate, to collectively express greater demand.

Through an analytical modelling analysis, they offered insights into how sellers can set their group buying auction price curves more effectively, to take advantage of bidder cooperation and to improve auction performance. They further argued that the goal of the auction intermediary should be to offer an information sharing mechanism, to facilitate bidding ring formation, and as a means of maximising the value of this market mechanism. Chen and Li (2013) proposed a duopoly firm model for examining when it is optimal for a buyer group to commit to exclusive purchase from a single seller, and if the presence of group buying and the exclusive purchase commitment affect firms’ incentives to invest in quality improvement.

2.4.1.3 Customer Participation

A few researchers have explored the factors that encourage consumers to participate in group buying auctions. One identified factor is the externalities effect, in which bids and orders generated by consumers have significant and positive effects on the number of

22

new orders and participants. The externality effect was first proposed by Kauffman and

Wang (2001). They used transaction data from Mobshop.com to analyse changes in the number of orders for Mobshop-listed products over various periods. Their results indicated that the number of existing orders had a significant positive effect on new orders placed during each three-hour period. They labelled this a positive participation externality effect, as the installed base of participation brings benefits to others who join in later, benefiting from the price drops that have already occurred.

Other identified factors include trust and price fairness. For instance, Kauffman et al.

(2010b) explored traditional group buying auctions from the trust and risk angle, and found that existing bids affect a consumer’s perceived trust in the auction initiator and the financial risk. Additionally, positive peer reviews and a greater number of bids appear to enhance perceived trust in the auction initiator and reduce the perception of financial risk. Kauffman et al. (2010a) showed that customers view participation discounts as primarily responsible for creating a perception of greater price fairness in online group buying auctions. A sequence-based incentive mechanism gives customers a sense of less procedural fairness, compared to other incentive mechanisms.

Perceptions of fairness tend to have a positive association with price satisfaction and purchase intention. Li et al. (2004) studied the problem of coalition formation and cost sharing in a Bayesian equilibrium framework. They found a positive correlation between stability and incentive compatibility in group buying.

2.4.1.4 Summary

Although the emergence of online group buying auctions attracted consumers willing to try new mechanisms for purchasing goods and services, the online group buying

23

auctions are unable to uphold their original promise. Once popular, dynamic-price group buying websites have declined over the past few years. Some have gone bankrupt

(such as LetsBuyIt.com), while others have transformed into a social buying platform

(such as eWinWin.com), or changed their dynamic-price mechanism to a fixed-price platform (such as Livingsocial.com). Recently there has been a proliferation of a new and successful online group buying model: the fixed-pricing mechanism model.

2.4.2 Fixed-Price Online Group Buying

In the fixed-price mechanism model, the online group buying company offers a certain product or service at a large discount price, principally more than 50 per cent. However, the price is static and does not lower as the number of buyers increases. The only condition is that the total number of buyers must be greater than the predetermined minimum. Figure 2-2 illustrates this e-business model. On most group buying websites, deals last for one day. The group buying website acts as an intermediary, making the contact and arranging group buying activities on the one hand, and publicising, attracting consumers to the website and inducing them to participate on the other. This online group buying market has few barriers to entry, and has gained global attention from online shoppers and businesses alike. Many group buying sites work by negotiating deals with local merchants and promising to deliver crowds in exchange for discounts.

24

Figure 2-2: Fixed-pricing mechanism

Groupon was the first group buying site to use this e-business model, and has been adopted by most group buying websites worldwide. The operation of Groupon is as follows: companies that aim to promote their products and services apply to Groupon. If they agree to cooperation, the Groupon website announces the campaign, including the actual price, discount rate, discounted price, number of minimum required users and other terms. Consumers check the campaigns daily, and buy the campaigns that attract them (Groupon 2011). In a short time, many similar sites, providing similar online group buying services, emerged in many countries.

25

Online Media Offline Media

 SNS/Internet Sites  Newpaper/Magazine  Portal  Friends/Relatives

Help to Promote

Suppliers Group Buying Sites Customers

 Service Suppliers  Service Oriented  Product Suppliers  Product Oriented  Hybrid

Help to Operate

Offline Service Online Service Hardware/Network Provider Provider

 Delivery  Site Solution Provider  Network Service  Customer Service  Bill/Payment Service Provider Outsourcing Provider  Server, Software and  Outsourcing Suppliers Hardware Supplier

Figure 2-3: Value chain of fixed-pricing mechanism model of online group buying

The entire value chain of this model is illustrated in Figure 2-3. The three main parties to online group buying are suppliers, group buying websites and customers. Suppliers can be service providers such restaurants, beauty salon or product providers, such as retailers. Group buying sites can be service oriented (only providing service-related deals, such as at spas and restaurants), product oriented (only providing physical products) or hybrid oriented (providing both service and physical products). Customers interested in the deals need to pay in advance to the group buying websites to obtain vouchers. Social media, such as social network sites (SNS) and portal sites are often

26

used by group buying websites to promote sales. Offline media such as newspapers, magazines or word of mouth can also aid promotion. For product oriented group buying sites, offline service providers—such as logistic delivery providers—and customer service outsourcing suppliers can help with the operation of after-sale service. Online service providers—such as site solution providers, bill/payment service providers, network service providers, servers, software or hardware providers—help with the operation of group buying websites.

Due to its relative newness, interest in this fixed-pricing mechanism group buying model has only occurred in recent years, and research in this area is sparse. Generally, the existing studies on fixed-price online group buying focus on the following aspects.

2.4.2.1 Profitability of Online Group Buying

Earlier studies focus on describing the advantages of group buying online. For instance,

Li et al. (2009) conducted qualitative research on group buying in China. Based on different initiators, they classified group buying into four modes: consumer initiated, self-employed individual initiated, group buying site initiated and media site initiated.

They summarised the characteristics of the four types of group buying in terms of value, life-cycle, demand and brand of available products, promotion media, information of the group buying activities, pricing and discount. Based on these characteristics, the roles of different types of group buying in the marketing channel were discussed. By comparing different modes of group buying, important role of group buying websites was confirmed in the market channels.

27

Other studies have empirically examined the profitability of online group buying. A conceptual framework by Dholakia (2011) was developed and empirically tested, specifying the determinants of a profitable Groupon promotion using a survey-based study of 150 businesses. The study found that the promotional offer and employee satisfaction affect consumer behaviour during Groupon redemption as well as in the long term, which in turn affects the profitability of the promotion. They also provided evidence of significant exposure value. Firms lost a small amount of money on the average Groupon user, but more than made this back through an increased rate of purchase by full price-paying customers, a result of the additional exposure. Edelman et al. (2010) used economic modelling to examine the profitability and implications of

Groupon promotions. The results show that Groupon promotions are more profitable for relatively unknown merchants, those who can handle losses in the short run and those with low marginal costs.

2.4.2.2 Online Group Buyer Characteristics

When more consumers undertake online group buying, studies will begin to examine buyer characteristics. Tan and Tan (2010) conducted an exploratory study comparing online and offline group buying, and found that online group buying was better than offline group buying in terms of convenience, provision of product information and price. People who were young and optimistic about technology preferred online group buying, as it requires consumers to face technology. Their results confirmed the findings of earlier studies, in that younger people and those optimistic about technology were more likely to use online group buying, while those uncomfortable with technology or older people were likely to shop offline. Analysis of the reasons for group buying indicated that all were related to social networks. This suggests opportunities for online

28

social networking sites to be the intermediaries for group buying. Such site operators, or in partnerships with group buying website operators, can leverage users’ profile information to identify buying groups. Chen and Wu’s (2010) study indicates that the dominant demographic in online group buying are females aged between 31 and 40, and the most frequently purchased items are food and daily necessities.

2.4.2.3 Strategies in Fixed-Price Online Group Buying

There are several drawbacks of the current group buying systems. For instance, the absence of security considerations, which could lead to breaches of privacy for participants. Further, buyers need to pay in advance without a trusted third party to monitor the purchase. To mitigate these risks, Lee and Lin (2013a) proposed the introduction of a group buying server to secure and monitor transactions. The server is regarded as a mediator that can help the buyer and e-vendor negotiate through a secure channel. Mutual authentication between the buyer and e-vendor is guaranteed. Liang et al. (2014) studied the group buying mechanism in a dynamic framework. They characterised customer behaviour within a rational expectations framework, and considered the effect of information and demand dynamics. Results show that whereas an improvement in information quality has a positive effect on customer surplus and the group buying success rate, the effect of inter-temporal demand correlation is mixed.

Liang et al. (2014) derived the condition to be satisfied at the optimal group size, and used the novel approach of employing methods from experimental economics to design and evaluate electronic market mechanisms and platform designs, applying this to an electronic group buying setting. Their study adds to the understanding of group decision making under pressure by considering the mitigating effects of offering communication capabilities on decision outcomes. Results suggest that introducing competition among

29

buyers and communication tools that support group coordination can help speed up inventory turnover, and also help protect profit margins for sellers.

2.4.2.4 Factors Influencing Customer Participation

Recognising the success of online group buying and the high enthusiasm of customers in this e-business market, a few empirical studies have explored the factors affecting consumer purchase or repurchase intentions in an online group buying context. These factors identified are related to four aspects:

1. economic related factors, such as price, discount rate and price fairness;

2. social related factors, such as peer reference and the crowd effect;

3. technology related factors, such as perceived usefulness and ease of use;

4. other factors, such as convenience and product quality.

Among these factors, economic related factors are the most frequently investigated.

Erdogmus and Cicek (2011) studied customers’ motivations, behaviours and perceptions of the online group buying system. Results indicated that price opportunity was the primary motive for participating in online group buying. Other motives mentioned were exploration of new activities and places, seeking joy and variety, trial of non-routine activities, socialising and need satisfaction. Using a data mining approach, Liao et al. (2011) investigated online group buying intentions, finding that the main reasons for consumers to participate in group buying were good product quality and low price. Yang and Mao’s (2014) results demonstrated that price and sales proneness, and trust in the vendor, can positively affect search and purchase intentions, while the discount rate does not correlate with search or purchase intention.

30

From a social perspective, Zhang et al. (2014) investigated how online social interactions influence consumers’ online impulse to purchase in the context of group buying websites. Their results show that online social interaction factors, including review quality, source credibility and observational learning, demonstrate important effects on perceived usefulness and positive affect. Positive affect further influences the urge to buy impulsively. Yeh’s (2014) study identified the critical antecedents of consumers’ hedonic participation and value creation in the online group buying environment, using social capital theory. They found that social interaction ties, trust, shared value and platform capability all influence hedonic participation and value creation in the online group buying context. Tsai et al. (2011) found that a sense of virtual community and trust in that community are determinants of online group buying intentions. Zhou et al. (2013) examined information diffusion in group buying. They found that mass media communication and interpersonal communication at the start of the process can positively affect sales, but leads to fewer sales during the end period in fixed-price group buying. Shiau and Luo (2012) explored the factors affecting online group buying intentions and satisfaction, a from social exchange theory perspective.

They found that reciprocity, reputation, trust and vendor creativity can influence satisfaction, which in turn affect intention to participate in online group buying.

From a technological perspective, Tsai et al. (2011) conducted a study to understand the motivations for a customer’s decision to purchase through online group buying websites.

They provided a research model to examine the effect of technology acceptance factors on online group buying. Using surveys from 346 buyers in Taiwan, they found that website quality, perceived ease of use, and perceived usefulness are important determinants of online group buying intentions. Liu et al. (2013) identified that website attributes such as product availability, visual appeal and website ease of use were

31

important factors affecting personality traits, which eventually led to impulse purchases in online group buying.

Authors Sample and data Dependent Motivations collection variables

Erdogmus and In depth interviews Purchase  Novelty and Cicek (2011) from 20 online intention extraordinary nature of group buyers the offer  Price advantage and discount amount Liao et al. (2011) Online surveys Purchase  Below-market price from 550 online intention benefit group buyers  Convenience  Credit card interest free  Curiosity  Exclusively back coupling  High quality gift  Instalment  Just-has demand Tsai et al. (2011) Online surveys Purchase  Perceived ease of use from 346 online intention  Perceived usefulness group buyers  Sense of virtual community  Trust in virtual community  Website quality Tai et al. (2012) Surveys from 264 Purchase  Gender online group intention  Initiator communication buyers  Initiator expert  Interpersonal influence

32

Authors Sample and data Dependent Motivations collection variables

 Perceived price fairness Cheng and Huang Online surveys Purchase  Relational embeddedness (2013) from 373 online intention  Structural embeddedness group buyers and  System quality attitude behaviour

Liu et al. (2013) 231 students with Impulsive  Impulsiveness experience of purchase  Instant gratification visiting online  Normative evaluation group buying  Product availability websites  Visual appeal  Website ease of use Zhang et al. (2013) Secondary data Return  Buyer number from 862 group intention  Discount rate buying deals in  Popularity Shanghai, China  Satisfaction improvement  Service quality Hsu et al. (2014) 253 Groupon users Repurchase  Perceived quality of in Taiwan intention seller  Perceived quality of website  Perceived size of seller  Perceived size of website  Reputation of website  Reputation of sellers  Satisfaction with sellers  Satisfaction with website  Trust in sellers  Trust in website

33

Authors Sample and data Dependent Motivations collection variables

Zhang et al. (2014) Online surveys Impulsive  Observational learning from 315 online buying  Perceived usefulness group buyers  Positive affect  Review quality  Source credibility Yang and Mao Experiment with Search  Participation volume (2014) 160 college intention  Perceived ease of use students and  Perceived usefulness purchase  Price and sales proneness intention  Trust in vendor Yeh et al. (2014) Online surveys Hedonic  Platform capability from 663 online participation  Shared value group buyers and value  Social interaction tie creation  Trust Table 2-3: Factors influencing online consumer behaviour in online group buying context

A few studies have examined the factors that can influence online consumer repurchasing intentions in the online group buying context. For instance, using data collected from 862 restaurant group buying deals, Zhang et al. (2013) found that discount rate, popularity and service quality can influence buyer numbers and satisfaction improvement, which in turn influence return intentions. Integrating DeLone

& McLean’s Information System (IS) success model and the literature of trust, Hsu et al.

(2014) found that on the one hand, a website’s reputation and perceived size can influence trust, further affecting the perceived quality of and satisfaction with sites, leading to repurchase intentions. On the other hand, size, the seller’s reputation and perceived size can affect trust in sellers, influencing the perceived quality of and

34

satisfaction with sellers, leading to repurchase intentions. Table 2-3 summarises the studies exploring factors that influence online consumer behaviour in the online group buying context

2.4.2.5 Summary

From the studies reviewed above, it is clear that researchers recognise the potential of the online group buying model in the e-business market. Although studies have shifted from describing the online group buying phenomenon or consumer characteristics to empirically examining consumers’ behaviour, the extant studies have provided a limited understanding of consumers. Most studies examined consumer behaviour from economic and social perspectives. A few studies attempt to investigate online group buyer behaviour from a technological perspective. However, only quite limited technology related factors (such as perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness, from

Technology Acceptance Model [TAM]) have been studied. Additionally, the examined factors are all adapted from other e-commerce contexts, such as B2C or customer-to- customer (C2C), and most studies use quantitative methods to test the relationships between motivation factors and purchase or repurchase intentions. Few studies use a qualitative approach to comprehensively explore the motivation factors in the new e- business context.

Due to these limited understandings, there are a lack of guidelines and suggestions for e-marketers to design group buying websites and develop appropriate strategies for attracting potential online consumers and retaining current online consumers. Thus, further studies should provide more comprehensive motivation factors for consumers’ online group buying behaviour. Additionally, though Chen and Wu’s (2010) and Tan

35

and Tan’s (2010) studies have provided the dominant demographic information on online group buyers, the information is too general and difficult for e-marketers to utilise in devising promotion strategies. Thus, more effective segmentation studies that provide specific online consumer information are needed.

Overall, online group buying is a new form of e-commerce that takes advantages of

Internet technologies and social media. Extant studies have indicated that online group buyers are active Internet users (Tan et al. 2010). To understand these online customers fully, it is necessary to revisit studies related to Internet-based technology use motivation.

2.5 Internet Use Motivation

Two streams of research are generally popular in Internet use related studies. The first has examined Internet usage patterns primarily from a demographic perspective, and compared how different groups of people use different aspects of the Internet. The second stream moves beyond examining types of activities undertaken by online users, to study user motivations.

2.5.1 Internet Use Activities

The Internet is unlike any other medium, in that reasons for its use vary. This is partly due to the nature of communication activities available on the web. Users can use the

Internet to do an array of things, such as communicate with friends, find news information or shop. According to Michailidis et al. (2011), email and social networking are the primary uses of the Internet. Shopping, searching for information and education

36

have also been ranked as important by Internet users. Vanea (2011) examined the relationship between Internet usage, Internet usage purposes and dimensions of Internet addiction. The results showed that email, forums, blogs, online social networks, online shopping and video-sharing websites have become an indispensable part of the online practices and Internet activities of Internet users.

Internet usage differs according to demographic characteristics such as race, gender and age. Extant studies have demonstrated that males and females use the Internet for different reasons. For instance, Weiser’s (2000) study assessing gender differences in specific uses of the Internet showed that males used it mainly for purposes related to entertainment and leisure, whereas women used it primarily for interpersonal communication and educational assistance. Teo and Lim (2000) used surveys to explore the gender differences in Internet usage and task preferences in Singapore. Results suggested that males engaged in downloading activities more often than females. In terms of the four generic online activities, browsing for information and messaging were more prevalent than downloading and purchasing activities for both males and females, which confirmed Teo et al.’s (1997) results. Tsai and Tsai (2010) investigated the gender differences in junior high school students’ Internet usage. Their results demonstrated that boys and girls used the Internet for significantly different purposes: boys were more exploration-oriented Internet users, who use the Internet for games, searching behaviour and news, whereas girls were more communication-oriented users, who use the Internet for shopping and communicating with friends. Papastergiou and

Solomonidou’s (2005) study confirmed that boys were more likely to use the Internet for entertainment and web page creation. However, they found no gender difference in pupils’ Internet activities such as email communication, web surfing or searching for information for personal or school purposes.

37

These studies have comprehensively explored users’ activities on the Internet and how these activities differ between genders. What is missing is any indication of motivations causing people to use a specific Internet-based application for a specific activity.

2.5.2 Motivations for Using the Internet

Another stream of research is moving beyond examining what types of activities online users undertake, to exploring users’ underlying motivations for conducting these activities on the Internet. These activities include commercial website usage, general web usage, general Internet usage, blog usage and SNS usage. Initial studies have segmented user motivations into two modes: goal-directed and experiential. Goal- directed usage suggests that online users use the Internet in an intentional and selective manner, reflecting purposive exposure to specific content (Rodgers et al. 1999). In contrast, experiential usage suggests that individuals use the Internet for diversion, escape and/or relaxation (Rodgers et al. 2000). Table 2-4 summarises studies exploring motivations for use of the Internet or Internet-based applications. Though there are some common motivations—such as information seeking, convenience and entertainment—that can be applied to all contexts, there are specific differences among different Internet-based technology contexts.

Sample and data Context Authors Motivations collection

 Entertainment value Commercial  Information Experiment with 176 website Eighmey (1997) involvement Internet users  Personal relevance

38

Sample and data Context Authors Motivations collection

 Cognitive needs Part one: online  Entertainment needs surveys from 98 web  Searching need Stanford and users  Social needs Stanford (2001) Part two: 343  Unique and new needs convenience sample

 Entertainment Surveys from 207  Escape students at a  Information Kaye (1998) medium-sized  Pass time Midwestern university  Social interaction  Website preference World Wide Six focus groups  Economic motivation Web (WWW) with undergraduate  Information

and graduate  Interactive control Kargaonkar et al. students;  Socialization (1999) Surveys from 401  Social escapism consumers from a  Transactional security large south-eastern and privacy metropolitan area

Surveys from 59  Economic Information Consumer Joines et al. web users  Interactive control Web usage in (2003) subscribing to an  Socialization e-commerce online service

 Interactive control Internet Surveys from 185  Information Ko (2000) college students  Pass time  Social escapism

39

Sample and data Context Authors Motivations collection

 Convenience Papacharissi and  Entertainment Surveys from 279 Rubin (2000)  Information seeking college students  Interpersonal utility  Pass time  Excitement and Parker and Plank Surveys from 204 relaxation needs (2000) college students  Need for learning  Social needs  Diversion Surveys from 498  Personal status Song et al. college students in  Relationship (2004) two Midwestern maintenance universities  Virtual community Part 1: surveys from  Content gratification 97 Internet users  Process gratification Stafford and (qualitative);  Social gratifications Stafford (2004) Part 2: surveys from

1258 Internet users (quantitative)

Internet use  Perceived ease of use activities: Online surveys from  Perceived enjoyment messaging, Teo (2001) browsing, 1370 Internet users  Perceived usefulness downloading, purchasing  Convenient Internet  Entertainment components Kaye and Online surveys from  Guidance for political Johnson (2004) 442 Internet users information  Information seeking  Social utility

40

Sample and data Context Authors Motivations collection

Part 1: focus group  Career opportunities Internet use for interviews from 30  Global exchange the cybercafé college students;  Relaxation Roy (2009) visitors in Part 2: surveys from  Self-development Indian context 525 visitors in  User friendly cybercafés  Wide exposure

 Entertainment  Information seeking  Media drenching and Surveys from 302 Dogruer et al. performance students at English (2011)  Passing time Preparatory School  Personal status  Relation maintenance  Self-expression  Entertainment  Free flow of information Moradabadi et Surveys from 396  Freedom of al. (2012) college students communication  Information sharing  Social credit  Entertainment  Escapism  Information sharing Alhabash et al. Online surveys from  Medium appeal (2014) 3172 Facebook users  Self-documentation  Self-expression  Socialization

41

Sample and data Context Authors Motivations collection

Facebook  Communication Krause et al. Online survey from music listening  Entertainment (2014) 576 Facebook users applications  Habitual diversion

 Entertainment Online surveys from Brandtzaeg and  Information 5233 social Heim (2009)  Personal identity networking sites  Social interaction  Enjoyment  Number of members Lin and Lu Online surveys from  Number of peers (2011a) 402 Facebook users  Perceived complementarity  Usefulness  Convenience  Entertainment Kim et al. Surveys from 589  Information (2011b) college students SNS  Seeking friends  Social support  Entertainment  Friendship Pornsakulvanich  In trend Online surveys from and Dumrongsiri  Passing time 451 SNS users (2013)  Relationship maintenance  Relaxation  Information  Entertainment Omar et al. Conceptual study  Social interaction (2014)  Personal identify  Self-disclosure

42

Sample and data Context Authors Motivations collection

 Connectivity

Interviews from 15  Convenience university students  Content management Guo et al. (2010)  Information seeking Surveys from 266 Computer-  Problem solving college students mediated  Social context cues communication  Social presence (CMC) media  Accessibility use for Interviews from 17  Communication goal students in university students  Communication learning who have experience mode context Guo et al. (2011) of using various  Content management CMC media in  Interaction learning  Information seeking environments  Problem solving  Self-disclosure  Perceived probability of enhancing self- image  Perceived satisfaction Online in helping other Tong et al. Experiment with 168 feedback consumers (2013) university students systems  Perceived satisfaction in influencing the product  Presence of economic rewarding mechanism

Table 2-4: Studies exploring Internet use motivations

43

For commercial website usage, Eighmey (1997) determined that personal relevance, information involvement and entertainment value are the major motivations for browsing commercial websites. Stafford and Stafford (2001) provided five factors representing consumer motivations or needs for using commercial websites:

1. searching needs (for information updates and resources);

2. cognitive needs (a mix of learning and information searching, highly content-

specific);

3. entertainment needs (playing games and having fun, a process type of use);

4. social needs (interacting with friends and in news groups);

5. unique and new needs (finding new and interesting ideas).

While searching needs and cognitive needs are content-based goal-directed motivations, and entertainment needs are process-based experiential motivations, social needs are arguably dependent on purpose to determine whether they are goal-directed or experiential.

For web usage motivations, Kaye (1998) found six motivation factors: entertainment, social interaction, to pass time, escape, information and website preference. Five of these motivations are confirmed by Kargaonkar et al.’s (1999) study. Additionally,

Kargaonkar et al.’s (1999) study obtained two other motivation factors: transactional security and privacy, and economic motivation. Rodger and Sheldon (1999) identified four motivations for web usage: research, communication, shopping and surfing. Their study highlighted the challenges in adopting a dichotomous, goal-directed/experiential framework of web usage. They suggested that research and shopping would be considered goal-directed motivations, and surfing an experiential one. However, the

44

communication motivation is considered to be being dependent on the purpose to determine whether it is goal-directed or experiential.

In later studies, individual motivations for Internet use are classified into three general types according to values: functional, experiential and social. Functional and experiential values are self-referent—that is, the referent of these values is oneself without relation to other users (Babin et al. 1994). Social values are group-referent values, the referent of which is oneself in relation to other users.

Functional values refer to purposeful, rational and task-related values derived from accomplishing predetermined tasks, such as buying a product, solving a problem or obtaining and providing information using the Internet (Babin et al. 1994; Dholakia et al.

2004). This kind of value is increased by task achievement rather than by usage experience itself (Babin et al. 1994). Functionally motivated users usually have special purposes for using the Internet.

Experiential values are generated solely from the experience of Internet usage process.

For example, many users use the Internet for enjoyment and relaxation, through random browsing and surfing (Ko et al. 2005; Stafford et al. 2004). Compared to functional values, experiential values are gratified by the act of the medium or technology usage itself, regardless of whether or not predetermined tasks are completed.

Social values refer to social benefits derived from establishing and maintaining interaction with other users (Dholakia et al. 2004). Prior research has shown that many users use the Internet primarily to meet and interact with like-minded individuals and look for social support and companionship (Stafford et al. 2004) .

45

Studies exploring individuals’ motivations for general Internet usage have identified a list of motivation factors. Ko (2000) identified four motivation factors: social escapism, to pass time, interactive control and information. Papacharissi and Rubin (2000) identified five primary motivations for using the Internet: interpersonal utility, to pass time, information seeking, convenience and entertainment. Song et al. (2004) uncovered seven gratification factors specific to Internet use: virtual community, information seeking, aesthetic experience, monetary compensation, diversion, personal status and relationship maintenance. Stafford and Stafford (2004) established three types of gratifications as perceived by Internet users: content gratifications (entertainment, information), process gratifications (Internet surfing, experiencing a new technology) and social gratifications (interpersonal communication and social networking). Using samples from the Indian context, Roy (2009) found six gratifications for Internet use: self-development, wide exposure, user friendly, relaxation, career opportunities and global exchange. Though some studies try to classify these motivations into types based on their values, Joines et al. (2003) argue that it is difficult to definitively classify these motivations into three types as some online activities might have both experiential and functional values. For instance, one might be motivated by the enjoyable process of online shopping as well as by the outcome (having the desired product).

As the Internet has been integrated into the fabric of everyday life, many different

Internet-based applications (such as Facebook, other social networking sites and blogs) emerge and are used. It becomes more difficult to distinguish different motivations definitively into types based on values. Researchers exploring motivations for these kinds of Internet-based applications have added additional insights to the potential motives of Internet use. For instance, Dogruer et al. (2011) explored motives for

Facebook usage, and found that besides general Internet use motives—such as

46

information seeking, passing time, entertainment and relationship maintenance—people also have self-expression, media drenching and performance motives. Lin and Lu

(2011a) conducted a study to explore factors affecting users’ joining of social networking sites. Results confirmed that networking externalities (number of members, peers and perceived complementarity) were important factors affecting Internet users.

In summary, Internet users have different motivations for using different types of

Internet-based technology or applications in different contexts. To understand online consumers’ motivations in this new e-business context fully, both traditional retail shopping motivation literature and online shopping motivation literature in the e- commerce context are critically reviewed in the following sections, to provide insights into online consumers’ buying behaviour from different perspectives (social, psychological and technological perspectives).

2.6 Traditional Retail Shopping Motivations

Shopping motivation is recognised as a key concept in research on consumer shopping behaviour. In addition to its importance in theory building, shopping motivation exhibits a high managerial relevance, and is often used for the purpose of market segmentation and the development of retail marketing strategies (Westbrook et al. 1985). Due to this high theoretical and practical relevance, shopping motivation has remained a current topic, having been discussed in leading academic journals for more than 30 years.

47

Shopping Sample and data Motivations Authors context collection

 Communication with others having a similar interest  Diversion  Learning about new trends  Peer group attraction  Physical activity Tauber General Convenient sample  Pleasure of bargaining (1972) shopping of 30 people  Role playing  Self-gratification  Sensory stimulation  Social experience outside the home  Status and authority  Affiliation Urban retail Structured personal department  Anticipated utility Westbrook interviews from stores  Choice optimization 203 adult female and Black  Negotiation Mall and shoppers (1985)  Power and authority shopping  Role enactment centre retailer  Stimulation  Assortment  Company responsiveness  Convenience  Economic utility Eastlick and Surveys from 458 Catalogue  Home environment Feinberg mail catalogue shopping  Information (1999) shoppers  Order services  Perceived value  Reputation 

48

Shopping Sample and data Motivations Authors context collection

Surveys from 1097  Brand-name merchandise Shopping Reynolds et shoppers in  Convenience malls and al. (2002) traditional mall and  Entertainment factory 827 shoppers in the  Mall essentials outlets outlet mall

 Adventure  Gratification Arnold and Interviews from 98 Retail  Idea shopping Reynolds undergraduate shopping  Role (2003) students  Social  Value Surveys from 467  Diversion Jin and Kim Discount married female  Socialization (2003) store discount shoppers  Utilitarian

Mall-intercept  Eating interviews with 419  Diversion and aesthetic Kim et al. Mall people who are 55 appreciation (2005) shopping or elder in large  Service consumption malls.  Value consumption

 Brand loyal  Brand conscious  Confused by choice  Gratification seeking Surveys from 400 Jamal et al.  Hedonic shopping Supermarket supermarket (2006)  Role playing shoppers  Social high quality seeking  Utilitarian shopping  Value seeking 

49

Shopping Sample and data Motivations Authors context collection

 Assortment innovation  Assortment uniqueness  Bargain hunting  Efficiency shopping  Gift shopping  Gratification Wagner and  Inspiration General Surveys from 503 Rudolph  Personal friendless shopping shoppers (2010)  Prices  Recreation  Sensory stimulation  Socialization  Service convenience  Store atmosphere  Task-fulfilment Goldsmith et General Surveys from 258  Brand engagement al. (2011) shopping college students  Materialism

Yim et al. Grocery Surveys from 167  Hedonic shopping motivation (2014) shopping in people in the  Impulsiveness superstores superstore  Shopping duration

Table 2-5: Studies exploring traditional retail shopping motivations

Motives are defined as ‘forces instigating behaviour to satisfy internal need states’

(Westbrook et al. 1985, p.89). McGuire (1974) believes that the motivation is the need and desire that drive people to achieve the target. Shopping motives, then, could be defined as the drivers of behaviour that bring consumers to the marketplace to satisfy their needs. Motivation is widely deemed a critical antecedent to a shopper’s behaviour

50

(Dawson et al. 1990). Various research has recognised the need to understand shopping motivations, in order to help marketers make marketing decisions (Wagner 2007), enhance shopper values (Koo et al. 2008), segment markets (Jin et al. 2003) and predict shopper’s attitudes and behaviours (Delafrooz et al. 2009). Prior research on shopping motives suggests that consumers shop for a variety of reasons. Drawing upon the extant literature, the various shopping motives are summarised in Table 2-5.

Shopping motives can largely be classified into two categories: shopping for product acquisition and shopping for enjoyment of the activity. The product acquisition shopping motive refers to consumers’ retail store visits for the purpose of product acquisition, also referred to as utilitarian shopping motivation. Enjoying shopping as an activity refers to seeking pleasure, inherent in the retail store visit. This shopping motive is referred to as hedonic shopping motivation.

Utilitarian motivation is defined as mission-critical, rational, decision-effective and goal-oriented (Hirschman et al. 1982). Utilitarian motivation shows that shopping starts from a mission or task, and the acquired benefits depend on whether the mission is completed or not, or whether the mission is completed efficiently during the process

(Babin et al. 1994). A list of utilitarian motivations has been identified in previous studies. For instance, in Westbrook and Black’s (1985) study, two dimensions of utilitarian motivation are used to segment consumers: choice optimisation and anticipated utility. Choice optimisation means that consumers can find the right product in the least amount of time. Anticipated utility refers to acquiring the new item to replace the old one, or creating a new image. Adapting items from scales developed by

Babin et al. (1994), Kim (2005) found two dimensions of utilitarian motivation in his study: efficiency and achievement. Efficiency means that consumers need to save time

51

and resources, while achievement refers to a goal related shopping orientation. Eastlick and Feinberg (1999) explored consumers’ shopping motives for mail catalogue shopping, and found a few utilitarian motives, such as perceived value, order services and convenience.

Motivational theorists have typically regarded human behaviour as the product of both internal need states and external stimuli perceived by the individual (Tauber 1972).

When traditional product acquisition explanations may not fully reflect the motivations for shopping (Bloch et al. 1983), researchers begin to include hedonic motivation factors to explain shopping behaviour (Babin et al. 1994; Wakefiled et al. 1998).

Hedonic motivation refers to those consumption behaviours in search of happiness, fantasy, awakening, sensuality and enjoyment (Hirschman et al. 1982). The benefit of hedonic motivation is experiential and emotional. The reason that hedonic consumers love to shop is that they enjoy the shopping process, rather than the obtaining of the physical product or completing the mission. The fundamental hedonic motivations underlying shopping behaviour have been examined by Tauber (1972), whose basic premise is that shopping behaviour is motivated by a variety of psychosocial needs other than those strictly related to acquiring products. These motivations can be classified as personal and social. The personal motivations include the needs of role playing, diversion, self-gratification, learning about new trends, physical activity and sensory stimulation. Conversely, social motives include the need for social experiences, communication with others, peer group attractions, status, authority and pleasure in bargaining. Tauber’s (1972) major contribution to shopping motive research is his suggestion that acquisition of products is not the only motive, as many of the motives he identified have little to do with product acquisition.

52

As Tauber’s (1972) study proposed the fundamental motivations for shopping, many subsequent studies extended his research, based on his findings. For instance,

Hirschman and Holbrook (1982) extended Tauber’s (1972) idea by including other hedonic factors such as pleasure, feeling, aesthetics, emotion and enjoyment as additional shopping motivations, and comparing them with traditional utilitarian shopping motivations. They believed that this original viewpoint expanded the scope confined by traditional research on shopping. Their study has not only provided clear definitions of hedonic shopping motivations, but also built the foundation for future studies on consumers’ shopping intentions. Westbrook and Black (1985) linked

Tauber’s (1972) framework to McGuire’s (1974) typology of 16 fundamental human motivations, and proposed seven shopping motivation dimensions from both utilitarian and hedonic perspectives, including anticipated utility (the benefits provided by the product acquired via shopping), role enactment (identifying and assuming culturally prescribed roles), negotiation (seeking economic advantage via bargaining), choice optimisation (searching for and securing the right products to fit one’s demands), affiliation (with others, directly and indirectly), power and authority (attainment of elevated social position) and stimulation (seeking novel and interesting stimuli).

Westbrook and Black’s (1985) study is more comprehensive, including both utilitarian and hedonic motives.

The studies discussed above are based on the general shopping context. Some studies have also explored motivations in other specific shopping contexts, such as catalogue shopping, shopping malls, factory outlets and discount stores. For instance, using a mail survey undertaken by a sample of catalogue shoppers, Eastlick and Feinberg (1999) established a list of motives influencing preferences for catalogue shopping: perceived value, convenience, economic utility, home environment, merchandise assortment,

53

order services, company clientele, information services, salesperson interaction, company responsiveness and company reputation. Jin and Kim (2003) conducted an exploratory examination of Korean discount shoppers’ shopping motives, and identified three shopping motives: socialisation, diversion and utility. Kim et al. (2005) implemented 419 mall-based intercept interviews with people in large malls, and identified five mall shopping motivations: service consumption, value consumption, eating, diversion and aesthetic.

In summary, consumer shopping motivations in offline contexts varied from utilitarian- related factors to hedonic-related factors. Most studies focused more on the hedonic- related factors. When the Internet and information and communication technologies became a necessity in daily life, e-commerce emerged and changed business operations from brick-and-mortar to click-and-mortar. Various new styles of e-business models in e-commerce have significantly changed ways of conducting business. The following section reviews online consumer shopping motivations in the e-commerce context.

2.7 Shopping Motivations in E-Commerce

Since the late 1990s, e-commerce has taken off, as an increasing number of consumer purchases diversified products available on the Internet. As attracting and retaining online consumers is critical to the success of an e-business, research on the factors affecting online consumers’ purchase intentions has attracted widespread attention.

Researchers have demonstrated that consumers’ acceptance of e-commerce is affected by a number of factors.

54

Table 2-6 summarises the studies exploring factors affecting online consumers’ purchase intentions. Drawing upon the extant literature, these factors can be summarised in four categories:

1. functional advantages of the Internet as a sale channel;

2. utilitarian and hedonic benefits brought by the shopping process;

3. normative beliefs;

4. consumer characteristics.

Unlike traditional shopping, Internet shopping requires consumers to use Internet technology as the transaction medium, bringing benefits and potential threats to consumers. Factors related to Internet use benefits include perceived ease of use

(Bagdniene et al. 2009; Ganesh et al. 2010; Monsuwe et al. 2004; Shang et al. 2005), perceived usefulness (Monsuwe et al. 2004), online convenience (Bagdniene et al. 2009;

Chiang et al. 2003; Morganosky et al. 2000; Rohm et al. 2004; Schroder et al. 2008; To et al. 2007), Internet self-efficacy (Khalifa et al. 2003; Lian et al. 2008), transaction cost and information availability (Bagdniene et al. 2009; Joines et al. 2003; To et al. 2007).

However, Internet shopping also poses risks to consumers. Some web-use related factors can motivate consumers to accept online shopping if it is controlled well by retailers, but if this is not emphasised by e-retailers, consumers may be demotivated.

These factors include security and privacy perception (Khalifa et al. 2003; Lian et al.

2008; Schroder et al. 2008), delivery-related risk (Schroder et al. 2008), trust (Kim et al.

2010b; Monsuwe et al. 2004), web page loading speed, navigation efficiency and site accessibility (Khalifa et al. 2003).

The second category of factors relate to the utilitarian and hedonic benefits brought by the shopping process. Parsons (2002) applied Tauber’s (1972) personal and social

55

motives to Internet shoppers in the e-commerce context. They found that the motives of role playing, diversion, self-gratification, learning about new trends, physical activity, sensory stimulation, social experience outside the home, communication with others, peer group attraction, status, authority and the pleasure of bargaining can all apply to

Internet shoppers. Ganesh et al. (2010) proposed that a few segments of online shoppers were very similar to regular shopper groups. Using data collected from 3059 online shoppers, they revealed that there were more similarities than differences among traditional shoppers and online shoppers, in terms of motivations and store attribute importance. Generally, factors in this group include product type (Chiang et al. 2003), role enactment (Ganesh et al. 2010; Lian et al. 2008; Parsons 2002), economic utility

(Chiang et al. 2003; Khalifa et al. 2003; Lian et al. 2008), idea (O'Brien 2010; Parsons

2002), adventure/gratification (O'Brien 2010; Parsons 2002), enjoyment (Monsuwe et al.

2004; Schroder et al. 2008) and fashion involvement (Shang et al. 2005).

The third category of factors are normative beliefs, referring to ‘the perceived behavioural expectations of such important referent of individuals or groups as the person’s spouse, family, friends’ (Azjen 1991). Normative beliefs can motivate behaviour through ‘subjective norms’ (the perceived social pressure to engage or not in a behaviour) based on the theory of planned behaviour (TPB) (Azjen 1991). Studies have found that the referent influence (such as recommendation from friends or relatives) and media influences (Foucault et al. 2002; Limayem et al. 2000) are important factors motivating online shopping intentions. There are inconsistent findings regarding the impact of friends’ influence on online shopping intentions. For example, Limayem et al.

(2000) found that family influence was less important than media influence on online shopping intention, and friends’ influence was not significant in influencing online

56

shopping intentions. However, friends’ influence was found to be significant in a study of online textbook purchases (Foucault et al. 2002).

The fourth category of factors are consumer characteristics. Variables belonging to this category include innovativeness (Donthu et al. 1999; Limayem et al. 2000), self- efficacy, need for interaction (Monsuwe et al. 2004) and personality traits (Bosnjak et al.

2007; O'Cass et al. 2003). Self-efficacy refers to individuals’ beliefs that they have the ability and resources to perform a specific task successfully. Research has demonstrated that consumers with higher levels of self-efficacy are more likely to use the Internet for shopping (Lian et al. 2008; Parsons 2002). A need for interaction is defined as the importance of human interaction to the consumer in service encounters, and has been found to be positively related to online shopping behaviour (Dabholkar et al. 2002).

Bosnjak et al. (2007) found that personality traits can be divided into three hierarchical levels, including elemental traits, compound traits and situational traits. Elements such as neuroticism, conscientiousness, extraversion, openness and agreeableness are elemental traits. Need for cognition, evaluation, arousal and material resources are the compound traits. Affective involvement and cognitive involvement are situational traits.

All three levels of personality traits served as underlying motivations for online shoppers.

Authors Sampling and data Online shopping motives collection

 Avoid impulse buying

 Buying for a business Morganosky and Surveys from 240 online  Convenience/time Cude (2000) shoppers  Do not like standing in line

 Hate grocery shopping

57

Authors Sampling and data Online shopping motives collection

 Physical constraints

 Communications with others having similar interest

 Diversion

 Learning about new trends Surveys from 208 online Parsons (2002)  Peer group attraction shoppers  Status and authority

 Self-gratification

 Social experiences outside the home

 Convenience characteristic of Surveys from 147 Chiang and shopping channels consumers in train Dholakia (2003)  Perceived price of the product travelling  Product type characteristics

Surveys from 59  Information motivations

Joines et al. undergraduate students  Interactive control motivations

(2003) and 59 New York State  Socialization motivations residents

 Cheaper prices

 Comparative shopping

 Improved customer service

 Navigation efficiency

 Product description Khaliea and Surveys from 705 Internet  Saving time Limayem (2003) shoppers  Security breach

 Site accessibility

 Social influences

 Transaction efficiency

 Web page loading speed

 Consumer traits Monsuwe et al. Literature review  Ease of use

58

Authors Sampling and data Online shopping motives collection

(2004)  Enjoyment

 Previous online shopping experiences

 Product characteristics

 Situational factors

 Trust in online shopping

 Usefulness

 Information use in planning and Rohm and shopping Mail surveys from 429 Swaminathan  Online convenience online consumers (2004)  Physical store orientation

 Variety seeking

 Cognitive absorption Shang et al. Surveys from 523 online  Fashion involvement (2005) shoppers  Perceived ease of use

 Affective involvement,

 Agreeableness

 Cognitive involvement

 Conscientiousness

 Extraversion Bosnjak et al. Surveys from 808 Internet  Need for cognition, (2007) users  Need for evaluate

 Need for arousal

 Need for material resources

 Neuroticism

 Openness

 Adventure

 Authority &status Surveys from 157 Internet To et al. (2007)  Convenience shoppers  Cost saving

 Information availability

59

Authors Sampling and data Online shopping motives collection

 Selection

 Perceived ease of use Lin (2007b) Surveys from 305 students  Perceived usefulness

 Internet self-efficacy

 Perceived web security,

Lian and Lin  Personal innovativeness of Surveys from 123 students (2008) information technology

 Privacy concerns,

 Product involvement

 Convenience orientation

 Delivery-related risk aversion Multi-channel retailing Schroder and  Independence orientation

Zaharia (2008) 525 telephone surveys  Product and payment-related risk aversion

 Recreational orientation

 Brand

Surveys from convenient  Convenience Bagdoniene and sample of 251 online  Information depth Zemblyte (2009) shoppers  Product variety

 Purchase surrounding

 Choice optimization

 Economic utility

Chang et al. Surveys from 293  Emotional utility

(2010) adolescent online shoppers  Role enactment

 Sensory stimulation

 Social interaction

 Affiliation Interviews from 105  Avant-gardism Ganesh et online shoppers and  Online bidding/haggling al.(2010) surveys from 3059 online  Personalized services consumers  Role enactment

60

Authors Sampling and data Online shopping motives collection

 Stimulation

 Web shopping convenience

 Perceived entertainment

Kim et al. Surveys from 264 online  Perceived informativeness

(2010b) shoppers  Product involvement

 Trust toward websites

 Adventure/gratification

 Idea Surveys from 802 online O’Brien (2010)  Social shoppers  Value and achievement shopping

 Choice and availability Freathy and Interview of 38 Internet  Financial saving Calderwood users  Improved shopping experience (2013)  Time saving

 Adventure shopping

 Gratification shopping Lee et al. (2013b) Surveys from 903 online  Impulsiveness

auction participants  Price sensitivity

 Risk-consciousness

 Variety-seeking

Table 2-6: Studies exploring factors affecting online shopping intentions

In summary, online consumer purchasing motivations in the e-commerce context not only cover utilitarian and hedonic motivations—which are similar to those in offline shopping contexts—but also related to context factors related to Internet technology, online consumers’ personality and experience towards new technology or innovation.

Based on the literature discussed above, the key challenges to understanding online

61

consumer motivations in the online group buying context are discussed in the following sections.

2.8 Challenges to Understanding Consumer Online Group Buying Motivations

Understanding consumer motivations has been recognised as important in the e-business context (Childers et al. 2001; O'Brien 2010). Although the online group buying phenomenon has attracted researchers in e-commerce, to date there is limited research on online consumers’ motivations for participating in this new type of e-business. As online group buying is driven by the demand of online consumers, understanding consumers’ needs or motivations is important. Generally, three issues need to be addressed to understand online consumers’ motivations in the online group buying context fully.

2.8.1 Understanding the Content of Motivations in Online Group Buying Contexts

Due to the newness of group buying online, there are a lack of studies comprehensively exploring consumers’ motivations for participation. It is imperative for e-marketers to understand the factors motivating online customers, and make promotional strategies based on these factors to attract online customers. Thus, it is important to explore the content of motives influencing online consumers’ consumption behaviours. Although many studies have provided insights into consumers’ motivations for using Internet- based technologies or applications (Joines et al. 2003; Kim et al. 2011b; Roy 2009), most are conducted within general Internet use (Ko 2000; Papacharissi et al. 2000;

Parker et al. 2000; Song et al. 2004) and e-commerce contexts (Bagdniene et al. 2009;

62

Chiang et al. 2003; Shang et al. 2005; To et al. 2007). Existing research suggests that consumers’ Internet-based technology use motivations are related to a specific context

(Dogruer et al. 2011; Guo et al. 2010), as the needs for different Internet-based applications are different, or the need for the same Internet-based application in different contexts is different. Online group buying is different from B2C or C2C e- commerce in both the purchasing procedure and platform, and may have different motivations. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to simply adopt motivations identified in B2C or C2C e-commerce contexts into the online group buying context.

Few studies have comprehensively examined online consumers’ motivations for participating in online group buying. The extant studies exploring motivation factors are all quantitative in nature (e.g. Chen et al. 2010; Tsai et al. 2011; Yang et al. 2014; Yeh et al. 2014) and the content of motivations are all adapted from prior literature on B2C,

C2C and online auctions. Moreover, a majority of these studies were from an economic perspective, and claimed price as the main motivation factor. Although a few studies tried to incorporate social and technological motivation factors, limited factors—such as review quality, source credibility from a social perspective, perceived ease of use and perceived usefulness from technological perspective—were examined. Motivation and needs theories have demonstrated that most human behaviours are social, goal-directed behaviours. Consumers are not totally rational decision makers motivated by economic factors; they are also motivated by other social and psychological factors (Fullerton

2011). In the e-commerce context, research has emphasised and demonstrated the importance of technological factors in influencing online consumer behaviour (e.g.

Monsuwe et al. 2004; Shang et al. 2005; To et al. 2007). Thus, to explore the content of motivations from social, psychological and technological perspectives, the Use and

Gratification (U&G) theory can be incorporated. Guo et al.’s (2010) study demonstrated

63

that U&G theory is more appropriate for exploring consumers’ technology use motivations from social and psychological perspectives.

Although the findings of the extant literature have provided some insights into online consumers’ group buying motivations on the Internet, it lacks a comprehensive investigation of the content of motivations. Tsai et al. (2011) and Liao et al. (2011) called for a more comprehensive empirical study to explore more motivation factors behind customers’ decisions to buy through online group buying websites. Given the current focus of e-retailers on this new e-business model, and the lack of suggestions and guidelines for e-marketers in this area, there is clearly a need to conduct research on online consumers’ motivations for using this new e-commerce application, to provide theoretical and practical contributions to e-marketers and suppliers.

2.8.2 Understanding the Hierarchical Structure of Motivations in the Online

Group Buying Context

The hierarchical structure of buyers’ motivations for participating in online group buying is unclear. Research in psychology and organisational behaviour has long recognised the importance of studying the hierarchical structure of human motivation.

Motivation or need theories view motivational hierarchies in terms of developmental prerequisites, in which an individual’s basic needs must be satisfied first before less essential, higher-order needs become activated (Maslow 1970), or hierarchies of subsidisation stating that several lower-level goals may be pursued by an individual to accomplish one ultimate, higher-level goal (Murray 1938). Hierarchies of motivations attempt to capture complex motivational processes (Vallerand et al. 2002), and have emerged as a dominant conceptualisation in various areas of research in the social

64

sciences. Overall, theories contained in this body of literature share basic principles: human motivations are hierarchically organised (Wicker et al. 1984). Motives on higher levels are more relevant for behaviour than lower-level motives. In this view, different motivational levels are ‘complementary and focus on different aspects of a single underlying mechanism’ (Hyland 1988, p.642).

Reynolds et al. (1995) emphasise that understanding the content of motivations has utility to marketers, but the organisation or structure of the content is also important. As noted by Gutman (1982), the implicative relationships between the content— representing the structure of content—should be a central focus. Despite the recognised importance of the hierarchical nature of motives, e-commerce studies have ignored this.

Most studies (Cameron et al. 2005; Childers et al. 2001; Khalifa et al. 2003) only explore the content of online consumers’ motivations, without exploring the structure of such motives. For instance, Chen and Wu (2010) proposed a list of online group buying motivations, including ordering convenience, lower price, detailed product information, variety of goods, advertising promotions, transaction security, user interface, familiarity and convenience. These motivation variables are seen as isolated variables, which provide suggestions for group buying websites on what they should focus on to attract customers, but fails to indicate how they should do so to satisfy consumers’ needs and motivate them.

A few studies have demonstrated that correlations among motivations exist. For instance, Tsai et al. (2011) explored the motivations behind a customer’s decision to purchase through online group buying websites, finding five interrelated dimensions: website quality, perceived ease of use, perceived usefulness, trust in the virtual community and a sense of virtual community. When Zhang et al. (2014) proposed a

65

model to describe the motivations of impulse buying behaviour in the online group buying context, results showed inter-relationships between five motivations: review quality, source credibility, observable learning, perceived usefulness and positive affect.

Motivation factor of review quality, source credibility and observable learning were positively related to perceived usefulness and positive affect. Though these studies conducted in the online group buying context have demonstrated and examined the correlations among motivations, the possible underlying hierarchical relationship among motivations have not been addressed.

The Mean-end Chain (MEC) theory can shed light on the hierarchical structure of motivations. It has been extensively used in marketing research to explore the structure of motivations. For instance, in the context of shopping, Wagner (2007) conducted a study to understand consumers’ shopping motivations from a hierarchical perspective.

Based on MEC theory, the study provided insights on how consumers’ cognitive structure relating to the benefits of shopping are hierarchically organised. Likewise,

Zanoli and Naspetti (2002) used MEC to understand consumers’ hierarchical motives in the purchase of organic food. Though the structure of the motivations has been emphasised in these studies, they are all conducted in the offline shopping context, and this has been overlooked in the e-commerce context. Additionally, by combing U&G theory with MEC theory, both the content and structure of motivations can be explored.

For instance, drawing upon a U&G approach and MEC perspective, Guo et al. (2012) investigated how student technology use motivations can be represented as a set of interrelated and hierarchically organised elements. Based on interview data from 16 students, a five-level student technology use hierarchical framework was proposed.

However, the study only used MEC as the theoretical foundation to explain the different

66

hierarchy of motives, rather than using MEC as the approach to construct the hierarchical motive model.

An investigation of the hierarchical structure of buying motivations has the potential to increase understanding of shoppers’ underlying social, experiential and utilitarian needs, pursued through the shopping process. However, motivation is commonly known to be context specific (Kaltcheva et al. 2006). Whereas research in the offline shopping context has investigated the hierarchical nature of human motivations, this phenomenon has been widely ignored in the e-commerce context. Wagner’s (2007) and Wagner and

Rudolph’s (2010) studies called for research to build a hierarchical motive model in alternative shopping contexts, such as the e-business context. Thus, this study aims to combine the U&G and MEC theory to explore both the content and structure of online consumers’ motivations for participating in online group buying.

2.8.3 Understanding the Benefits-Based Segmentation in the Online Group Buying

Context

Market segmentation is an effort to increase a company’s precision marketing, and has long been recognised as a central concept in both literature and practice (Green et al.

1991). The identification of target customer groups (a homogeneous group with similar needs/wants) is called ‘market segmentation’, in which customers with similar requirements (expectations) and buying characteristics are aggregated into the same group (Kara et al. 1997). Dickson and Ginter (1987, p.4) state that ‘heterogeneity in demand functions exists such that market demand can be disaggregated into segments with distinct demand functions’. The essence of this definition is that market segmentation presupposes heterogeneity in buyers’ preferences for products/service,

67

and that companies can react to, or possibly produce, preference heterogeneity by modifying their current product/service attributes, distribution and advertising/promotion (Green et al. 1991). As Wind (1978, p.320) states: ‘market segmentation involves viewing a heterogeneous market as a number of smaller homogeneous markets, in response to differing preferences, attributable to the desires of consumers for more precise satisfaction of their varying wants’.

The need for segmentation arises from increasing affluence of consumers, and an increase in the number of alternative products and services available to them. Mass marketing has become less effective in economies in which people differ significantly from others in their motivations, needs, decision processes and buying behaviours

(Wind 1978). It is broadly agreed that the use of segmentation research can help organisations align market strategy with the selected market segments (Wind 1978).

Further, the process of segmenting and selecting markets makes the allocation of corporate resources more efficient, in that funds and human resources are allocated to relatively smaller groups of consumers than if the whole market was the target (Wedel et al. 2000). The practice of segmentation also makes the design of marketing strategy more effective, because managers have the sense of directing resources at specific and identifiable groups of people rather than diverse collections of individuals (Foxall et al.

1994).

Despite its managerial importance, there is a lack of research on e-consumer segmentation in the online group buying context. Research suggests that the identification of online consumer segments has been identified as one of the most important and necessary avenues of research in the field of e-commerce (Brengman et al.

2005). Most segmentation studies in e-commerce or traditional retail shopping contexts

68

are based on background variables, behavioural variables and motivation variables.

Prior research has indicated that each individual segmentation variable has distinct characteristics, and therefore can be of advantage—as well as disadvantage—to the terms of application (Sun 2007). ‘Background variables’, such as demographics, are relatively objective and easy to measure; however, it is widely acknowledged that a lack of homogeneity within members of a segment—in terms of motivations, needs and behaviour patterns—makes segmentation based on these variables appropriate to locating a target market, but fails to provide accurate information for strategic marketing planning (Hooley et al. 1993). ‘Behavioural variables’ are often used for segmentation, primarily because of the ease in obtaining this sort of data from secondary sources (Wedel et al. 2000). However, behavioural segmentation is most likely to suffer from a lack of ‘causal’ relations between the resultant behaviours and reasons. Thus, segmentation based on behavioural variables can describe the differences in consumers, but fail to explain them. The ‘motivation variables’ based segmentation studies can effectively discern separate homogeneous groups of customers, according to consumers’ preferred benefits, which are the reasons for true market segmentation

(Haley 1968). However, traditional motivation variables-based segmentation studies are mainly items-based, as shown in Table 2-7, which bear the following risks (Botschen et al. 1999):

 several motivations may not be relevant to the respondents, but due to the fact

that all of them are presented, he/she is forced to evaluate them all;

 respondents tend to rate any motivations sought relatively high on the

corresponding rating scale, even those that are not relevant;

 some important motives might be overlooked in the in-depth or focus-group

interviews;

 depending on the number of items, respondents tend to lose concentration.

69

Additionally, Botschen et al. (1999) have argued that most of motivation variable-based studies did not distinguish between benefits sought by consumers and the corresponding attributes associated with the benefits. Both benefits and attributes are used as motivations for segmentation, which seems problematic (Botschen et al. 1999).

Botschen et al. (1999) argued that using the benefit to segment consumers offers better prospects from both theoretical and practical perspectives. Theoretically, the belief underlying benefit segmentation is that the benefits people are seeking by consuming a product/service are the reasons for the existence of ‘true’ market segments (Haley 1968).

Thus, benefits-based segmentation lies in using causal, as opposed to descriptive, factors for segmentation criteria. This classifies consumers more accurately, based on a causal linkage to consumer behaviour, and identifies potential market segments, normally overlooked by other traditional approaches. From a practical perspective, benefits segmentation based on MEC should allow a deeper understanding of why people seek certain attributes. To focus on the underlying benefits sought permits marketers to adapt their marketing strategies to customers’ underlying expectations, and helps improve customer satisfaction. The corresponding attributes associated with benefits can be applied as a tool for developing advertising strategy. It can provide actionable information for organisational operation. Reynolds and Rochon (2001) argued that many segmentation approaches are limited in their ability to provide actionable guidance to managers, because the segments exist more in data than in the realities of the marketplace. In contrast, the benefits-based segmentation methodology promises to provide segmentation schemes that are actionable in practice, and are thus more valuable than other approaches (Reynolds et al. 2001b). Thus, a benefits-based segmentation study in the online group buying context is valuable and necessary.

70

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

 Bargain shoppers: these are consumers who look out for bargains and enjoy finding good deals  Connectors: new to the Internet and less likely to shop  Routine followers: these are termed information addicts who frequent use the Shopping Internet mainly for information Hamilton (2000) E-commerce behaviour  Simplifiers: net users who are impatient by lucrative  Sportsters: these are sport enthusiasts and enjoy visiting sports and entertainment sites  Surfers: these are consummate browsers and spend 32 percent time online

 Comparison shoppers: like to compare product features, prices and brands before making purchase decisions  Dual shoppers: like to compare brands and products features. They also rely on Shopping Keng et al. (2003) E-commerce the Internet for information gathering. However, they are not particularly deal behaviour prone  E-laggards: have lower interests in seeking information from the Internet.  Information surfers: like to look out for promotional offers, has good navigation

71

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

expertise and online purchase experience  On-off shoppers: like to surf the Internet and collect online information but prefer to shop offline  Traditional shoppers: like to buy from brick and mortar store

 Convenience-oriented new shoppers: time savings  Convenience-oriented expertise shoppers: have more experience, time saving  Dual shoppers: medium available, medium to low exposure to Internet Carla and Carlos E-shopping  Information recreational surfers: low information search costs and easily E-commerce (2010) behaviour comparison or try out  Involved shoppers: medium available, high exposure to Internet  Price-oriented shoppers: for price reductions

 Business users: use the Internet mainly for competitive and business purposes. Web-usage- Brengman et al. They love to explore websites and see the Internet as a contribution to their life E-commerce related lifestyle (2005)  Suspicious learners: hold the most negative opinion on Internet shopping factors because of the least computer and Internet illiteracy

72

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

 Tentative shoppers: do not really enjoy online shopping, not excited about exploring new websites

 Apathetic shoppers: not interested in all aspects of the shopping process  Basic shoppers: have preference for convenience, do not care much for brand- name merchandise and entertainment Traditional  Destination shoppers: perceive the mall as a destination retailer that they Reynolds et al. mall and Retail attributes consciously seeking out and believe is worth a special shopping trip (2002) factory-outlet  Enthusiasts: emphasise on entertainment mall  Serious shoppers: concerned with the distance of the mall from their homes or workplaces, as well as the assortment of brand-name merchandise available

 Apathetic shoppers: rate low on all attributes importance  Bargain seekers: price-oriented Ganesh et al. E-commerce E-store attributes  Basic shoppers: e-store essentials (2010)  Destination shoppers: prefer merchandise variety and website attractiveness  Risk averse shoppers: have concerns regarding security issues and prefer

73

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

physical stores  Shopping enthusiasts: rate high on all attributes importance

Urban retail  Apathetic shoppers: not interested in all aspects of the shopping process department  Choice optimising shoppers: more satisfactory derived from acquiring the best product or purchase for one’s needs Westbrook and stores and mall Motivations  Economic shoppers: score high on economic role enactment and choice Black (1985) and shopping centre retailers. optimisation  Shopping process-involved shoppers: high level of involvement in shopping

 Enthusiasts: score highly on all hedonic motivations  Gatherers providers: score higher on idea and role shopping  Minimalists shoppers: look for discounts, hunting for bargains Arnold and Stores and Hedonic shopping  Providers: score highly on role and value shopping, and score low in non- Reynolds (2003) malls motivations generosity  Traditionalists: score moderately high on most hedonic dimensions

74

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

 Apathetic shoppers: not interested in all aspects of the shopping process  Leisurely-motivated shoppers: score highest on diversion Jin and Kim Discount store Shopping motives  Socially-motivated shoppers: shop mainly for socialisation (2003)  Utilitarian shoppers: score high on utilitarian

 Apathetic shoppers: not interested in all aspects of the shopping process  Budget conscious shoppers: score low on hedonic, high on brand loyalty  Disloyal shoppers: score lowest on brand loyalty  Escapist shoppers: shop for gratification Jamal et al. Grocery Shopping (2006) shopping motivation  Independent perfectionist shoppers: score low on social, gratification and value, role shopping, but score above average on quality, brand loyalty, confusion and utilitarian shopping  Socialising shoppers: shopping for social

Attitude,  Innovators and first adopter: shoppers who are optimistic about technologies Modahl (2000) E-commerce motivation, and  Majority adopter: who will not adopt Internet as shopping channel until the economic ability group of first adopters does

75

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

to acquire  Sidelined citizens: pessimistic about the new technology and majority of them technology may never shop online

 Apathetic shoppers: reject the act of shopping. Value the convenience of Internet  Convenience shoppers: value time and effort. Enjoy reduced prices  Economic shoppers: achieve the best quality-price relationship for the purchase Brown et al. Purchase  Involved shoppers: enjoy shopping and value personal relations E-commerce (2003) motivations  Local shoppers: loyal to a brand or shop in their local area  Personalised shoppers: personal relationship with the seller. Service adapts to shopper’s needs  Recreational shoppers: enjoy the act of shopping

 Balanced buyers: moderately motivated by convenience and variety seeking Rohm and  Convenience shoppers: motivated by convenience Online shopping Swaminathan E-commerce  Store-oriented shoppers: more motivated by physical store orientation motivations (2004)  Variety seekers: more motivated by variety seeking across retail alternatives and product types and brands than any other shopping type

76

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

 Apathetic shoppers: a lack of motivation on any shopping dimension and consistently rate low on attributes importance  Bargain seekers: price-oriented shoppers who enjoy hunting for and finding bargains  Basic shoppers: motivated by online shopping convenience  Destination shoppers: motivated by keeping up with trends and creating new Ganesh et al. Online shopping image E-commerce (2010) motivations  E-Window shoppers: predominantly driven by stimulation and motivated to visit interesting websites to simply surf the Internet  Interactive shoppers: do not feel strong need to share information with others and appear to be more mature  Shopping enthusiasts: characterized by high values on all motivational dimensions and attribute importance measures

Emotional online  Adventure-oriented shoppers: characterized by a high level of risk- Lee et al. (2013b) E-commerce auction consciousness motivations  Apathetic shoppers: characterized by low impulsiveness and high price

77

Segment Segments Authors Study context variables

sensitivity  Enthusiastic shoppers: presented high sores of impulsiveness and variety seeking tendency, have low price sensitivity  Gratification-oriented shoppers: showed a medium level of impulsiveness and price sensitivity

Table 2-7: Market segmentations in traditional retail shopping and e-commerce context

78

2.9 Theoretical Foundations

To address the gaps in the literature on the online group buying context, this study adopts two theories. First, the U&G theory is introduced, to guide understanding of the content of buyers’ motivations from social and psychological perspectives. Then, MEC theory is outlined, which provides theoretical foundations for understanding the structure of motivations.

2.9.1 U&G Theory

The U&G theory originated in the 1940s as a reaction to traditional mass communication research emphasising the use of media to gratify users’ various needs and wants, emanating from the individual’s social environment and serving as the motivation for using media (Katz et al. 1974). It is also referred to as the ‘needs and gratifications theory’, and is regarded as one of the most influential theories in media research. The U&G theory focuses on explaining the social and psychological motives shaping peoples’ use of media (Katz et al. 1974; Rubin 1994). It has three major objectives: to explain how media is used by individuals to satisfy their needs; to understand motives for media use; and to identify the outcomes that follow from needs, motives and media use.

Contemporary U&G is grounded in the following five assumptions:

1. communication behaviour, including media selection and use, is goal-directed,

purposive and motivated;

2. people take the initiative in selecting and using communication vehicles, to

satisfy felt needs or desires; 79

3. a host of social and psychological factors mediate people’s communication

behaviour;

4. media compete with other forms of communication (i.e., functional alternatives)

for selection, attention and use, to gratify users’ needs or wants;

5. people are typically more influential than the media in the relationship, but not

always (Rubin 1994, p.420).

The U&G has been applied to understand users’ motivations in the context of traditional media, such as radio and television (Ruggiero 2000). Advertising and marketing researchers later applied U&G to ‘new media’, such as cable transmission, video recording, and telephone (Kang et al. 1999). In recent years, it has appeared in studies of Internet-based applications. For instance, Ko (2000) applied the U&G theory an investigation of Internet users’ motivations, and identified four motivation factors: social escapism, to pass time, interactive control and information. Papacharissi and

Rubin (2000) developed a scale of Internet usage motivations comprising five primary dimensions: interpersonal utility, to pass time, information seeking, convenience and entertainment. Active choice of technologies and user-centricism make the U&G approach particularly useful for understanding the motivations for using Internet-based technologies (Raacke et al. 2008). While individuals can passively consume television content, online technologies (such as email, bulletin boards and chat rooms) are interactive applications that require audience members to be active users. Similarly, web users actively seek information when they click on links or employ search engines, suggesting that web use is goal-directed, and that users are aware of the needs they are attempting to satisfy (Lin et al. 1998). Finally, because of the huge amount of material available on the Internet, online users should be able to fill a variety of needs (Eighmey

1997; Kaye 1998). The different features of these Internet-based technologies indicate 80

that users are more aware of the needs they are attempting to gratify. Many theorists believe that U&G is a research tradition well suited to Internet studies (Johnson et al.

2003) because of the Internet’s media-like characteristics.

Group buying on the Internet requires one to face technology. Studies exploring online group buying behaviour have found that buyers are active Internet technology users and optimistic with technologies (Liao et al. 2011). The present study incorporates several

U&G assumptions. First, U&G assumes that communication behaviour, including media selection and use, is goal-directed, purposive and motivated. In the e-market, researchers have indicated that consumers are goal-directed and motivated by a variety of factors, from social and psychological to technological factors (Chiang et al. 2003).

Second, thousands of group buying websites are available in the e-market. Online consumers are active in choosing different group buying sites from which to purchase.

Third, U&G assumes that media compete with other forms of communication (i.e., functional alternatives) for selection, attention and use, to gratify users’ needs or wants.

In this study, online group buying also competes with other forms of shopping—such as normal online shopping, traditional offline shopping, catalogue shopping and online auctions—to fulfil consumers’ needs or wants. Finally, online group buying is a new and innovative e-business, which requires consumers to use Internet-based technology when purchasing and paying. Thus, in this complex environment, users are more aware of the needs they are attempting to gratify through their buying behaviour, compared to traditional shopping behaviour. The U&G perspective, therefore, could provide a viable paradigm for illuminating understanding of online group buying phenomenon.

The U&G has been criticised for its limitations. First, by focusing on audience consumption, U&G is often too individualistic (Elliott 1974). The U&G theory lacks 81

internal consistency and theoretical justification, and has weak predictive capabilities.

Second, it relies heavily on self-reports, so it is difficult to measure the gratification structure with the self-report data. Despite these shortcomings, U&G offers a solid, reliable framework for the investigation of media and Internet-based technology usage.

Context Authors Study sample Motivations

 Arousal  Companionship  Content  Entertainment Television Rubin (1981) 626 people  Escape  Information/learning  Pass time  Relaxation  Social interaction  Convenience  Entertainment Papachiarissi 279 undergraduate  Information seeking and Rubin students  Interpersonal utility (2000) Internet  Pass time

Stafford et al.  Content gratifications 2173 Internet users (2004)  Process gratifications  Social gratifications  Convenience  Expression and affiliation  Information seeking/media Blog Kaye (2005) 3747 blog users checking  Personal fulfilment  Political surveillance  Social surveillance

82

Context Authors Study sample Motivations

 Action  Companionship Chang et al. 201 college Online game  Passing time (2006) students  Solitude  Substitute for friend  Entertainment Ancu and 2008 visitor to Social media  Information and guidance Cozma (2009) MySpace profiles  Social utility  Entertainment Park et al. 1715 college  Information seeking (2009) students  Self-status seeking  Socializing  Communication  Entertainment Social  Escapism and alleviation of networking Dunne et al. seven 12-14 years boredom sites (2010) old girls  Friending  Identity creation and management  Information search  Interacting Pai and Arnott  Belonging (2013b) 24 Facebook users  Hedonism  Reciprocity  Self-esteem  Convenience  Connectivity Guo et al. 178 Australian  Content management CMC (2010) university students  Information seeking  Problem solving  Social presence

83

Context Authors Study sample Motivations

 Social context cues  Control  Convenience and entertainment Baek et al. 200 Facebook users  Information sharing (2011)  Interpersonal utility  Pass time  Promoting work  Coolness  Companionship 172 university Sheldon (2008)  Entertainment students  Pass time Facebook  Relationship maintenance  Virtual community  Cool and new trend  Companion ship  Escapism  Expressive information 267 undergraduate Smock (2011) sharing students  Habitual pass time  Professional advancement  Relaxing entertainment  Social interaction  To meet new people  Functional motivation Zhou et al. 188 second life  Experiential motivation (2011) users  Social motivation Virtual world  Creativity Eisenbeiss et al. 500 virtual worlds  Escape (2011) users  Group norms

84

Context Authors Study sample Motivations

 Love  Socializing  Social identity  Entertainment seeking Social 541 college  Expression seeking recommendat Kim (2014) students  Information seeking ion system  Socialization seeking

Table 2-8: Studies exploring Internet-based technologies use motivations that use a

U&G approach

Numerous studies have applied the U&G approach to Internet-based applications, and have validated its appropriateness in exploring motivations for Internet-based application use. For example, Chang et al. (2006) identified five motivation factors for online game adoption: action, companionship, passing time, solitude and to substitute for a friend. Farquhar and Meeds (2007) established five motives for online fantasy sports users, including entertainment, escape, arousal, social interaction and surveillance.

Guo et al. (2010) identified seven dimensions of motivations for students using computer-mediated communication media in learning contexts from the perspective of

U&G, including information seeking, convenience, connectivity, problem solving, content management, social presence and social context cues. Table 2-8 provides categories of motivations identified in previous studies in various Internet-based technology contexts. These U&G studies on the Internet technology or Internet-based applications have identified a few common underlying dimensions of Internet usage motivations that reflect the inherent interactivity and user-directed nature of Internet media. It also indicates that motivations vary across contexts, such as general use

(Stafford et al. 2004) or in learning (Guo et al. 2010), or different technologies, such as

85

blogs (Kaye 2005) or Facebook (Dogruer et al. 2011). As people’s need to be fulfilled varies across technological features and contexts (Fulk et al. 2009), researchers have called for context-specific U&G studies (Guo et al. 2010). Within the online group buying context, this suggests that the identifying reasons for participating in online group buying is an essential element in understanding what marketers can do to encourage consumers’ participation.

As U&G theory can guide understanding of the content of motivations or needs from social and psychological perspectives, and has been successfully applied in the context of consumers’ technology use in the market place, it is appropriate to adopt this theory to guide the exploration of answers to research question 1: what factors motivate consumers to participate in online group buying?

2.9.2 MEC Theory

MEC theory is rooted in the work of Simon (1957), who argues that decision makers act in order to achieve desired outcomes or end-states. Gutman (1982) applied this theory to marketing and advertising research, and defined MEC as a model that ‘seeks to explain how product or service attributes facilitate consumers’ achievement of desired end- states’. Specifically, this theory focuses on understanding the consumer decision- making process by connecting product attributes, consequences of using a product and personal goals or values achieved by use of that product (Reynolds et al. 2001b).

The common MEC framework consists of three elements: attributes, consequences and values (Olson et al. 2001), as shown in Figure 2-4. Attributes are physical features or observable characteristics of products or services that may be preferred or sought by 86

consumers. For example, the group buying websites may be described in terms of

‘diverse information’ and ‘subscription availability’. Consequences reflect the perceived benefits associated with specific attributes. For instance, ‘subscription availability’ of group buying websites leads to the consequence of ‘timely purchasing’. The consequences can be functional, and include direct tangible outcomes derived from consumption, or psychosocial which involve intangible, personal and less direct outcomes (Claeys et al. 1995). Satisfactions of functional and psychosocial consequences lead to realisation of personal values. Personal values, which are powerful forces in governing individual behaviours for all aspects of life, are the ultimate factors driving consumer preference and choice behaviour. Further, group buying websites with a ‘subscription availability’ attribute might enable consumers to purchase discount products/services in time, which might achieve the value of ‘happiness’. In summary, products have attributes, the consequences of which are sought by consumers to satisfy the core values by which they are driven.

Attributes Consequences Values § Concrete § Functional § Instrumental § Abstract § Psychosocial § Terminal

Figure 2-4: MEC model (Olson 1989, p.174)

The central tenet of the theory is that product, service or behaviour meaning structures stored in memory consist of a chain of hierarchically related elements. The chain starts with the product, service or behaviour attributes and establishes a sequence of links with the self-concept (personal value) through the perceived consequences or benefits produced by certain attributes of the product, service or behaviour. This forms an MEC, in that attributes are the means by which the product, service or behaviour provides the

87

desired consequences or values. Values are the ultimate source of choice criteria that drive buying behaviour. Figure 2-4 shows the hierarchical relationships in MEC.

The major assumption of this theory is that consumers are likely to select products more relevant for achieving their personal goals or values. People do not use products for the sake of the product, but for the positive consequence (benefits) that their consumption can provide, which is, in turn, important for the fulfilment of their personal goals (Costa et al. 2004). Hence, using group buying websites for shopping should be seen as a means of fulfilling needs through the attributes of group buying websites, thereby facilitating the realisation of values or goals.

The second assumption of the MEC theory is that consumers make voluntary and conscious choices between alternative products (Gutman 1982). For consumers’ shopping activities, there is a free choice of different shopping patterns, such as normal online shopping, traditional offline shopping, catalogue shopping and online auction.

Therefore, the MEC theory could provide a viable paradigm for understanding consumers’ motives in participating in online group buying. Additionally, the MEC hold very similar assumptions to U&G about consumer behaviour. With respect to this high theoretical and practical relevance, it is logical to integrate both theoretical perspectives towards understanding the motivations for consumers’ group buying behaviour.

The laddering interview technique is a tool frequently used to achieve MEC (Grunert et al. 1995). It refers to an in-depth, individual interview, used to develop an understanding of how consumers translate product or service attributes into meaningful associations with themselves (Gutman 1982; Reynolds et al. 1988). During interviews, a 88

series of questions (such as ‘why is this important to you?’) starting with product or service attributes, are asked. It aims to make possible a higher degree of abstraction from the interviewees in each new question, identifying existing connections between attributes, consequences and values (Reynolds et al. 1988). Interpretation of this type of qualitative, in-depth information permits an understanding of consumers’ underlying personal motivations, with respect to a given subject. From data analysis, the attributes, consequences and values form chains that are put into an Hierarchical Value Map

(HVM), depicting the cognitive or motivational decision structure of the consumer

(Grunert et al. 1995). By examining HVMs it is possible to discover what motivates consumers to choose a product/service. The model gives a deeper view of consumer perception, reveals characteristics consumers judge more important in their choices, and link them to a model of sequential motivations.

Overall, MEC perceives consumers as goal-directed decision makers, choosing products that seem most likely to lead to desired outcomes. The attribute-consequence-value sequence explains how and why product attributes are important. The MEC theory has been successfully adopted by studies exploring consumers’ buying motivations. For instance, Nielsen et al. (1998) conducted a cross-cultural study investigating the purchasing motives for seven vegetable oils in Denmark, England and France. Using laddering interview and MEC analysis, they developed three different HVMs for consumers in these countries. Zanoli and Naspetti (2002) used a hard laddering interview technique and MEC analysis to explore consumers’ motivations for purchasing organic food. Santosa and Guinard (2011) used a soft laddering interview and MEC analysis to explore consumer consumption motivation for olive oil, as opposed to other fats and oils. Based on the interview data, they developed three different consumption motivational structures for three different a priori defined 89

consumer segments. Wagner (2007) adopted the MEC analytical perspective to investigate the hierarchical nature of shopping motivations. Other studies using MEC to explore motivations in different areas are summarised in Table 2-9. In these studies, the linked elements that comprise the MECs are regarded as consumers’ underlying motivations. This view has long been supported by prior research. For instance,

Reynolds and Gutman (2001a) point out that an understanding of the structure of attributes, consequences and values depicted in MECs facilitate a ‘motivational perspective’, because it uncovers the underlying reasons why certain attributes or expected consequences are desired. Cohen and Warlop (2001) also define the hierarchical levels inherent in MEC as ‘motivational layers’. Thus, by uncovering the way that attributes, consequences and values are linked in the online group buying process of consumers, MEC can provide insights into understanding the hierarchical structure of motives.

No. Authors Research topics

1 Nielsen et al.(1998) Analyse cross-cultural differences in product preferences, product perception and purchase motives

2 Zanoli and Naspetti (2002) Investigate consumer motivations for purchasing organic products

3 Bagozzi et al. (2003) Develop the hierarchical arrangements of motives in goal setting

4 Fotopoulos et al. (2003) Reveal the way basic motives are linked to wine shopping behaviour of consumers and the way wine purchase-relevant knowledge is stored and organised in consumers’ memory in relation to their personal values

90

5 Costa et al. (2007) Explore the motives behind the choice of meal solution

6 De Ferran and Grunert (2007) Explore the motives and values underlying the fair trade product consumption

7 Sun and Collins (2007) Explore the consumption value of Chinese consumers purchasing imported fruit.

8 Wagner (2007) Investigate the hierarchical nature of shopping motivations

9 Santosa and Guinard (2011) Understand why the consumers consume extra virgin olive oil and what motive them for purchasing the extra virgin olive oil products 10 Guo et al. (2012) Analyse students' technology use motivations from an interpretive modelling approach

10 Pai and Arnott (2013a) Examine users' motives for adopting and using social networking sites (SNSs)

Table 2-9: Studies using MEC to explore motivations

As MEC theory can guide the understanding of the hierarchical structure of motivations, and the HVM obtained from data analysis can serve as a basis for marketing segmentation, it is appropriate to adopt this theory to explore answers for research questions two, three, four and five:

 RQ2: What is the hierarchical structure of motivations that drive online group

buyer behaviour?

 RQ3: What is the relative importance of these motivation factors?

 RQ4: Are there different groups of online group buyers based on the benefit

layer motives?

91

 RQ5: If yes, what are the similarities and differences between the hierarchical

motive structures for different groups of online consumers?

MEC and the associated interview techniques of laddering appear to bridge the gap between the qualitative and quantitative methods successfully. Like other qualitative methods, they provide a holistic view of consumption motives. However, unlike focus groups and in-depth interviews, MEC elicit responses from subjects that can be quantified and used to estimate consumers’ knowledge structures with predictive value.

Despite this, MEC and associated techniques suffer from some shortcomings. First, laddering interviews and their traditional methods of analysis are very labour and time- intensive, which precludes their use with large samples. Second, the output (HVM) of

MEC remains quite subjective. Little is known about how interview technique and software type affect the content validity of the output results. To overcome these limitations, researchers (Leppard et al. 2004; Russell et al. 2004) have proposed a list of methods to improve interview and data analysis quality, which can help studies using

MEC.

2.10 Chapter Summary

In this chapter, the phenomenon of online group buying has been introduced. To provide insights into consumers’ consumption motivations, relevant literature in offline and online shopping contexts was reviewed. Theories of U&G and MEC were discussed, to guide this study. In Chapter 3, discussion is directed at how this research was planned and conducted, to answer the research questions.

92

Chapter 3: Research Design

3.1 Introduction

The previous two chapters laid out the major points informing the research, and justifications for this research. This chapter details the research approach and the strategy adopted for the study. It argues that the research design is a critical part of conducting research, as it provides the blueprint of a research project and explains the details of how the research has been conducted. This chapter starts by comparing the alternative research paradigms and approaches. Due to the exploratory nature of the study, a post-positivist approach was considered the most appropriate for exploring consumer motives for using online group buying. Then, the online group buying phenomenon in China, where the data collection was conducted, is described, followed by the data collection technique and procedure for both the pilot study and main study.

The data analysis methods are subsequently introduced. Finally, a summary of the research design is presented. Figure 3-1 illustrates this study’s research design.

93

Figure 3-1: Research design

3.2 Research Philosophies

All research is based on underlying philosophical assumptions about what constitutes

‘valid’ research, and which research methods are appropriate to the philosophical assumptions (Orlikowski et al. 1991). The most pertinent philosophical assumptions are those that relate to underlying epistemological assumptions about knowledge and how it can be acquired, and essentially guide the appropriate methodology (Hirschheim 1992).

As TerreBlanche and Durrheim (1999) have stated, the research process has three major dimensions: ontology, epistemology and methodology. According to them, a research paradigm is an all-encompassing system of interrelated practice and thinking that define the nature of enquiry along these three dimensions. Guba and Lincoln (1994) defined a research paradigm as: a set of basic beliefs (or metaphysics) that deal with ultimates or first principles. It represents a world view that defines for its holder, the nature of

94

the ‘world’, the individual’s place in it, and the range of possible relationships to that world and its parts (p. 107).

Hence, a paradigm implies a pattern, structure and framework or system of scientific and academic ideas, values and assumptions (Wellman et al. 1992).

Ontological assumptions deal with the nature of ‘reality’ (Guba 1990). Epistemological assumptions determine the nature and form of the relationship between the researcher and subjects (Guba et al. 1994; Orlikowski et al. 1991). The methodological dimension guides data gathering and analysis on the subject of investigation. Later (1986) argues that research paradigms inherently reflect our beliefs about the world we live and want to live in. Based on this belief, Guba and Lincoln (1994) distinguish between positivist, post-positivist and postmodernist enquiry, grouping postmodernism and post- structuralism within ‘critical theory’. Gephart (1999) classifies research paradigms into three categories: positivism, interpretivism and critical research, which are popular in contemporary social, organisational, management and information system research.

Post-positivism, considered a variant of former posivitism, is also popular for its ability to overcome the criticism of positivism. The philosophical aspects of these four research paradigms are summarised in Table 3-1, and described in the following sections.

95

Paradigms Ontological Epistemological Methodology assumptions Assumptions

Positivism Naive realism-‘real’ Dualist/objectivist; Experimental/manip reality but knowledge is ulative; verification apprehendable objective and of hypothesis; quantifiable quantitative methods

Interpretivis Relativism-the social Subjectivist/transacti Hermeneutical/diale m world is produced and onal; created ctical reinforced by human findings through their actions and interaction

Critical Historical realism- Subjectivist/transacti Dialogic/dialectical Theory social reality is onal; value mediated historically constituted; findings human beings, organisations and societies are not confined to existing in a particular state

Post- One reality; knowable Objectivity is Modified positivism within a specified level important; the experimental/manip of probability researcher ulative; critical manipulates and multiplism; observes in a falsification of dispassionate hypothesis; objective manner qualitative methods

Table 3-1: Philosophical perspective of four research paradigms

Source: Developed from Benbasat and Zmud (2003); Guba and Lincoln (1994); Orlikowski and Baroudi

(1991)

96

3.2.1 Positivism

Burrell and Morgan (1979, p.33) define positivist epistemology as that ‘which seeks to explain and predict what happens in the social world by searching for regularities and causal relationships between its constituent elements.’ The philosophical underpinnings of positivism are that the goal of knowledge is to describe a phenomenon as it is manifested, and does not question its existence. Positivism is an approach of the natural sciences (Hirschheim 1992; Lee 1991). The objectives of positivist researchers are to do rigorous, exact measures and ‘objective’ research (Orlikowski et al. 2001). Positivism enables researchers to build knowledge through an iterative cycle:

1. Formulate a theory about some observed aspect of the world.

2. Derive a hypothesis.

3. Test the hypothesis objectively.

4. Observe results.

5. Confirm or refute the hypothesis.

6. Accept, modify or reject the theory.

Positivism can best be described in terms of three assumptions (Chen et al. 2004):

 Ontologically, whereby positivists assume that the reality is objectively given

and measurable using properties independent of the researcher and his or her

instruments; in other words, knowledge is objective and quantifiable (Henning et

al. 2004). The business of science is to discover the ‘true’ nature of reality and

how it ‘truly’ works. The ultimate aim of science is to predict and control natural

phenomena.

97

 Epistemologically, whereby positivists believe it is both possible and essential

for the inquirer to adopt a distant, non-interactive posture. Values and other

biasing and confounding factors are thereby automatically excluded from

influencing the outcomes (Walsham 1995).

 Methodologically, whereby the positivist researcher takes a value-free position

and uses an objective measurement for collecting research evidence. The

quantitative methods such as laboratory experiments, field experiments, surveys

and case studies are typical positivist instruments. Positivists seek large amounts

of empirical data that they can analyse statistically to detect underlying

regularities (Weber 2004).

The positivist approach is extensively applicable to practical research, and is widely applied in IS research. Positivist researchers believe in the absolute supremacy of the methods of the natural sciences. Hirschheim (1985, p.33) stated: ‘Positivism has a long and rich historical tradition. It is so embedded in our society that knowledge claims not grounded in positivist thought are simply dismissed as a scientific and therefore invalid.’

Nevertheless, it is also subject to criticism (Allison 1993; Baroudij et al. 1986). It is criticised for failing to deal with the meanings of real people and their capacity to feel and think, for ignoring social context and for believing in the status quo rather than challenging it (Neuman 2000). It is claimed that positivism is not an appropriate method for studying society as humans have free will, therefore their behaviour cannot always be explained in reference to conformity to a particular social law (Allison 1993).

Additionally, the positivist approach has largely used quantitative survey methods for data collection, which facilitate generalisation but not in-depth exploration. Moreover, the positivist approach is used to test theory, thus requiring the existence of a prior

98

model and relationship within the constructs (Klein et al. 1999), which may not be suitable for exploratory research.

3.2.2 Interpretivism

In contrast to positivism, a interpretative research philosophy for the relationship between theory and practice accepts that the researcher can never assume a value- neutral stance, and is always implicated in the phenomena under study, as researchers’ prior assumptions, beliefs, values and interests will always intervene to shape and interpret their investigations (Orlikowski et al. 2001). Interpretivism believes that human interaction with an object inevitably involves understanding and meaning (Chua

1986). Interpretive research does not predefine dependent and independent variables, but focuses on the full complexity of human sense-making as the situation emerges

(Kaplan et al. 1994). Thus, the role of the scientist in the interpretivist paradigm is to

‘understand, explain, and demystify social reality through the eyes of different participants’ (Cohen et al. 2007, p.19). Orlikowski and Baroudi (1991) describe that interpretive approach as suitable for:

1. gaining an understanding of the phenomenon within cultural and natural settings;

2. gaining a deeper understanding of a phenomenon of interest;

3. conducting research from the perspective of participants, without imposing the

researcher’s own understanding on the situation.

Ontologically, interpretivists believe that reality is socially constructed. There is no single correct route or particular method to knowledge (Willis 1995). Epistemologically, interpretivists assume that knowledge and meaning are acts of interpretation, hence

99

there is no objective knowledge independent of thinking, reasoning humans (Gephart

1999). Access to reality is only possible through social constructions such as language, consciousness and shared meaning (Myer 2009). Methodologically, interpretivists do not take a value-free position and use subjective measurement to collect research evidence. Qualitative methodology is primarily used in interpretivist studies. As one of three popular paradigms, interpretivism is also subject to the following criticisms

(Kaplan et al. 1988; Neuman 2000; Orlikowski et al. 1991):

1. It abandons the scientific procedures of verification, and therefore results cannot

be generalised to other situations.

2. It is too subjective and relativist.

3. It fails to acknowledge the political and ideological influences on knowledge

and social reality.

4. It focuses on localised, micro level and short-term settings.

5. Interpretive studies are amoral and passive.

6. Interpretive research neglects to explain historical changes.

3.2.3 Critical Paradigm

The critical paradigm stems from critical theory and the belief that research is conducted for ‘the emancipation of individuals and groups in an egalitarian society’

(Cohen et al. 2007, p.26). The purpose of critical research is ‘to explain a social order in such a way that it becomes itself the catalyst which leads to the transformation of this social order’ (Fay 1987, p.27). Cecez-Kecmanovic (2010, p.3) described critical research as ‘socially critical research, which challenges established social conditions and institutions and oppressive forms of control, often enabled and supported by IS,

100

which prevent the realization of humane, just and free organizations and society’. The critical paradigm embodies different ideologies such as postmodernism, neo-Marxism and feminism.

Critical theory can be described in terms of three underlying assumptions (Guba et al.

1994):

 Ontologically, whereby critical theorists believe that reality derives from persons

in society, and is socially constructed through media, institutions and society.

 Epistemologically, whereby critical theorists believe that knowledge is socially

constructed through media, institutions and society: ‘What counts as worthwhile

knowledge is determined by the social and positional power of the advocates of

that knowledge’ (Cohen et al. 2007, p.27). They believe that knowledge is

produced by power, and is an expression of power rather than truth.

 Methodologically, whereby critical theorists take a transformative position, and

initiate changes in social relations and practices. Critical theorists try to

eliminate false consciousness and enable and facilitate transformation (Cecez-

Kecmanovic 2010).

Previous researchers have suggested that a few principles be followed while conducting critical IS research, including:

1. the use of core concepts from critical social theories;

2. taking a value position;

3. revealing and challenging prevailing beliefs and social practices;

4. improvements in society;

5. improvements in social theories.

101

Although critical theory has a long tradition and can be traced back to Enlightenment ideals and Kant’s view of the human potential and responsibility to achieve enlightenment and emancipation (Cecez-Kecmanovic 2010), very few researchers have adopted the critical research approach. Because of the diversity of theories under critical theory, Guba and Lincoln (1994, p.23) mention that ‘the level critical theory is no doubt inadequate to encompass all the alternatives that can be swept into this category of paradigm. A more appropriate label would be “ideologically oriented inquiry”’. Further, positivists criticise critical research for its deliberate political agenda and failure to remain an objective neutral research. Critical theory also suffers from not having its own distinct methodological identity: while some researchers adopt experiments, surveys and structural equation modelling (positivist methods), others use field study, ethnography and action research (interpretivist methods) (Cecez-Kecmanovic 2010).

3.2.4 Post-Positivism

Recognising the criticisms of positivism, post-positivism is an amendment of positivism.

It shares many assumptions with positivism. While positivists believe that the researcher and subjects are independent of each other, post-positivists accept that theories, background, knowledge and values of the researcher can influence what is observed

(Ernest 1994). However, like positivists, post-positivists pursue objectivity by recognising the possible effects of biases. Regarded as taking a middle position between positivist and interpretivist research, post-positivists overcome criticisms of richness and the theory building ability of positivism (Guba 1990) as follows:

1. The imbalance between precision and richness: positivists heavily rely on

statistical and mathematical methodology to achieve precision and ignore the

102

richness of the data. Post-positivist research tries to tackle both precision and

richness by including more qualitative methods.

2. The imbalance between elegance and applicability: positivist researchers ignore

locality and specificity to achieve generalizability, resulting in losing the scope

of theory building. Grounding theory fits with post-positivist approaches,

whereby research is conducted in such a way that theory is the product rather

than the precursor of the research.

3. The imbalance between discovery and verification: the positivist approach

focuses on the verification (falsification) of the hypothesis rather than the

discovery of theories. Post-positivism takes the middle position of a continuum,

where ‘pure’ discovery lies at one end and ‘pure’ verification lies at the other.

Post-positivism can be characterised in terms of three assumptions (Guba 1990; Guba et al. 1994):

1. Ontologically, whereby post-positivism is labelled as critical realism (Cook et al.

1979). It assumes that reality exists but can never be fully apprehended by

researchers because of their imperfect sensory and intellectual mechanisms.

2. Epistemologically, whereby post-positivists believe in modified subjectivism.

They say that ‘objectivity’ is a regulatory ideal, but can only be approximated by

humans. External guardians (e.g. critical tradition, critical community) are

important.

3. Methodologically, whereby post-positivist researchers emphasise ‘critical

multiplism’. Post-positivist research contributes much to ‘ground theory’ by

conducting research in natural settings, collecting situational data and placing

103

importance on the discovery of knowledge (Glaser et al. 1967; Strauss et al.

1990).

By recognising the distinctions between the four paradigms, this study takes a ‘post- positivist’ approach, as the researcher seeks ‘approximately reality’ (Guba 1990), meaning that the process is designed to reveal pre-existing phenomena and relationships between them, as well as being open to new data emerging from the field. This assumes that the phenomena under investigation are relatively stable and exist objectively, consistent with a positivist view. However, the approach is not limited to examining pre-identified constructs, but is designed to identify other constructs as well, in the manner of interpretivists or ground theorists. This study is exploratory in nature, in that it aims to explore consumer motivations and the hierarchical structure of motivations in the online group buying context, which emphasises the discovery of knowledge rather than developing a hypothesis and the verification of hypothesis. Therefore, the post- positivist approach is the most appropriate.

3.3 Qualitative Research

The research approach should be determined by the nature of the topic and the questions driving the research (Cresswell 1998). Social science research is generally conducted in one of two ways: qualitative or quantitative. Creswell (1998) defines qualitative research as: An inquiry process of understanding based on distinct methodological traditions of inquiry that explore a social or human problem. The researcher builds a complex, holistic picture, analyses words, reports detailed views of informants, and conducts the study in a natural setting (p. 15).

104

Quantitative research is the systematic empirical investigation of social phenomena via statistical, mathematical or numerical data, or computational techniques (Given 2008).

There is ongoing debate over whether quantitative or qualitative research is superior.

Goulding (2002, p.12) observed that: supporters of the quantitative paradigm perceive qualitative research to be exploratory, and filled with assumptions. Supporters of qualitative research, on the other hand, maintain that positivists in the social sciences are pseudo- scientific, inflexible, myopic, mechanistic, outdated and limited to the realm of testing existing theories at the expense of new theory development (p. 12).

Trochim (2001) insists that although differences do exist at the level of assumptions, the differences disappear at the level of data, because qualitative data can be converted into numbers, and quantitative data into words. Goulding (2002) concluded that although each approach has its strengths and weaknesses, they each play a specific role in knowledge generation individual or in conjunction with the other approach.

Qualitative research Quantitative research Objective To understand underlying reasons To quantify data and generalise results /purpose and motivations from a sample to the population of To provide insights into the setting interest. of a problem, generating ideas To measure the incidence of various and/or hypotheses for later views and opinions in a chosen sample. quantitative research Sometimes followed by qualitative To uncover prevalent trends in research, which is used to explore some thought and opinion findings further.

Sample Usually a small number of non- Usually a large number of cases representative cases. Respondents representing the population of interest. selected to fulfil a given quota. Randomly selected respondents.

Data Unstructured or semi-structured Structured techniques such as online collection techniques, e.g., individual depth questionnaires, on-street or telephone interviews or group discussions. interviews.

105

Data Non-statistical. Statistical. analysis Outcome Exploratory and/or investigative. Conclusions can be used for Findings are not conclusive and generalisations and recommendations. cannot be used to generalise about the population of interest. Develop an initial understanding and sound base for further decision making.

Table 3-2: Comparison of qualitative and quantitative research

Source: developed from Creswell (1998); Goulding (2002); Trochim (2001)

The comparison of qualitative and quantitative research is summarised in Table 3-2.

The quantitative method is explanatory, and seeks to establish a causal effect relationship between variables, to explain the occurrence of a phenomenon (Salkind

2000). Thus, a quantitative approach is more suitable to testing theory. The qualitative tradition of inquiry is recommended for studies in which the research topic calls for exploration because existing theories do not explain it. The phenomenon may be new or unique, and it is vital to study it in detail to provide understanding (Goulding 2002). The goal is to describe, clarify and explain the phenomenon (Polkinghorne 2005). In other words, qualitative research is an exploratory type of research that assists the generation of ideas and concepts. Additionally, qualitative research can provide thoughtful insights on the reasons behind quantitative observations and results. Qualitative methods investigate the why and how of decision making, not just the what, where and when.

McCracken (1988) argues that qualitative methods are useful for understanding the complex nature of a particular phenomenon, while quantitative tools offer a complementary method to understand how widely the findings from qualitative research can be applied. The most commonly used qualitative research methods are focus groups, in-depth interviews and participant observation.

106

Recognising the differences between qualitative and quantitative research, qualitative research with in-depth interviews was adopted in this study. The lack of systematic research in online group buying justifies the exploratory nature of the study. Therefore, this study may be termed ‘exploratory’ (Yin 1994). Qualitative research is useful in developing understanding of a phenomenon about which little is yet known (Strauss et al. 1990), and there is a need to develop information based on the views or perspectives of the individuals in a given environment. As highlighted in Chapter 2, this research aims to explore factors that motivate consumers to participate in online group buying, and develop a hierarchical model of these motivations. Creswell and Creswell (2005),

Maxwell (2004), Ridder and Hoon (2009), and Shank (2006) have all stated that qualitative research methods facilitate exploration of unknown variables not previously documented in literature, permit discovery of fresh models from collected data and provide opportunities for learning the details of complex phenomena through the exploration of participants’ perspectives. Thus, the goal of this research suggests that a qualitative research approach is the most appropriate for this study.

3.4 Study Context

Group buying is developing fast in China, where it is called Tuangou. In January 2010,

Manzuo.com became the first online group buying website in China. In March 2010, other group buying websites—such as Meituan.com, 24Quan.com and

Juhuasuan.com—became competitors in the group buying market. In June 2010, portal sites like Sohu.com, Tengxun.com and Sina.com launched. By the end of 2010, there were 2612 group buying websites with about 18.75 million users. The total sales of

107

online group buying reached 3.7 billion Yuan (equal to US$616 million), far more than the expected 3.1 billion Yuan (CECRC 2013).

The success of online group buying in the first year after its launch in China encouraged more companies to join the market in 2011. In this year, 3265 group buying websites emerged, bringing the total to 5877. To occupy the market share, online group buying websites greatly invested in advertising. Famous online group buying websites—such as

Lashou.com, Nuomi.com and Jvmei.com—spent more than 100 billion Yuan on advertising in 2011 (iResearch 2011).

The increasing number of group buying websites far exceeded the market capability. In the second half of 2011, many group buying websites withdrew from the market. By the end of 2011, 1968 group buying websites had shut down or withdrawn from the market, accounting for 33.5 per cent of the total number of group buying websites.

In 2012, the group buying market became more competitive. A large number of group buying websites shut down because of difficulties acquiring financing, and due to fierce competition. However, the survivors—such as manzuo.com and MeiTuan.com— occupied the market and announced that they have achieved profitability.

In 2013, the group buying market grew steadily, with fewer new group buying websites emerging, and the top 10 making profits. Additionally, a large number of Personal

Computer (PC) group buyers (purchasing from PCs) became mobile group buyers

(purchasing from mobile phones). To avoid competing with large group buying websites, some small websites used strategies to differentiate their products and services.

108

By the end of 2013, there were 6246 online group buying websites in total. Since 2010,

5376 had shut down, accounting for 86 per cent of the total number of group buying websites (CECRC, 2013). Thus, 870 online group buying websites operated in the market by the end of 2013. Figure 3-2 below shows the number of accumulated closed websites and the number of operating websites in each month of 2013.

6,000 5,219 5,376 5,000 4,866 4,901 5,075 4,557 4,670 4,721 4,274 4,429

4,000 4,099 3,720 3,000 2,469 number 2,000 2,095 1,928 1,779 1,657 1,548 1,501 1,358 1,325 1,154 1,000 1,022 870 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

month accumulated closed websites operating websites

Figure 3-2: Comparison of the accumulated closed websites and operating websites in

2013

Source: www.100ec.com

Despite the failure of thousands of online group buying websites, the number of online group buyers has increased since 2010. According to an investigation by the CNNIC and the China Ecommerce Research Centre (which produced statistical reports on online group buying from 2010 to 2013), there were 18.75 million online group buyers in 2010, increasing to 64.65 million in 2011 and 83.27 million in 2012. By the end of

2013, there were 140.67 million users. Figure 3-3 illustrates this increasing trend.

109

160

140 140.67

120

100

80 83.27 Million 60 64.65

40

20 18.75

0 2010 2011 2012 2013

Figure 3-3: Number of online group buyers from 2010 to 2013

With the growing number of people using online group buying, sales rose to new heights. Figure 3-4 below shows the sales of online group buying from 2010 to 2013.

By the end of 2013, sales reached 53.289 billion Yuan, an increase of 52.8 per cent from

2012 (CNNIC, 2013). The sales from each month in 2011 to 2013 are summarised in

Figure 3-5. Sales grew steadily over the three years.

110

60 53.289

50

40 34.885

30 21.632

Billion Yuan Billion 20

10 2.5 0 2010 2011 2012 2013

Figure 3-4: Group buying sales from 2011 to 2013 in China

7

6 5.81

5 4.85 4.65 4.64 4.67 4.79 4.57 4.62 4.47 4.36 4.45 4.07 4 3.85 3.50 3 3.09 3.10

Billion Yuan Billion 2.74 2.80 2.77 2.76 2.79 2.62 2.67 2.53 2.18 2 1.992.14 2.05 2.06 1.68 1.77 1.45 1.22 1 0.97 0.86 0.99 0.61 0.56 0.66 0.51 0.38 0 0 0 0 0.01 0.02 0.08 0.18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 month

2010 2011 2012 2013

Figure 3-5: Comparison of online group buying sales from 2011 to 2013

Figure 3-6 shows the number of sales by category. The majority of products being transacted are service products such as food and beverages and entertainment, which 111

accounted for 60 per cent of overall sales. Food and beverages are the most popular service products, accounting for 23 per cent of overall sales, followed by the entertainment, tourism, and beauty care, as shown in Figure 3-6.

Spa/beauty, Holiday 2.79, 5% Others, 2.67, 5% package/hotel products, 5.94, 11% Tangible products, 21.2, 40% Billion Yuan Entertainment , 8.62, 16% Food & beverage, 11.97, 23%

Figure 3-6: Amount of sales by categories (billion Yuan)

Online group buying websites can be categorised into four groups. The first is intermediary group buying websites organised by third parties. These only operate in the group buying market. They launched earlier than other websites, and invested a huge amount of money on advertising. Websites in this group include Meituan.com,

Lashou.com and Manzuo.com. Most products on intermediary websites are service related.

The second category of group buying websites is e-commerce websites, which also operate in the B2C and C2C markets. They are referred to as a group buying platform.

They have large numbers of loyal customers in the B2C or C2C market. These websites have an advantage in conducting online group buying as they have established trust and

112

reputation among consumers. Websites such as Jvhuasuan, which belongs to

Taobao.com, and Paipai Tuangou, which belongs to Tengxun.com, belong in this group.

According to a study by iResearch (2011), Jvhuasuan ranked first in group buying industry sales in 2011.

The third group is SNS, or Portal sites. Websites such as Nuomi.com and Tuangou in

Sina.com belong to this group. The main characteristic of this group is the customer base. They can easily put advertisements on their SNS or Portal sites to promote sales.

The fourth group is community websites or consumer information websites. Websites such as dianping.com and 58tuangou.com belong to this group. Consumers can post comments or recommend deals to other consumers on these websites. Compared to the second and third group of websites, websites in this group have a smaller consumer base, but more supplier resources.

The market shares of different group buying websites in 2013 are shown in Figure 3-7.

Group buying platforms such as jvhuasuan.com, owed by Taobao.com, and tuan.jd.com, owned by JD.com, occupy the largest market share. The intermediary group buying websites of Meituan.com occupied 16.69 per cent of the market share, far more than other group buying websites. Leading group buying websites—such as dianping.com,

55Tuan.com, lashou.com, nuomo.com and gaopeng.com—have similar market shares.

Other small group buying websites accounted for 22.79 per cent of the market share.

113

MeiTuan.com, 16.69%

other small group buying websites, dianping.com, 22.79% 4.85% 55Tuan.com, 4.84%

lashou.com, 4.53% group buying platform, nuomi.com, 36.97% 4.50% gaopeng.com, 4.23% manzuo.com, 0.60%

Figure 3-7: Market shares of different group buying websites in China

Online group buying is becoming increasingly popular in China, with both the number of buyers and sales increasing rapidly in the four years after the new e-commerce model launched in China in 2010. According to Tang (2008), group buying websites bring benefits such as confirmable product price, more income sources, lower customer attracting costs, more product categories and lower inventories to consumers and suppliers, which make it successful and widely accepted by customers. Though this new e-business model offers great potential and opportunities for e-marketers, many group buying websites still failed (Daraotuan.com 2012). Thus, it is timely to conduct this study, to investigate consumer motivations for participating in online group buying. The results provide valuable suggestions for group buying websites, as well as companies planning to conduct business in China’s online group buying market.

114

3.5 Research Procedure

As mentioned above, a qualitative research approach was used in this study, and interviews were the selected method of data collection. After obtaining the ethical approval, a pilot study was conducted, to test the data collection technique and the interview procedure. Based on the results of the pilot study and participants’ comments, the interview procedure was refined for the main data collection. Overall, this study followed these procedures:

1. Choose appropriate interview technique.

2. Design the interview procedure.

3. Conduct pilot study.

4. Refine interview procedure based on pilot study results.

5. Gather data for main study.

6. Analyse data.

7. Interpret results.

3.6 Data Collection

The objective of this study was to investigate consumer motivations and the hierarchical structure of motivations for engaging in online group buying in China. Because of the exploratory research objective and qualitative research approach utilised, interviews were considered the most suitable technique for data collection. This study relied on interviews for the data collection. As indicated in the literature review, there are different layers of consumer motivations, ranging from attributes to values. The higher- level motivations cannot be obtained by straightforwardly asking the consumer, as in

115

most cases they are not able to directly reveal their higher-level personal reasons for behaviour (Zanoli et al. 2002). The laddering interview technique associated with MEC is a useful tool for successfully achieving this purpose, and was adopted in this study.

3.6.1 Laddering Interview Technique

Laddering was originally introduced by Hinkle (1965), in clinical psychology study. It is by far the most popular methodology for identifying consumers’ MECs, and has been applied successfully to academic and applied research (Hofstede et al. 1998). Laddering refers to ‘an in-depth, one-to-one interviewing technique used to develop an understanding of how consumers translate the attributes of products into meaningful associations with respect to self’ (Reynolds et al. 1988, p.12), and is perceived to equate with MEC theory.

The laddering technique attempts to model individuals’ belief structures in a simple and systematic way, while establishing a person’s superordinate personal constructs

(Veludo-de-Oliveria et al. 2006). It allows researchers to dig below consumers’ surface knowledge of the perceived product or service attributes and benefits, to the underlying beliefs and values motivating behaviour (Peter et al. 2005). Thus, its purpose is to reveal people’s motives for choosing a particular product or service (Russell et al. 2004).

Laddering involves a tailored interview format using a series of directed probes, typified by the ‘why is that important to you?’ question, with the express goal of determining sets of linkages between the key perceptual elements across the range of attributes (A), benefits (B) and values (V). It is a semi-structured qualitative method, in which

116

respondents freely describe the reasons why something is important to them in their own words. The qualitative nature of laddering, deriving from the open-ended response format, allows a certain freedom for respondents to answer questions and for researchers to interpret the data. Unlike other qualitative techniques, the laddering interview uses standard probing questions and has a definite structure and agenda. In this sense, laddering is considered a ‘structured qualitative method’ (Claeys et al. 2001).

Figure 3-8 shows a sample ladder, starting with a basic distinction between types of snack chips, and represents part of the data collection from a single subject in a salty- snack study. These elements, as shown in Figure 3-8, were sequentially elicited from the respondent as a function of the laddering technique’s ability to cause the respondent to think critically about the connections between the product’s attributes and, in this case, her personal motivations.

(V) Self-esteem

(B) Better figure

(B) Don’t get fat

(B) Eat less

(B) Strong taste

(A) Flavored chip

Figure 3-8: Sample ladders got in laddering interview (Source: Reynolds and Gutman, 1988)

117

The express purpose of the interviewing process is to elicit attribute-benefit-value associations that consumers have regarding a product or service class. The intention is to get the respondent to respond, and then react to that response. Thus, laddering consists of a series of directed probes based on mentioned distinctions initially obtained from perceived differences among specific products or services. Again, after the initial distinctions obtained by contrasting products are elicited, all subsequent higher-level elements are not product/ service specific.

3.6.1.1 Soft and Hard Laddering

Laddering can take soft or hard forms. Soft laddering refers to an in-depth, one-to-one interviewing technique, used to develop an understanding of how consumers translate the attributes of products/services into meaningful associations with respect to self

(Reynolds et al. 1988), where the natural flow of the respondent’s dialogue is restricted as little as possible. Soft laddering allows people to go back and forth within the ladders with as few constraints as possible.

Walker and Olson (1991) proposed a pencil-and-paper-based laddering technique using a structured questionnaire to collect MEC data, referring to it as ‘hard laddering’. In a hard laddering questionnaire, respondents first state their reasons for choosing certain products, services or behaviour, and then indicate why the given reason is important to them. Figure 3-9 illustrates a typical format for the hard laddering method, in which respondents are forced to produce ladders one by one, and to give answers in such a way that the sequence of answers reflects increasing levels of abstraction.

118

The following This attribute is ...and this is ...and this is attribute is important for important for important for important to me me because... me because me because

1. Important attribute

2. Important attribute

3. Important attribute

4. Important attribute

Figure 3-9: Hard laddering (Source: (Botschen et al. 1998a)

Both techniques have been used in different empirical studies, and have garnered promising results. Table 3-3 summarises the comparisons between soft and hard laddering, cited in the relevant literature. Botschen and Thelen (1998b) have compared the convergent and predictive validities of interviews based on soft laddering with those of written questionnaires, following a hard laddering structure. These authors have concluded that although the soft and hard laddering approaches used in their study produce comparable results, soft laddering generates more MECs of increased abstraction level, probably being more appropriate to identifying complex underlying motivations for consumption decision-making. Grunert and Grunert’s (1995) study suggests that soft laddering is more appropriate in exploratory studies, as it implies a better mind navigation of the interviews, thereby increasing the probability of uncovering relevant MECs with good predictive ability. Therefore, soft laddering is usually employed in more exploratory research (Costa et al. 2004). Conversely, hard laddering is suspected to force subjects to generate associations that might not be there, 119

provide a one-sided vision of the motivations under scrutiny, and result in boring and mechanistic interview environments. However, hard laddering has the advantage of minimising interviewer influences (Grunert et al. 1995). The ease and time-saving aspects of the administration of written questionnaires based on a hard laddering structure make it appropriate for studies with a large sample size.

Soft laddering Hard laddering Sample size Small samples. Large samples (up to the hundreds). Method In-depth interviews. Questionnaires. Administration Requires trained interviewers. Ease and time-saving. Places a serious burden on Minimises interviewer’s respondents. influence. Time consuming. The quality of the data may be affected by respondent fatigue and boredom. Resultant MEC Generate more means-end chains of Generate more ladders. increased abstraction levels. Generate more linkages between levels of abstraction. Difficulty interoperating the result. Quality of data Better predictive ability, as a result of Difficult to generate more respondent cognitive structures satisfactory results due to a and processes than researcher low rate of accomplishment. cognitive structures and processes. Appropriate for identifying more complex underlying motivations of consumption decision-making. Table 3-3: Comparison of soft and hard laddering

Sources: (Costa et al. 2004; Grunert et al. 1995; Gutman 1991; Russell et al. 2004)

Soft laddering is potentially the best method for generating a deep understanding of consumers, and resultant MECs have a better predictive ability, especially in complex decision-making situations. The principle drawback in soft laddering is that, due to its 120

qualitative nature, it requires considerable effort, time and skilled interviewers, therefore is not suitable for application to a large sample. Alternatively, pencil-and- paper-based hard laddering does not generate satisfactory results due to the low rate of accomplishment, but is easier to manage, especially at the data analysis stage. It significantly reduces the influence of researchers engaged in the process. In view of the exploratory nature of this study, soft laddering was used. This is also the approach recommended by studies exploring motivations using MEC, especially when dealing with broader and more abstract topics (Reynolds et al. 2001a). The interview procedure for soft laddering is described in the following section.

3.6.1.2 Soft Laddering Interview Procedures

3.6.1.2.1 Interview Preparation

Laddering requires an interview environment be created so that respondents are not threatened, and are thus willing to be introspective and look inside themselves for the underlying motivations behind their perceptions of a given product/service (Reynolds et al. 1988). This process can be enhanced by suggesting in the introductory comments that there are no right or wrong answers, thus relaxing the respondent, and further reinforcing the notion that the entire purpose of the interview is simply to understand the ways in which the respondent sees this particular set of products/service. The respondent is positioned as the expert. The goal of the questioning is to understand the ways that the respondent sees the world, where the world is the product domain comprised of relevant actors, behaviours and contexts. Importantly, interviewers must position themselves merely as trained facilitators of this discovery process. Additionally, due to the personal nature of the later probing process, it is advisable for the interviewer

121

to create a slight sense of vulnerability for themselves. This can be accomplished by initially stating that many of the questions may seem somewhat obvious and possibly even stupid, associating this predicament with the interviewing process, which requires the interviewer to follow certain specific guidelines (Reynolds et al. 1988).

As with all qualitative research, the interviewer must maintain control of the interview, somewhat more difficult in this context due to the more abstract concepts that are the focus of the discussion (Reynolds et al. 1988). This can be accomplished best by minimising the response options and being as direct as possible with the questioning, while still following what appears to be an ‘unstructured’ format. By continually asking

‘why is that important to you?’, the interviewer reinforces the perception of genuine interest, and thus tends to command respect and control of the dialogue.

By creating a sense of involvement and caring in the interview, the interviewer is able to get beneath the respondent’s surface reasons and rationalisations, to discover the more fundamental reasons for the respondent’s perceptions and behaviour (Reynolds et al.

1988). Understanding the respondent involves putting aside all internal references and biases, while putting oneself in the respondent’s place. It is critical to establish rapport before the actual in-depth probing is initiated, and maintain it during the interview.

Gutman and Reynolds (1988) point out that the interviewer must instil confidence in the respondent, so that the opinions expressed are perceived as simply being recorded rather than judged. Additionally, as in all interview situations, as the respondents will react directly in accordance with the interviewer’s reactions—both verbal and nonverbal—it is vital to make the respondent feel at ease. One should carefully avoid potentially antagonistic or aggressive actions (Reynolds et al. 1995). Moreover, to avoid any

122

‘interview demand characteristics’, nonverbal cues such as approval, disapproval, surprise or hostility, or implying rejection, should be avoided (Reynolds et al. 1988).

The interviewer should be perceived as an interested yet neutral recorder of information.

Also critical to the interviewing process is the interviewer’s ability to identify the elements brought forth by the respondent, in terms of the levels of abstraction framework. Thus, a thorough familiarity with the MEC theory is essential.

3.6.1.2.2 Distinctions Elicitation

Laddering probes begin with distinctions made by the individual respondent concerning perceived meaningful differences between products/services. The distinctions elicited are normally attributes of products/service or benefits, which will be used as the bases for eliciting respondents’ self-relevant benefits and values (Zanoli et al. 2002). The elicitation procedure is important for the outcome of a laddering study, as it determines the relevance of the MECs to be extracted from subjects. A number of techniques have been developed for eliciting distinctions: direct elicitation, free sorting, picking from an attribute list, ranking and triad sorting (Botschen et al. 1998b; Breivik et al. 2003;

Reynolds et al. 1988). These techniques have been widely adopted in MEC studies in which the effectiveness and validity are demonstrated. These techniques are summarised in the following table.

123

Direct elicitation In direct elicitation, the respondent is asked to come up with the attributes most important to them when choosing from the assortment of elements presented. This technique is based on general theories of spreading activation, does not favour any particular view on ‘consumer memory’ and is deemed a baseline technique for the elicitation of attributes (Breivik et al. 2003). Procedures Background: A list of mobile phone brands is provided (Siemens, Philips, Nokia, Ericsson, Apple, Motorola). Interviewer: Can you tell me what is the most important attribute for you in choosing a mobile phone from these brands? Interviewee: Long standby time is the most important attribute that I consider when choosing among these brands. I always travel around different cities for business. If the standby time for a mobile phone is short, it’s very inconvenient. Distinction identified: Standby time Strength and weakness of direct elicitation Bech-Larsen and Nielsen (1999) suggest that direct elicitation comes closest to a ‘natural speech’ interviewing technique, which, when compared to other techniques, is believed to lead to a stronger focus on idiosyncratic and intrinsically relevant attributes, and less on extrinsic product differences. Thus, while generating more relevant abstract attributes, distinction elicited may have low discriminative and predictive abilities.

Free sorting In free sorting, the respondent forms groups on the basis of all elements presented. The respondent is told to group elements, which in some important ways are the same and different from the elements in other groups. The groups can consist of as many as or as few elements as the respondent organises. The respondent is then asked how the elements in the groups are alike, and how they differ from other groups of elements.

Procedures Background: A list of mobile phone brands is provided (Siemens, Philips, Nokia, Ericsson, Motorola, Samsung). Interviewer: Can you group these mobile phone brands based on your own opinion? You can put as many or as few brands in a group as you like. Interviewee: Group 1: Nokia, Philips; Group 2: Motorola, Samsung, Siemens; Group 3: Ericsson

Interviewer: How are the brands in each group are alike, and how do they differ from the brands in the other groups?

124

Interviewee: Brands in group 1 have long standby time, but the appearance is not as good as other brands. Brands in group 2 have a beautiful appearance, but the physical quality is not good enough. Brands in group 3 have better keyboard arrangement.

Distinction identified: Standby time, appearance, keyboard arrangement Strengths and weaknesses of free sorting As with triad sorting, free sorting results in the elicitation of relatively more concrete than abstract attributes when compared to other techniques. The attributes generated are perceived as less important than attributes generated by other techniques. However, the attributes are believed to have better discriminative abilities than attributes generated by other techniques.

Picking from an attribute list Using this method, participants are asked to select attributes important to them from a list of attributes provided by the researcher. The attributes on the list must be generated in some way. This is often done using a focus group, or from previous related literature. Thus, selecting from an attribute list is not based on idiosyncratic wordings, such as is the case with the four other elicitation techniques.

Strengths and weakness of picking from an attribute list The predictive ability of the attribute list technique is less than that of the other techniques, as it is impossible to list all attributes important for all respondents, and because the other techniques generate idiosyncratic attributes that, all other things being equal, must be expected to be better at predicting choices than attributes described in general language (Russell et al. 2004). Additionally, the results of this technique largely rely on the list provided, so it may be that the researcher’s knowledge influences respondents (Bech-Larsen et al. 1999). Ranking The respondents are asked to rank elements according to preference, and to state the cause for such a ranking.

Procedures Background: A list of mobile phone brands is provided (Siemens, Philips, Nokia, Ericsson, Motorola, Samsung). Interviewer: Can you rank these brands according to your preference? Interviewee: 1) Nokia, 2) Motorola, 3) Siemens, 4) Samsung, 5) Ericsson, 6) Philips. Interviewer: Why do you like the first brand more than the second one? Interviewee: Nokia has long standby time compared to Motorola. I don’t need to recharge it every day. Interviewer: Why do you like Motorola more than Siemens? Interviewee: Many people are using Motorola and recommending it to me. It has a brand reputation, and it is easy to access the after-sale service.

125

Interviewer: Why do you like Siemens more than Samsung? Interviewee: Because.....

Distinction identified: Standby time, reputation, easy access after-sale service Strengths and weakness of ranking When ranking, it is improbable that all attributes important to the consumer will be involved in a choice task. Thus, it is believed that only attributes that fulfil both criteria of choice impact (i.e., importance and performance difference across products) will be elicited. Therefore, the attributes generated by the ranking technique generate fewer attributes than other techniques. As there is an assumption of a negative correlation between the number of attributes elicited and the perceptions of between elements deviations (Russell et al. 2004), the deviations among elements are larger for attributes generated by the ranking methods, and attributes elicited by ranking are considered to have a higher predictive ability than other techniques. However, as with triad sorting, ranking is also very time consuming as it implies complex sorting procedures.

Triad sorting This method promotes a discussion of similarity and contrast, recommended by Kelly (1955) and used in Repertory Grid interview procedure. Three elements (e.g. group buying websites) are randomly selected from the pool. For each triad, the research participant will be asked to identify a way that two elements are similar yet different from the third element. After getting the attributes, the three cards will be returned to the stack, and respondents will be asked to select another three cards and the exercise will be repeated. The attribute elicitation process can be repeated until either no new distinctions can be elicited from a triad, or the participant becomes noticeably tired (Tan et al. 2002).

Procedures Background: A few cards (more than six) are prepared, each printed with a car brand name. Interviewer: There are no right or wrong answers. Choose three cards from the pool and take a moment to think about the three cars on the respective cards. (Lincoln Continental, Mustang, Cadillac are chosen by interviewee). Interviewer: Specifically, I want you to tell me some important ways in which two of the three chosen cars are the same, and thereby different from the third. Interviewee: First is about the different car makers: Lincoln Continental and Mustang are made by Ford, while Cadillac is made by General Motors. Second regards price: Lincoln Continental and Cadillac are luxury cars while, Mustang is an economy car (source: Reynolds and Gutman, 1988). The three cards are returned to the pool and another three cards selected. This process is repeated.

Distinction identified: Car maker and price

126

Strength and weakness of triad sorting Grunert et al. (2001) argue that triadic sorting emphasises visible differences between elements, which results in the elicitation of relatively more concrete and fewer abstract attributes. As concrete attributes are expected to be better at discriminating products than abstract attributes, and triad sorting focuses more on concrete attributes, it has better discriminative and predictive abilities than attributes generated by other techniques. However, as concrete attributes are presumed to be less important to the consumer than abstract attributes, and triad sorting focuses more on concrete attributes, it may generate some irrelevant attributes that are less important.

Table 3-4: Summary of different eliciting techniques

Techniques Strengths Weaknesses Closest to a ‘natural speech’ interviewing technique. Focus less on extrinsic attributes. Direct elicitation Focus more on intrinsically relevant attributes. Low discriminatory and predictive abilities. Produce more abstract attributes. Generation of irrelevant Free sorting Get more concrete attributes. attributes. Limit respondents’ own Picking from an Clear research goals and structure. understanding. attribute list Low predictive ability. Generates fewer attributes. Ranking Higher predictive ability. Time consuming. Gets more concrete attributes. Generation of irrelevant Triad sorting The generated attributes have better discriminative abilities and higher attributes. predictive abilities.

Table 3-5: Key strengths and weaknesses of different elicitation techniques

The key strengths and weaknesses of different elicitation techniques are summarised and compared in Table 3-5. Grunert et al. (2001) argue that the problem with elicitation techniques is that different techniques may lead to different sets of distinctions, leading to the measurement of different excerpts from cognitive structure, with no a priori way

127

of knowing which technique will lead to the right result. Depending on which attributes are elicited, the resulting ladders will differ. Reynolds and Gutman (1988) suggest that the most important thing is to provide a meaningful basis for the respondent to keep in mind when eliciting the differences. Further, it is suggested that the interview outline generally includes at least two distinct methods of eliciting attributes, to make sure that no key attributes are overlooked (Reynolds et al. 1988). As there is little research on online group buying, picking from an attribute list cannot be used in this study. Free sorting has the same strengths and weaknesses as triad sorting. Thus, direct elicitation, ranking and triad sorting were selected for this study, to elicit the distinctions. However, these techniques still need to be tested in the pilot study to ensure they work in the online group buying context.

3.6.1.2.3 Ladder Probing

In this step, the benefits, values and linkages between attributes, benefits and values will be established using probing questions, such as ‘why is this important to you?’ The list of attributes pre-established at the elicitation stage will be used as a starting point for the in-depth interview. The interviewee is continuously probed with a variant of the question: ‘why is that important to you?’ The development of such a procedure allows the consumer to naturally reveal their personal reasons and motivations that otherwise would not be possible to elicit from memory. Typically, the answer will lead from attributes to benefits and finally to the respondent’s personal values. The interviewer will stop probing when the respondent rephrases the same response, or insists that they do not know the answer. A sample interview follows:

128

Interviewer: You indicated that appearance is the most important attribute for

you when choosing a mobile phone, why is that?

Interviewee: The mobile phone is not so important for me, it is like an accessory

for a girl. I like those with a beautiful appearance and colour, which fits my own

taste.

Interviewer: Then suppose you were using one without a beautiful appearance,

how would you feel?

Interviewee: I would wish to explain promptly to others, ‘that is not mine...’

Interviewer: Why is that?

Interviewee: I think I am kind of afraid of others saying ‘it’s so ugly’. I care

about other people’s opinions. When I buy something, I always ask others, ‘how

do you feel about it?’

Interviewer: Why do you care about others’ opinions?

Interviewee: I like socialising. I wish to be recognised by others in my

friendship circle.

In the above sample interview, the attribute used for laddering is the appearance of mobile phones; the benefit generated is a sophisticated image (personal status and how others view the respondent); and the value obtained is self-image (maintenance of the respect of others).

3.6.1.2.4 Problem Solving Techniques in the Laddering Process

Sometimes it is difficult to obtain ladders during interviews. Reynolds and Gutman

(1988) point out two situations in which this problem can arise. The first is when a

129

respondent does not know how to answer a question. This happens when a respondent has never thought about a given circumstance, and is not able to abstract to the point of being able to articulate the reason for the importance. The second is when the questions become more personal as the dynamic of the interview process evolves, causing negative reactions every time the question ‘why is this important?’ is asked, and tends to lead the respondent above their levels of abstraction. Respondents then repeatedly redefine their answers at a level equal or even below that at which they were before, saying ‘I don’t know’, becoming silent or using arguments that take them in circles. To deal with this problem, a few techniques have been suggested in literature, listed in

Table 3-6 (Mason 1995; Reynolds et al. 1988).

Contextualization of a Third Person

In this technique, the interviewee is asked whether he believes that other people would feel the same way in similar circumstances when that subject cannot articulate a response. This technique is used to make him feel more at ease to convey his opinions. The following example (taken from Reynolds and Gutman's (1988) study) illustrates the way this technique being used in laddering process.

Procedure

Interviewer: You mentioned you drink wine coolers at parties at your friend's house. Why do you drink them there?

Interviewee: Just because they have them.

Interviewer: Why not drink something else?

Interviewee: I just like drinking coolers.

Interviewer: Why do you think your friends have them at parties**?

Interviewee: I guess they want to impress use because wine coolers are expensive. They relate quality to how expensive it is.

130

Interviewer: Why do they want to impress others**?

Interviewee: Since coolers are new, they are almost like a status symbol.

Loss of a Characteristic

Another technique that is used in order to avoid blockages by the interview subjects is to have the interviewee imagine a product or service without a given characteristic.

Procedure

Interviewer: You said you prefer a cooler when you get home after work because of the full-bodied taste. What's so good about a full-bodied taste after work?

Interviewee: I just like it. I worked hard and it feels good to drink something satisfying. Interviewer: Why is a satisfying drink important to you after work?

Interviewee: Because it is. I just enjoy it.

Interviewer: What would you drink it you didn't have a cooler available to you**?

Interviewee: Probably a light beer.

Interviewer: What's better about a wine cooler as opposed to a light beer when you get home after work**?

Interviewee: If I start drinking beer, I have a hard time stopping. I just continue on into the night. But with coolers I get filled up and it's easy to stop.

Negative Laddering

For the most part, the laddering procedure proceeds by probing the things respondents do and the way respondents feel. However, much can be learned by inquiring into the reasons why respondents do not do certain things or do not want to feel certain ways. Exploring hidden assumptions in this manner and using the device of making the opposite assumption have proven to be useful devices in making respondents aware of implications of common behaviour (Davis 1971). In this technique, the respondent is asked why he would not act in a given fashion or why he would not like to feel a certain way. This technique is very relevant when the interviewee cannot explain why he/she does the things he/she does (Zanoli et al. 2002). The following is an example of

131

negative laddering.

Procedure

Interviewer: You indicated that the size of the mobile phone is important. What sized do you prefer?

Interviewee: I prefer the small size one.

Interviewer: Why is that?

Interviewee: I don't know. I just like it.

Interviewer: Why wouldn't you buy one with large size**?

Interviewee: I found it was difficult to put the large size mobile into my pocket, especially when I am outside with no handbag. It is very inconvenient.

Redirecting Techniques: Silence/Communication Check

Silence on the part of the interviewer can be used to make the respondent keep trying to look for a more appropriate or definite answer when either the respondent is not willing to think critically about the question asked or when the respondent feels uncomfortable with what he or she is learning about themselves (Reynolds et al. 1988).

A communication check simply refers to repeating back what the respondent has said and asking for clarification, essentially asking for a more precise expression of the concept.

Procedure

Interviewer: You mentioned you like the colour of group buying website of lashou.com. Why do you like it?

Interviewee: No particular reason. I just like the white background colour with orange navigation bar.

Interviewer: (Silence)**

Interviewee: The orange navigation bar with white background makes it easier to browse. I can easily get the key information I want.

Interviewer: Why is that important?

132

Interviewee: If I browse the website for a long time and cannot get the information I want, I will feel lost

Interviewer: Let me see if I understand what you're saying. What do you mean by saying "lost"**?

Interviewee: I mean I will be upset and tired of browsing the information.

Situational Context

Re-ask the question within a specific context regarding the use of a product or service. The respondents usually make better associations when they think of a real-life situation.

Procedure

Interviewer: You indicated that you would be more likely to drink a wine cooler at a party on the weekend with friends, why is that?

Interviewee: Wine coolers have less alcohol than a mixed drink and because they are so filling I tend to drink fewer and more slowly.

Interviewer: What is the benefit of having less alcohol when you are around your friends?

Interviewee: I never really have thought about it. I don't know.

Interviewer: Try to think about it in a relation to the party situation. When was the last time you had a wine cooler in this party with friends situation**?

Interviewee: Last weekend.

Interviewer: Why coolers last weekend**?

Interviewee: I knew I would be drinking a long time and I did' not want to get wasted. I like socialize and I want to talk to my friends. If I get wasted I am afraid I'd make an ass of myself and people won't invite me next time. It's important for me to be part of the group.

Return to a Topic at Another Time during the Interview

This is the most commonly used method. When a given topic is not being well received

133

or understood by the interviewee, one should stop momentarily with the line of questioning in order to take it up again at a later time within the same interview. This avoids making the subject feel pressured.

Table 3-6: Summary of problem solving techniques

Reynolds and Gutman (1988) stress that the central idea is to maintain focus on the person rather than the product or service. This is not an easy task because typically, at some point, the respondent realises that the product seems to have disappeared from the conversation. Unfortunately, there are situations in which techniques and procedures are unable to produce an MEC. The respondent may be inarticulate or simply unwilling to answer. Reynolds and Gutman (1988) point out that approximately one-quarter of respondents may not able to produce enough satisfactory ladders, due to low involvement, and may be excluded from the data analysis.

3.6.1.3 Summary

The time required from distinctions to final ladders varies substantially, but 60 to 75 minutes is typical. Compared to other qualitative tools—such as projective interviews or life story—the laddering technique more explicitly addresses the links between concrete product attributes and higher-order cognitive categories motivating behaviour. It can give valuable insights by prompting consumers to reflect on the motives behind their behaviour (Grunert et al. 1995), and allows illumination of what motivates consumers to favour one purchase over another (Walker et al. 1991). Based on the exploratory nature of this study, and the difficulty approaching consumers’ higher-level motives, laddering is considered an appropriate technique for this study.

134

3.6.2 Pilot Study

A pilot study was conducted to test details of the interview protocol and data collection processes, before the investigation research was conducted. Pilot studies can expose flaws in planned research design, and provide an opportunity to correct flaws before the main research is conducted (Lancaster et al. 2004). A sample of nine college students with online group buying experience was used as the pilot study. As discussed, soft laddering has the potential to generate more information than hard laddering, and so is more suitable for use in exploratory studies. The soft laddering interview technique was tested in the pilot study.

3.6.2.1 Objectives

As discussed earlier, different elicitation techniques are available for laddering interviews, and these possess different strengths and weaknesses. Thus, it is necessary to test which elicitation technique is more suitable for data collection in the online group buying context. Additionally, problems may occur during the interview, which requires the related problem solving techniques to be utilised to solve problems. Thus, the pilot study is designed to:

 test the elicitation techniques proposed in previous literature, and select the most

appropriate for the main data collection;

 discover how well the related interview techniques proposed in the previous

literature can solve problems emerging during the interview;

 identify the potential problems emerging during the interview process, and

adjust the research design.

135

3.6.2.2 Design of Pilot Interview Procedures

Based on the interview procedure recommended by previous studies using MEC, a three-stage interview procedure was designed for the pilot study:

1. preparing and gathering personal information;

2. eliciting distinctions;

3. getting the ladders.

Stage one was designed for interview preparation and collection of data related to interviewees’ demographic background, such as gender, age, education, occupation, income and experience with online group buying. A survey was designed to collect interviewees’ demographic information. This consists of two parts: the first part is related to personal information, and the second to experience with group buying. This survey is used for three purposes:

1. to evaluate sample selection and coverage;

2. to locate and describe the expected results—MEC consumer groups with

demographics;

3. to obtain elements used for the purpose of elicitation (using the group buying

websites provided by participants in the survey).

A copy of the survey appears in the Appendix A.

Stage two was designed to elicit the relevant distinctions to be used in the laddering process. To achieve this, it was first necessary to identify the most appropriate elicitation technique. As introduced earlier, there are five popular elicitation techniques: direct elicitation, free sorting, picking from an attribute list, ranking and triad sorting.

Due to the lack of relevant literature on online group buying, it is impossible to attain

136

attributes from the literature. Thus, picking from an attribute list was considered inappropriate for this exploratory study. Additionally, as free and triad sorting involve similar sorting procedures, and both of techniques have similar strengths and weaknesses, triad sorting was adopted and free sorting rejected. In summary, triad sorting, ranking and direct elicitation were utilised to elicit distinctions in the pilot study.

Three interviews were conducted with the three techniques.

Stage three was designed to probe the ladders. Distinctions obtained in stage two were used as the bases, to generate the MECs via a series of probing questions that question why a particular statement is important to the respondent. If respondents could not answer why during the probing process, techniques such as negative laddering and loss of characteristics were introduced in the previous section, and were utilised to compare how different techniques work in the real interview context.

3.6.2.3 Findings and Discussion

In total, nine interviews were conducted using the designed procedures, with three interviews using each of the three elicitation techniques. As one of the objectives of the pilot study was to test the different elicitation techniques, the distinctions identified using the respective elicitation techniques are summarised and compared in Table 3-7.

Two significant differences were identified in the results. First, it is apparent that the three techniques generated a different number of distinctions. Ranking method generated the largest number of distinctions, while triad sorting generated least distinctions. The number of distinctions generated using triad sorting is largely

137

influenced by the differences in the group buying websites used by participants. If all group buying websites used by participants were intermediary group buying websites with similar operating strategies and attributes, respondents found it difficult to group them and tell the differences between them. For instance, the distinction used by participants most often to group the three websites was the different categories of product that the websites offer. With this distinction, they cannot tell which group they prefer, and indicate that they would select websites depending on the categories of products they plan to purchase. Additionally, during the elicitation process, it was found that ‘ranking’ can apply to any situation, and is not influenced by either the number of websites or the different websites used by participants.

Second, it was found that the levels of abstraction for distinctions in three lists are different. Distinctions generated with direct elicitation show a higher level of abstraction in general, and some—such as ‘know more information’ and ‘avoid bargaining’—reach the benefit level. Thus, ‘back laddering’ was used to acquire the relevant attributes that deliver those benefits.

The second objective was to discover how well the interview techniques proposed in previous literature can solve problems that emerge during the interview. During the conversation, problems discussed in the literature were encountered, such as ‘the respondent does not know the answer’, and relevant techniques were trialled. Among the various techniques proposed in earlier research, ‘postulating the absence of an object or a state of being’, ‘negative laddering’ and ‘redirecting techniques’ (i.e. the use of silence and communication checks) proved very useful when there was a mental/semantic block and the respondent really did not know the answer.

138

Direct elicitation N=3 Ranking N=3 Triad sorting N=3 Attributes

Email subscription 1 Advertisements 2 Different product 1 oriented Functional design 2 Functional design 1 Product brand 1

Know more 1 Low price 3 Product assortment 2 information Low price 2 Past experience 1 Promotion 1

Payment options 1 Promotion 1 Service quality 2

Perceived size 1 Product assortment 3 Sufficient information 2

Products assortment 2 Recommendation 1 from friends Promotion 2 Reputation 1

Refund function 2 Service quality 3

Reputation 1 Sufficient 2 information Sufficient 3 information Benefits Avoid bargaining 1 Convenience 1

Easy of navigation 1

Perceived 1 usefulness Try new products 1

Table 3-7: Summary of distinctions obtained using three elicitation techniques

The third objective was to identify potential problems emerging during the interview process. Two problems were identified during interviews. First, it was found that some participants could not clearly remember the corresponding attributes of specific group buying websites when asking them to rank or sort the websites. Some asked whether

139

they could have a few minutes to browse the group buying websites. Thus, some participants were given 15 minutes in which to browse the group buying websites before the eliciting process. Second, it was found that during the interview the repeated use of questions can create an impression for the participants that they are very obvious.

When the researcher seeks comments and suggestions from participants after the interview, they also pointed out this problem. Thus, to overcome this, the interviewer needs to explain both at the beginning of the interview and during it that: ‘sometimes the questions I ask may seem obvious, but this is all part of the research process and part of the methodology of the interview’.

3.6.2.4 Conclusion of Pilot Study

Based on comments and feedback received from the pilot study, and the results of distinctions obtained by using different techniques, a few changes and adjustments were made to the interview design.

First, from the elicitation results it was evident that ranking and direct elicitation are more suitable to elicit the distinctions of this study, which can elicit more reasonable distinctions for the further probing process. Therefore, Reynolds and Gutman’s (1988) suggestion that at least two methods need to be adopted to make sure no key element is overlooked was adopted. Ranking and direct elicitation techniques were chosen for the main data collection. These two techniques appeared to be more reliable, as the resultant distinctions are more meaningful and distinctive. Concurrently, interviewees can generate a large quantity of distinctions with these two elicitation techniques.

140

Second, problems that occurred during the laddering process can be effectively solved using ‘negative laddering’, ‘postulating the absence of an object or a state of being’ and

‘redirecting techniques’. Thus, in the main data collection, three techniques were considered as the main tools used to solve problems during the laddering process.

Third, 15 minutes for participants to browse the group buying websites before eliciting distinctions were added to the main data collection, with the goal of participants freshly remembering the distinctions between different group buying websites. This helped make the eliciting process more efficient and accurate.

Finally, a few open-ended questions were added at the end of interviews, based on comments and suggestions from participants:

1. Why did you not use other group buying websites?

2. What are the shortcomings of online group buying?

3. Which products do you think are appropriate for online group buying and why?

4. Which products do you think are not appropriate for online group buying and

why?

These questions could help the researcher elicit the de-motivations and problems of online group buying, enabling a better understanding of the online group buying phenomenon, and help explain the results obtained from the data analysis.

3.6.3 Main Study Data Collection

Conclusions from the pilot study suggested the appropriateness of using soft laddering interviews, as well as ranking and direct elicitation, to collect data for this exploratory

141

study. Based on the feedback obtained from the pilot study, the interview design of the main study data collection was adjusted. The following sections specifically describe the data collection for the main study, the research participants, interview procedure and sample information.

3.6.3.1 Research Participants

The research participants were people with online group buying experience in China. To recruit the participants for interviews, announcements were posted on the bulletin board system of a few well-known group buying websites (www.dianping.com, www.bbs.tuan800.com). The voluntary participants located in Shanghai were contacted for interview. Shanghai was selected for its high percentage of consumers using online group buying. According to an investigation by CNNIC (2011), Shanghai ranked first among Chinese cities for percentage of people using online group buying, as shown in

Table 3-8. Previous studies using MECs and soft laddering interview techniques suggest that a pool of 50-60 participants can generate enough information (Reynolds et al.

2001a). Hence, in total about 56 consumers were interviewed, between December 2012 and January 2013 in Shanghai, China using the soft laddering technique.

Among these 56 participants, four interviews were considered invalid. One participant was busy with work and left the interview after 12 minutes. Another two participants were less involved in online group buying. During the distinction eliciting process they could not provide enough distinctions. The researcher tried different eliciting techniques and failed to get more distinctions. Only two distinctions were obtained from each, and during the laddering process, the researcher did not gain much meaningful information.

142

The two interviews lasted only eight minutes, starting from the eliciting process. The last participant was excluded because she could not express her meaning clearly. She attended the interview with her daughter, and when I probed for further motives, she asked her daughter for the answers. Thus, interview content obtained from her was excluded. Overall, 52 valid interviews from 56 were considered for analysis, a significant number, especially considering the peculiarities of the method and the data collection mode: Reynolds and Gutman (1988) stated that one-quarter of all laddering interviews do not develop ladders, and are excluded from further analysis.

City Percentages of people using online group buying

Shanghai 18.50%

Beijing 17%

Jinan 16.90%

Guangzhou 16.60%

Shenzhen 15.80%

Shenyang 15.00%

Hangzhou 13.20%

Tianjin 12.50%

Xian 12.00%

Xiamen 11.00%

Table 3-8: Top 10 cities in terms of percentages of online group buyers

Source: China Online Group Buying Report, 2011 (CNNIC, 2011)

The participants’ characteristics—gender, age, education—are summarised in part one of Table 3-9. Gender distribution was random, but the total sample resulted in 13 males

143

and 39 females. The respondents were relatively young, with 38.46 per cent aged between 25 and 30, and 30.77 per cent between 19 and 24. In terms of education, 1.92 per cent had high school-level education, 28.85 per cent had some college, 61.54 per cent had a bachelor’s degree and 7.64 per cent had a postgraduate or higher degree, indicating that online group buyers have a relatively high level of education. Finally, the monthly salary of 32.69 per cent of respondents was between 3001 and 5000 Yuan and

30.77 per cent had a salary of between 5001 and 8000 Yuan.

These participant characteristics are in line with statistics published by CNNIC (2013).

According to this investigation, females prefer online group buying, 73.5 per cent of online group buyers are aged between 20 and 39, education levels are relatively high compared to normal netizens (as online group buyers with a bachelor’s degree accounted for 35.9 per cent of the sample, and buyers with a college diploma or degree accounted for 19.8 per cent) and the income of the buyers is also relatively high, being above average (CNNIC 2013).

Participants’ experience of online group buying is summarised in part two of Table 3-9.

Food and beverage were the most frequently purchased products, as 51 people mentioned this, followed by entertainment, which 24 people mentioned. Almost half—

48.08 per cent—of people have used online group buying for one to two years, and

32.69 per cent have used it for two to three years. More than half—69.23 per cent— have purchased more than ten times in the past year, indicating that the participants are experienced in using online group buying. The majority of the respondents—63.46 per cent—spent one to five hours browsing group buying websites each week, while 36.54

144

per cent spent 301 to 500 Yuan (equal to US$50 to 84) on group buying each month, and 23.08 per cent spent 5001 to 1000 Yuan (equal to US$50 to 167).

Item Frequency Percentage Part One: Personal Information Gender Male 13 25 Female 39 75 Age 19-24 16 30.77 25-30 20 38.46 31-35 10 19.23 More than 35 6 11.54 Education High school or below 1 1.92 Some college/Diploma 15 28.85 Bachelor degree 32 61.54 Master degree or above 4 7.69 Monthly salary (Yuan) Less than 1000 7 13.46 1000-3000 6 11.54 3001-5000 17 32.69 5001-8000 16 30.77 More than 8000 5 9.62 Occupation Students 12 23.08 Sales 4 7.69 Administrative 6 11.54 Human resource 1 1.92 Accountants 3 5.77 Clerk 5 9.62 R & D staff 9 17.31 Middle management 6 11.54 Teacher 2 3.85 Consultant 2 3.85 Part Two: Online Group Buying Experience Frequently purchased products (multiple choice) Cosmetics 7 13.46 Dress 15 28.85 Digitals 2 3.85 Entertainment 24 46.15 Food & beverage 51 98.08 Home furniture 8 15.38 Hotel voucher 4 7.69

145

Outdoor sports facilities 3 5.77 Experience of using online group buying Less than half year 0.5-1 year 5 9.62 1-2 years 25 48.08 2-3 years 17 32.69 More than 3 years 4 7.69 Frequency of online group buying in recent one year 1-2 times 3 5.77 3-5 times 7 13.46 6-10 times 6 11.54 more than 10 times 36 69.23 Time used to brows group buying websites each week 1-5 hours 33 63.46 6-10 hours 14 26.92 11-20 hours 3 5.77 More than 20 hours 2 3.85 Money spent on group buying each month (Yuan) Less than 100 4 7.69 101-300 13 25 301-500 19 36.54 501-1000 12 23.08 1000-2000 2 3.85 More than 2000 1 1.92 Table 3-9: Characteristics of participants

The selected sample covers a wide range of ages, education, salary and occupations.

The characteristics of participants are in accordance with statistics published by CNNIC

(2013) and the CERC (2013). Further, the online group buying experience of participants, as shown in the above table, indicates that the sample represents online group buyers.

3.6.3.2 Group Buying Websites Used by Participants

Participants were asked to provide a list of group buying websites which they are familiar with when eliciting distinctions in the interview process. These group buying

146

websites are summarised in Table 3-10. According to the results, it is evident that

Dianping.com is the most popular group buying website among participants, with 48

out of 52 people mentioned, followed by Meituan.com and Lashou.com, both of which

are Groupon mode group buying websites in China. The characteristics of these group

buying websites are also summarised in the following table. Group buying No. people Characteristics websites (N=52) Dianping.com 48 The first third-party rating and review website , founded in Shanghai in 2003. This website also provides group buying deals. MeiTuan.com 46 Groupon mode group buying website founded in 2010 which covers a large variety of products. It ranked as the second in terms of market share among Groupon mode group buying website in China in 2013. Lashou.com 36 The first group buying website which combines Groupon and Foursquare, founded in 2010 in China. Its service covers more than 400 cities. Jutaobao.com 33 Group buying platform website, which belongs to Alibaba. It ranked as the first in terms of sales in group buying industry. Nuomi.com 32 Founded by Renren.com(social networking site), Nuomi.com offers special group buying deals which are provided by large suppliers with good reputation. Gaopeng.com 28 Gaopeng.com was founded by Groupon and Tencent in 2011. It merged with Ftuan.com in 2012. Manzuo.com 21 As the first Groupon mode group buying website in China, manzuo.com was founded in January 2010. It aims for white-collar people working in big cities, and focus on the service quality of the website. 55tuan.com 17 Groupon mode group buying website founded in 2010 which covers a large variety of products. It ranked as the first in terms of market share among Groupon mode group buying website in China in 2013. Ftuan.com 12 Groupon mode group buying website founded in March 2010. It aims for reducing the risks

147

associated with online group buying. By providing a list of service attributes (compensation in advance, overdue refund), it provides an adequate safeguard for consumers. Ftuan merged with Gaopeng.com in 2012. Didatuan.com 11 Founded in 2010, it aims to provide location- based service products. It closed down in 2014. 24quan.com 10 It provides only one deal each day. It aims for providing special and high quality products. It closed in October 2013. JD.com 9 The biggest 3C (computer, communication, and consumer electronic) products-based Internet shopping mall in China. 58.com 8 It is a location-based website which provides various information related to all areas of life, such as hosing rental, catering and entertainment, job recruitment etc. It also offers online group buying deals. However, the group buying sales only accounted less than 10% of the overall revenue of the company. Qunar.com 7 It is a leading travel products-based searching engine in China. It allows consumers to compare price for various travel products. It also offers group buying deals for travel products. Jumei.com 7 Founded in March 2010, jumei.com is a group buying website which only offers cosmetic products. t.yhd.com 7 The first Internet-based supermarket in China, which was founded in 2008. Qianpin.com 6 Groupon mode group buying website which was founded in August 2011. This website closed down in 2013. Yixun.com 4 Famous B2C website in China DangDang.com 2 Famous B2C website in China which provides various products. The key products on DangDang.com are books. Vancl.com 2 Famous B2C website in China which aims for providing apparel products. Groupon.cn 2 Founded in March 2010, it covers 368 cities in 2011. It closed down in 2013. Table 3-10: Group buying websites used by participants

148

3.6.3.3 Interview Environment

All interviews were conducted in a one-to-one, face-to-face format, based on the schedule and availability of each participant. To relieve the stress and anxiety that respondents may have been subject to during the process of examining the connection of elements buried deep in their consciousness (Woodside 2004), Reynolds and Gutman

(1988) suggested that the interviews should be conducted at venues/places that respondents are familiar with. Thus, all interviews were conducted in a cafe in which respondents could relax, as opposed to a research centre or office. Further, interviews conducted in a casual and relaxed manner ensure that respondents can relax and be free from anxiety (Reynolds et al. 1988). The location of the interviews was mutually determined by the researcher and each participant.

3.6.3.4 Interview Procedure

The interview procedure design is based on the feedback of the pilot study, and includes:

1. the preparation and gathering of personal information;

2. eliciting distinctions;

3. getting ladders;

4. asking open-ended questions.

These stages are summarised in Figure 3-10.

149

Preparing Stage 1  Explain research aim and interview procedure  Distribute survey to respondent

Eliciting distinctions Distinctions elicit Stage 2  Ranking  Attributes  Direct elicitation  Benefits

Benefits Stage 3 Getting ladders  Probing

Values/goals

Ending Stage 4  Ask open-ended questions and finish interview

Figure 3-10: Interview procedure

3.6.3.4.1 Stage 1

In the first stage, participants were first given a brief explanation of the aim of the study and the interview procedure. Then the Participant Information Statement and Consent

Form were distributed (see Appendix B), and the respondent’s signature and consent were obtained. The participant was told that there were no right or wrong answers to the questions, and that the researcher was only interested in the respondent’s opinions.

Additionally, participants were promised that their privacy would be protected and that their permission was required for the audio recording of the interviews for further data analysis. Participants uniformly provided approval for the use of a compact digital recorder during the interview. Participants were also reminded of their ability to decline 150

recording and stop participation at any time, as part of the disclosure process. Then, a survey consisting of two parts was distributed for participants to complete. Part one of the survey was designed to gather participants’ demographic information. Six key demographic characteristics—gender, age, education level, occupation, income and marital status were included. Questions in part two were designed to collect information on participants’ experience using online group buying, including the group buying websites they frequently used, ways to get online group buying information, frequently purchased products, average weekly time spent browsing group buying websites, average money spent on online group buying each month, years of usage, purchasing times in the past year and future purchasing intentions.

3.6.3.4.2 Stage 2

In the second stage, the distinctions used for the laddering process were obtained using ranking and direct elicitation methods. Before elicitation commenced, participants were given 15 minutes to browse the group buying websites listed by them, using a laptop provided by the interviewer, to refresh their memory of different group buying websites.

For the ranking method, the frequently used group buying websites listed by participants were written down on small cards, with one website per card. Then the cards were presented and respondents were asked to rank them according to their preference. After ranking, they were asked ‘why do you prefer the first website to the second website?’ Normally, participants provided one or more advantage of their preferred website. For instance, the preferred website has a good reputation or provides more specific product information. After receiving the answer, the interviewer proceeded with question ‘why do you prefer the second website to the third one?’ This

151

question was repeated until reasons for ranking all websites were elicited. After obtaining attributes using the ranking method, a direct elicitation method was utilised as a supplementary elicitation method, to ensure that no key attributes were overlooked.

Questions such as ‘what are the attributes or features of group buying websites that appeal to you?’ and/or ‘why do you choose to purchase through online group buying websites?’ were asked. At the end of this stage, a list of distinctions were obtained from participants.

3.6.3.4.3 Stage 3

In the third stage, the distinctions obtained in the second stage were used for probing to obtain higher-level reasons motivating consumer behaviour. The list of distinctions obtained from stage two were presented, and participants were asked questions such as

‘why is that important to you?’, ‘what benefits or consequences do you get from these attributes?’ or ‘what personal value do you get from the benefit/consequences?’ These questions were designed to provide gradual stimulation, to help participants recall their memory and place attention on group buying, so that participants could start with concrete attributes as the basis for exploring the benefits and potential values/goals buried deep in their minds. Sometimes the distinctions elicited at stage two were at the benefit level. For instance, some participants mentioned that they use group buying websites because they can try new products that they had no idea about before, such as

Cosplay or Counter Strike, or because of the convenience of group buying. Thus,

‘backwards’ laddering was applied in these cases to determine the corresponding attributes that would lead to benefit-level concepts. For instance, the questions ‘how can you get the benefits of...?’ and ‘what are the relevant attributes of group buying

152

websites that can help you got this benefit?’ were used for the laddering process. In the interviews, participants could freely describe their experiences with group buying websites, and the interviewer would keep the breadth of the interview in check until respondents uttered ‘that’s it’, ‘I don’t know’ or was unable to answer. All distinctions obtained in the second stage were used for probing.

During the probing process, participants could sometimes not answer, especially when probing for psychological benefits or value/goal level motives. The techniques described in previous sections—such as ‘negative laddering’, ‘redirecting technique’ and ‘return to the topic at another time of the interview’—were frequently used to solve the problems.

3.6.3.4.4 Stage 4

In the final stage, four open-ended questions were asked:

1. Why did you not use other group buying websites?

2. What are the shortcomings of online group buying?

3. Which products do you think are appropriate for online group buying and why?

4. Which products do you think are not appropriate for online group buying and

why?

153

Stages Semi-structured questions 1. Opening 1.1. Explain the research aim of this study and procedure of this interview. 1.2. Emphasise that there is no right/wrong answer to the questions. 1.3. Promise that the respondents’ privacy is protected and ask for their permission to audio record the interview. 2. Eliciting 2.1. Why do you prefer the first website to the second? distinctions 2.2. Why do you prefer the second website to the third? (ranking and direct elicitation) 2.3. Repeat questions to compare websites for all remaining on the list. 2.4. What attributes or features of group buying websites appeal to you? 2.5. Why do you choose to purchase through online group buying websites? 3. Laddering 3.1. Why is the attribute/function important to you? process 3.2. What is the benefit with this attribute? (Why is that important to you?) 3.3. What attributes can lead to this benefit? 3.4. What benefits do you get from these attributes? 3.5. What is the meaning for you? 3.6. What is the value it brings to your life? 4. Ending 4.1. Why did you not use other group buying websites? 4.2. What are the shortcomings of online group buying? 4.3. Which products do you think are appropriate for online group buying and why? 4.4. Which products do you think are not appropriate for online group buying and why?

Table 3-11: Summary of interview questions across different stages

The interviews lasted approximately 60 to 100 minutes, and were conducted in Chinese.

Ten to 15 minutes were used to explain the study aims, and for participants to complete the survey. Fifteen minutes were used for participants to browse the group buying websites. A further 15 to 20 minutes were allowed for the distinction elicitation, and 20 to 50 minutes for the laddering and open-ended questions. Table 3-11 summarises the interview questions used in stages one to four.

154

3.7 Ethical Considerations

Ethics approval from the Human Research Ethics Advisor Panel was obtained (approval number 116074) before data collection commenced, for both the pilot and main studies

(see Appendix C). All interviewees were provided a Participation Information

Statement and Consent Form, and told that any identifying information they provided would be kept confidential. They were also told that in the actual dissertation, they would only be identified as a code letter, and the coding information linking their identity to the particular code used would be kept separate from all other information related to the study. The researcher also ensured that the findings were documented as accurately as possible, by providing the participants with a chance to review the transcript summary and give feedback if they required.

3.8 Data Analysis Procedure

Data analysis is the final component of research design. In this research, the data analysis process started immediately after the first interview, and ran parallel to data collection. It is argued that concurrent data collection and analysis ensure the proper documentation of data (Dubé et al. 2003). Data analysis follows a three-stage procedure, as shown in Figure 3-11, and specific methods used to analyse data at each stage are described in the following sections.

155

Transcription

Stage 1

Content Analysis

Construction of SIM

Stage 2

Calculation of Development of Relative Importance HVM of Motivations

Cluster Analysis

Construction of SIM for Stage 3 Different Clusters

Development of HVMs for different Clusters

Figure 3-11: Data analysis procedure

3.8.1 Transcription and Preparation

The data analysis began with the transcription of the data collected from the interview sessions. The audio recorded data collected during interviews represented holistic, verbatim accounts of the interviews. Transcription is important for documenting and analysing audio recorded interviews, as audio recording facilitates verbatim 156

transcription of interviews for research accuracy, validity and reliability. All transcription was completed by the researcher shortly after the semi-structured interviews were completed. The researcher opted to transcribe the data herself, to initiate a process of immersion in the data and to become familiar with it and gain a deeper understanding of the interview content in anticipation of the data analysis

(Creswell et al. 2007). For instance, during a session listening to the audio recording, many memories from the interview materialised. It was essential to take advantage of this flow of information by creating a record of key memories and reactions, which can facilitate further analysis more accurately and capture missing information. The approximate length of transcription was 208 hours, or four hours per study participant.

The NVivo 10 software, developed by QSR International, was chosen for data analysis.

After transcription, each transcribed interview was incorporated into NVivo 10. This software helps organise and analyse unstructured information like documents, videos, surveys or voice recordings. It also aided in sorting interview data into categories based on words and phrases (Costa et al. 2007). Some authors believe that using this program produces more reliable results than manually analysing data, and will add extra rigour to the data analysis process (Blackler et al. 1983; Neuman et al. 2003).

3.8.2 Content Analysis

Content analysis is a core analytical procedure in MEC studies. Klaus (1980, p.21) stated that ‘content analysis is a research technique for making replicable and valid inferences from data to their context’. In a guidebook on content analysis, Neuendorf

(2002) described content analysis as a summarising, quantitative analysis rather than a

157

pure qualitative approach. Content analysis allows a researcher to take recorded communication and rigorously interpret it based upon on a prior research design.

Covering both qualitative and quantitative aspects of data, content analysis makes it possible to perform objective and systematic classifications of specific information characteristics that exist in the data (Kolbe et al. 1991). The content analysis in this study begins with open coding, from which categories were generated, followed by classification of the categories into different layers. Then both validity and reliability were considered for content analysis. Specific procedures used in this study for content analysis are described in the following sections.

3.8.2.1 Open Coding

Coding is the most common approach for data analysis in qualitative research. It is a useful technique in the data analysis and reduction process (Dubé et al. 2003). Marshall and Rossman (1989, p.150) define coding as the process of ‘bringing order, structure and meaning to the mass of collected data’. Coding allows the researcher to break data into different sections, by using chunks or quotations of text (Padgett 2008). These are represented in the original transcripts and interpretation fields. This coding process allows the researcher to categorise data from each interview session into a manageable format (Creswell et al. 2003; McMillan 2000; Yin 1994). Systematic coding is also important in avoiding bias and validating data analysis.

158

Phases of coding process Description of the process 1. Generating initial codes Read the transcripts line-by-line and create codes and relationships between codes. 2. Reviewing the codes Review and revise the codes and relationships. Note missing information, discomfort, blind spots and issues of misunderstanding. 3. Consolidating and merging Consolidate and merge codes with similar ideas to codes generate the unique constructs. 4. Categorising the unique Categorise unique constructs into boarder level constructs categories/dimensions. 5.Finalise names, definitions and Names and definitions of the dimensions finalised and translations of the dimension translated into English.

Table 3-12: Coding procedure

Producing code is an ongoing process. At the beginning, the researcher needs to read repeatedly to discover recurring and salient expressions. Therefore, by processing time the researcher grasps the descriptive expression by the means of coding (Charmaz 2006).

According to Baron (1980), researchers can flexibly approach data analysis, and are allowed to be subjective in qualitative studies. However, these features of qualitative studies enforce researchers to describe used methods cautiously, and to verify all steps taken and selected procedures. Thus, a detailed explanation of how the data analysis process was conducted is presented in the following sections. The entire coding procedure is also summarised in Table 3-12.

3.8.2.1.1 Phase 1

The first step involves the identification of initial codes, which emerge directly from participants’ words (Padgett 2008). The researcher reads the transcript of each participant line-by-line, several times, then assigns codes to the transcript. Additionally,

159

the semi-structured format of the laddering interview makes it easy to identify the relationships between codes. Thus, when reading the transcript line-by-line and assigning codes to sentences, the relationships between codes were also coded under relationships in NVivo. Braun and Clarke (2006) advised that initially, the researcher creates as many codes as possible, as it is better to have a generous list of themes early on that can later be narrowed. When extracting data for coding, Braun and Clarke (2006) recommend that contextual information be included to ensure it is not lost. Table 3-13 demonstrates how texts in transcription are coded, by giving an example.

Citations in the transcript Codes assigned Relationships Interviewee: ‘This group buying website Higher discount (www.55Tuan.com) offers more discount. When the total number of people participating in Higher discount purchasing one deal exceeds a certain number, we

can have 90 per cent off discount or even a higher discount level’. Save money

Interviewer: What benefits does this bring?

Interviewee: ‘It decreases my costs. I have to

spend 1000 Yuan for food each month without Save money using online group buying, but now I only need to Try new products spend 500 Yuan for food, which saves a lot for me’. (Participant no.1).

Interviewer: Why is decreasing costs important? Interviewee: ‘I can buy other products/services Try more (new) Satisfaction with the saved money. I can try other new products products/services, which I may not have a chance to buy because of my budget’. Interviewer: Why is that important? Sense of Satisfaction, Interviewee: ‘I will be satisfied, happy. If the accomplishment, sense of product I bought was value for money, I will have word of mouth accomplishment, a sense of accomplishment, and will recommend word of mouth it to friends’.

Table 3-13: A sample of text coding

160

As this is an organic process, two coders work independently on the first two interviews so that results can be compared. After the coding process, the independent evaluations were compared, and inter-coder reliability of Krippendorff’s alpha value was calculated

(Krippendorff 1980). Many similar theme areas have been found in the preliminary coding. This was very helpful for the researcher, and indicates that the researcher was coding using a logical and intuitive process. After this process, the researcher continued the coding process.

Once the first 10 transcripts were coded and reviewed, the researcher paused coding to compile codes, identify chunks of data and quotations from transcripts that represented the emerging themes and to create a coding book. This was used during the coding process. During the subsequent coding process, the coding book was continuously revised, and new codes added. In this phase, all 52 interview transcripts were coded and a preliminary coding book finalised.

3.8.2.1.2 Phase 2

Phase 2 entailed sorting, reviewing and revising the codes that represented the information gathered. Each coded sentence in the interview transcripts was re-read and reviewed for any missing information (Ryan et al. 2003), misunderstanding of questions

(such as when the researcher probed using attribute A, but the participant answered for attribute B) or when participants assumed that the interviewer already knew something and did not say the answer (such as assuming that the researcher understands that low prices lead to cost savings, and then to happiness). After checking the missing information, the coded textual materials at each node and the coded relationships

161

between nodes were reviewed and revised, to ensure that the themes and links between themes were explicitly expressed in the transcripts. As NVivo enables summarisation of the number of times each code was mentioned by all participants, special attention was paid to codes mentioned by fewer participants, to see if the transcripts with these codes could be recoded: for instance, the code for avoiding bargaining with a salesperson was mentioned by only two people, so was recoded as convenience.

3.8.2.1.3 Phase 3

Phase 3 involved the generation of what Hsieh and Shannon (2005) term ‘emergent categories’, the purpose of which is to consolidate and merge the codes that represent key concepts from the data. In this phase, codes were examined for commonalities, and the individual codes that appeared connected or representative of common points were combined into a single code. Two steps were adopted. First, codes that were expressions of the same underlying idea were combined. For instance, ‘lower price’ is the same as

‘higher discount’, so were combined into the same code of ‘product/service price’.

‘Save money’ is similar to ‘decrease cost’, so was combined under the code ‘cost saving’. In the second step, the codes obtained after the first step were consolidation were reviewed. Themes with different phrases but clear connections were consolidated and mapped to one unique construct, such as ‘comments available on website’ and

‘pictures of products available on website’ were mapped to one unique construct of

‘comprehensive and sufficient information’; ‘clearly structured’ and ‘logically organised elements’ of websites are mapped to the construct ‘functional design’. During this process, codes were refined, discarded or added to (Padgett 2008). When two codes were merged, the relationships between codes were automatically changed, and new

162

relationships emerged. For instance, if a relationship was created between ‘lower price’ and ‘save money’, after the consolidation and merging of ‘lower price’ to ‘product price’, and ‘save money’ to ‘cost saving’, the linkage between ‘lower price’ and ‘save money’ automatically changed to the linkage between ‘product price’ and ‘cost saving’.

These steps were conducted based on aggregated codes for all participants only as the codes and relationships within each participant would emerge and combine automatically after merging and combining nodes for the aggregated data.

Two researchers worked together on this consolidation and emergent process. The document with constructs and references to transcripts’ relevant data was also discussed.

All disagreements were resolved through discussion. This phase concluded by developing a list of unique constructs.

3.8.2.1.4 Phase 4

Finally, the unique constructs obtained in phase 3 were categorised into a smaller number, and organised to represent a broader level of categories, referred to here as

‘dimension’. For the categorisation of constructs, an adjusted core-categorisation procedure outlined by Jankowicz (2004) was used. The procedure is listed briefly below:

 If a construct is in some way like the first one, the two are placed together under

a single dimension label created for them at the same time.

 If a construct is different from the first item, they are put into separate

dimensions.

 The remaining constructs are compared with each dimension and allocated to the

appropriate one, if an appropriate dimension exists.

163

 A new dimension is created if required; when a dimension is created, the

possibility that existing dimensions require redefinition (combination or

dismantlement, with items reallocated accordingly) is considered and effected as

necessary.

 This process continues until all constructs have been classified into different

dimensions.

Citations in the transcript Codes Unique Dimensions constructs ‘The website [www.qunaer.com] gives very specific information about the holiday packages, including the price of the package, Detailed Detailed the place we will visit, how long we can stay in information information each place, where we will have meals, and in which hotel we will stay’ (Participant no. 15) ‘The other consumers who have purchased posted comments for suppliers on this group Information Comments buying website. Before purchasing, I can refer quality available to these comments to know more specific Sufficient information’ (Participant no. 46) and ‘This website [www.qunaer.com] provides a complete Large large amount of product information, including information amount of the routine, air ticket, hotel etc., which makes product me easily get the information I need without information checking other websites’ (Participant no. 24)

Table 3-14: Codes consolidation and categorisation process

Throughout this categorisation process, each construct is compared to the previously labelled dimension, to refine categories. This helped highlight the differences between various data and the development of categories. Two researchers worked together on this categorisation process. They reviewed the relevant e-commerce, information systems and marketing literature to gather information on the dimensions, constructs, indicators used to measure dimensions and descriptions of dimensions. The label and

164

definition for each motivation dimension was finalised based on discussion and agreement between the two researchers. This was an iterative process, and the researchers continued to make small changes that added greater clarity during the data analysis process. Table 3-14 provides a sample of the consolidation and categorisation process, described in Phases 3 and 4.

The process of developing categories and sorting them into broader dimensions involved multiple reworkings of categorical labels, and resorting and reviewing the content. As Sandelowski (2000) and Padgett (2008) noted, content analysis is reflexive, iterative and interactive, so continuous modifications are a necessary part of the process.

While refining and reorganising categories, the researcher began to designate larger themes, or domains, which incorporated and consolidated the categories. To address subjectivity and represent participants’ ideas as accurately as possible, the researcher stuck closely to participants’ quotes throughout this part of the data analysis. Attention to participants’ language is integral to conventional content analysis (Hsieh et al. 2005).

3.8.2.2 Translation

To avoid losing meaning through translation, the original interview documents were not translated into English for the coding process. Thus, during the coding process, Chinese words were used to code the sentences in the interview transcripts. After development of the unique constructs, the constructs were translated into English following the guideline recommended by Brislin (1970), to ensure the translation of the constructs from the Chinese to English was accurate and free from bias. The translation process is described below.

165

The constructs were originally created in the by the researcher, based on the content of the coded context. The Chinese version constructs were then translated into English by two bilingual experts. Sample citations of transcripts for each construct were also given to them, to facilitate the accuracy and reliability of translation. Both have online group buying experience. The results from each expert were compared by the researcher, to produce the English version of the constructs list. Subsequently, the revised English version list of constructs was given to two bilingual experts, different from the first group, for the back translation process (Brislin 1970; Brislin et al. 1973).

Results from the back translation, English to Chinese, were then compared with the original Chinese version to validate the accuracy of the translation.

3.8.2.3 Classifying Dimensions into Attributes, Benefits and Values/Goals

Once the dimensions were finalised, the next step was to allocate the dimensions into three groups: attributes, benefits and values/goals. Two researchers worked on this classification, and discrepancies were discussed until there was complete agreement on all dimensions of classification. As this process is a subjective judgement made by the researchers, three methods were used to make the classification more valid and reliable.

Firs, the definitions of attributes, benefits and value/goals proposed by Gutman and

Reynolds (1988) are reviewed, for familiarity with the theoretical distinctions, which can guide the process of accurate classification. Attributes represent the observable or perceived characteristics of a product, at a concrete or abstract level. Concrete attributes reflect the physical features of the product, such as colour and size, while abstract attributes reflect more subjective attributes, such as quality. Thus, in the present study,

166

the distinct characteristics of group buying websites—such as information and system quality—can be classified into attribute levels according to this definition.

Benefits are also named as consequences, which refers to the advantages consumers enjoy from the consumption of products. These can be physiological (satisfying hunger, thirst or other physiological needs, involving direct tangible outcomes), psychological

(self-esteem or improved outlook for the future) or sociological (enhanced status or group membership) in nature, involving intangible, personal and less direct outcomes.

In this study, motivations such as convenience and perceived value can be classified as benefits, according to the definition of benefit.

Values are highly abstract, centrally held enduring beliefs or end-states of existence that people seek to achieve through their behaviour (Rokeach 1973). This study utilised the previously developed scales of the List of Values (LOV), developed by Kahle (1983), and based on Kahle's (1983) Social Adaption Theory. LOV theory identifies nine core values related to consumer behaviour, including sense of belonging, excitement, warm relationships with others, self-fulfilment, being well respected, fun and enjoyment of life, security, self-respect and sense of accomplishment (Joubert et al. 2007). The advantages of LOV theory is that it is aligned to users’ daily lives, and does not require adjustment as times change (Sorenson et al. 2011). Further, the LOV theory has been commonly used in previous MEC-related studies (Jung et al. 2010; Macdonald et al.

2011; Santosa et al. 2011). As such, this study has adopted LOV for compiling group buyers’ values.

167

Second, the classification results of this study were compared to results in the literature, using MEC to make this classification more valid and reliable. For instance, when

Wagner (2007) explored consumer shopping motivation using MEC, motives such as price, broad choice, product quality and store layout were classified as attributes; motives such as shopping satisfaction, finding the right product easily, fun, speed and shopping convenience were all classified as benefits level; and quality of life, enjoyment of life and personal relationships were classified as value level. Three expert judges validated the classifications independently, and discrepancies discussed until there was complete agreement on all content code classifications. When Schaefers et al.

(2013) explored car-sharing usage motives using MEC, factors such as reasonable price and size were classified as attributes; flexibility, fun, something to talk about and saving money were classified as benefits; and factors such as quality of life and belonging were classified as value level. In the present study, similar motives have also been identified

(even with different labels), and the classification results are in accordance with previous studies. This demonstrates that the classification used in this study is valid and reliable.

Finally, to mitigate classification errors, the method proposed by Bagozzi and

Dabholkar (1994) and Pieters et al. (1995) was used as a tool for classification. This approach is based on network analysis (Scott 1991). The index of ‘abstractness’—which measures the likelihood that the motive is regarded as an attribute, benefit or value/goal—is used to classify the motives. To calculate the abstractness of a motive, one needs to obtain the in-degree and out-degree of a motive. The in-degree is the number of times a motive is the destination or receiver of other motives, aggregated across participants and ladders. The out-degree of a particular motive is the number of

168

times that the element is the source or origin of a connection with other motives, aggregated across participants and ladders. Abstractness of a motive is defined as the ratio of in-degree over in-degree plus out-degree of the motive. This ranges from zero to one; the higher the index, the larger the proportion of the motive’s connection with other motives in which the motive is the destination rather than the source. Motives with high abstractness scores are predominantly ends, while motives with low abstractness scores are predominantly means (the higher the motive’s index, the more likely it is to be a value/goal). As the abstract ratio values increase, elements predominantly become values/goals that individuals attempt to reach, rather than means to attain these values/goals.

Mi: motive i

Kij: the number of times motive i is led to by motive j

Mij: the number of times motive i leads to motive j

The three introduced methods help the classification process. However, there is a problem in classification process, as suggested by Grunert and Grunert (1995). Some words can be categorised on different levels of abstraction in different contexts. For instance, in this study, ‘ease of navigation’ can be categorised as ‘attributes’ if the interviewee said ‘I like this website because it is easy to navigate’, while when they say

‘I like this website because its clearly structured style makes it easy to navigate’, it belongs to ‘benefits’. The most appropriate way of dealing with this problem is to refer to the context that attaches meaning to this motive. The advantage of soft laddering is

169

apparent as the natural flows of speech allow the analysis attach more contextual information to the results that cannot be obtained from questionnaires formatted in hard laddering.

3.8.2.4 Validity and Reliability

Validity refers to ‘the accuracy of the findings from the viewpoint of the participant, the researcher, or the readers of an account’ (Creswell 2003, p.195-196), while reliability refers to the consistency of the research results. Both validity and reliability need to be considered for research (Golafshani 2003). The methods to ensure validity and reliability in this study are summarised below.

3.8.2.4.1 Internal Validity

Creswell (2002) described internal validity as threats that might arise in a qualitative study, with participants and their experiences. Threats to internal validity were: (a) selection, where individual characteristics of the sample might introduce threats that influence the outcome; (b) mortality, where participants might drop out of the study for various reasons; and (c) instrumentation, where the instrument might change between pretest and posttest (Creswell 2002, p.325- 327).

To ensure the internal validity of this study, the collection of data, through semi- structured interviews, was anonymous and confidential, preventing the potential for undue influence from any research participant. The confidential and anonymous collection of data assisted in establishing trust with each research participant, while enhancing the dependability of the data. Informed consent, confidentiality and the 170

protection of all data collected using a unique identification code to identify participants are measures that provide the means of maintaining internal validity and establishing credibility based upon integrity (Hoepfl 1997). Providing a unique identification code to each participant to maintains anonymity and encourages participants to provide accurate and reliable information to create and build credibility. No participants terminated the interview at any point. Additionally, after completion of the transcription, five participants received transcripts of their interview to review and validate. This member checking ensures accuracy and credibility.

The pilot interviews with nine different participants ensure dependability. All pilot participants were eligible to participate and met the purposive criteria. Revisions from the pilot were incorporated into the main interview questionnaire.

3.8.2.4.2 External Validity

Trochim (2002) defined external validity as ‘the extent to which the results of qualitative research can be generalised or transferred to other settings or contexts’ (para.

4). Creswell (2002) also stated that external validity concerns the generalisability of the results and conclusions of the study beyond the study population. Creswell (2002) described a number of threats to external validity that could create problems when attempting to draw correct inferences from the sample data. Some threats to external validity include: (a) the interaction of selection and treatment, where there is an inability to generalize beyond the study participants, and (b) the interaction of setting and treatment, where there is an inability to generalize from the setting of where the study is conducted to another setting (Creswell 2002, p.327-328).

171

The validity of this qualitative study can be appraised using two criteria (Camic et al.

2003). First, detailed information on the settings of the study was provided. Participants were adequately identified and described. As demonstrated in the sample analysis, the selected sample covers a wide range in terms of age, education, salary and occupation.

The characteristics of participants are in accordance with statistics on online group buyers in previous investigations. This strengthens the ability of the conclusions to generalise about other online group buyers.

The second criterion for evaluating the validity of this study is consensual validation.

The content results of this study were compared to the results of other studies, to determine whether similar observations, experiences and conclusions had been found.

Some of the motives identified in this study of online consumers are similar to findings in other studies.

3.8.2.4.3 Reliability

Reliability refers to the consistency of the research results as they are collected, transcribed and examined. A few methods have been adopted to improve the reliability of this study in the data collection, transcription and data analysis process.

During the data collection process, certain procedures were proposed to support the reliability of the data obtained. This includes ‘exceedingly careful attention to consistency of procedures across people, contexts, and time; ongoing inspection of recorded data for evidence of unexplained or unexpected content; and persistent efforts to maintain high accuracy’ (Locke et al. 1998, p.120). Another way to approach the

172

matter of reliability ‘is to make as many steps as possible and to conduct research as if someone were always looking over your shoulder’ (Yin 2003, p.38).

During the transcription process, the suggested ways of ensuring reliability is to use sound interview techniques and provide transcripts of the interviews to participants for review, to ensure that what is shown in the transcripts is what they meant (Kvale 1996).

In this study, the laddering interview technique—confirmed as a sound and reliable interview technique used to uncover consumer higher-level motives (Reynolds et al.

1988; Wagner 2007)—was used to collect data. Five participants were sent interview transcripts and were given the opportunity to edit or add to their transcripts if they felt their responses were incomplete, unclear or inaccurate in any way.

During the data analysis process, the use of independent raters to review the coding for themes or categories can assist in establishing the reliability of the data obtained

(Cassell et al. 1994). Reliability can then be tested, based on different researchers’ coding and categorisations in the same way. Two researchers can analyse the same data, and their results are compared, called inter-rater reliability (Silverman 2011). The researcher obtained help for data analysis from different researchers, to increase the reliability of the study (Silverman 2011). One coder and the researcher separately looked for salient ideas, and made code lists for the first two interviews. After creating these individual code lists, data coded was compared and discussed for each text, to validate the transcripts. Krippendorff’s alpha (1970), a standard reliability statistic for content analysis, was calculated for the inter-coder reliability. All disagreements were resolved through discussion. The results of these discussions were used to further develop the coding book, adding explanations and examples for each code.

173

The consolidation and categorisation process was also conducted by two researchers— the present researcher and another familiar with coding for themes, and skilled in scholarly research. Inter-rater disagreements were reconciled through discussion.

3.8.2.5 Summary of Content Analysis

The preceding sections described how content analysis was conducted, changing qualitative interview data into quantified categories of constructs illustrating online group buyers’ motives. Additionally, these motives were classified into three layers.

The validity and reliability of this content analysis was demonstrated using a list of proposed methods in the literature. In the following sections, the steps used to generate the HVMs are described.

3.8.3 Constructing a Summary Implication Matrix

After the content analysis, the frequencies of linkages among motives were put into a table that yielded a matrix of frequencies of linkages among all dimensions identified in the content analysis. This matrix is called the SIM, and is used to summarise the connections between each attribute, benefit and value/goal level motivations. It displays the number of times each motive leads to other motives for the respondent. It is a square matrix, Z, the elements (Zij) of which reflect how often motive i leads to motive j, based on aggregation across respondents. Two kinds of linkages exist between dimensions: direct and indirect linkages. A direct linkage between two elements exists when one element is mentioned directly after another element in the same ladder, without any intermediary elements. An indirect linkage between two elements exists when two

174

element are mentioned in the same ladder, but separated by one or more intermediary element. For instance, the ladder A to benefit 1 (B1) to benefit 2 (B2) to V represents relations between adjacent elements. The A to B1 relation is direct, as is B1 to B2 and

B2 to V. Direct relations are also called adjacent relations. The indirect relations are A to B2, B1 to V and A to V. Elements with a high incidence of indirect relations should not be ignored, so both types of relations should be considered in determining the importance of the path (Reynolds et al. 1988).

Out- A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 V1 V2 V3 degree

A1 Carbonation 10.00 4.06 0.14 0.04 0.06 0.04 48

A2 Expensive 3.04 1.09 1.06 0.05 0.05 34

A3 Label 2.06 8

B1 Refreshing 10.00 1.00 1.01 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.02 30

B2Thirst-quenching 14.00 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.04 36

B3 More feminine 0.02 1.03 0.04 10

B4 Reward 11.00 8.00 0.06 1.05 31

B5 Impress 1.00 10.00 9.00 20

B6 Socialize 5.00 5

V1Accomplishment 0

V2 Belonging 0

V3 Self-esteem 0

In-degree 0 0 0 10 20 9 37 41 0 32 39 34 222

Table 3-15: Sample SIM

Table 3-15 presents a sample SIM. In the matrix, motives are listed in both the row and column headings. The numbers in each cell represent the frequencies of the motives in

175

the row heading leading to the motives in the column heading. The number of relations was presented through numbers in a fractional form, where direct relations appear on the left of the decimal point and the indirect relations on the right. For example, 4.06 in row A1 and column B2 indicates that the motive A1: carbonation to B2: thirst- quenching directly appears four times, and indirectly six times, through other motives.

The SIM successfully transfers the qualitative data from interviews into quantitative data. It not only summarises all linkages among motives in different layers, but indicates how many times each motive can lead to other motives in total, or has been reached by other motives. By inspecting the SIM, it is possible to obtain information about which pairs of motives have strong linkages, which motive is more likely to be an attribute or which more likely to be values/goals. However, as all linkages are summarised in the SIM, it is difficult to interpret the inter-relationships between different motives directly from the SIM. Thus, a tree-like diagram, named HVM, is developed from the SIM, to illustrate the relationships between motives.

3.8.4 Constructing an Aggregate HVM

The HVM is a hierarchical structural model that illustrates the inter-relationships among motives identified in the content analysis. It is developed based on data in the SIM. To construct a HVM from the implication matrix, one begins by considering adjacent relations; that is, if A→B, B→C and C→D, then a chain, A-B-C-D, is formed

(Reynolds et al. 1988). An HVM is gradually built by connecting all chains, by considering the linkages in the implication matrix. However, if the HVM attempts to contain all the connections that occurred in the matrix, the HVM will become too

176

complicated and lose its essential meaning. Therefore, it is necessary to determine a cut- off level to include linkages of which the frequency is above the cut-off level.

3.8.4.1 Determining a Cut-Off Value

The decision about which elements and links should be represented in an HVM is usually the result of a trade-off between retaining enough information from the interviews and producing a simple, clear and sufficient HVM (Costa et al. 2004). Thus, only the relations value above the cut-off level will be considered. However, a high cut- off value creates a simplified map involving fewer connections, hence resulting in the loss of some relevant information, but has a greater ease of interpretation. A low cut-off value yields a complicated map that will contain a large amount of information, but will be more difficult to interpret.

As the use of arbitrary cut-off levels is a significant issue in laddering analysis (Grunert et al. 1995), many studies have addressed this issue and proposed different methods for choosing the cut-off level. Pieters et al. (1995) have summarised the methods for choosing cut-offs:

1. pragmatic and determined by whatever ‘leads to the most informative and

interpretable solution’, as suggested by Audenaert and Steenkamp (1997);

2. the cut-off is chosen on the basis of the sample size and the number of ladders

that can account for two-thirds of all relations (Reynolds et al. 1988);

3. creating a type of ‘screen plot’ based on the number of connections and various

cut-off levels, and looking for some kind of ‘elbow’ in the screen.

177

Based on these methods, Pieters et al. (1995) proposed sensitivity analysis to determine the cut-off value: a comparison is made within the data matrix between the proportion of ‘active cells’ to the proportion of all connections at a given cut-off (Pieters et al.

1995). Table 3-16 gives an example for determining the cut-off level.

Cut-off No. of active Percentages of active No. of active Percentage of cells cells linkages active linkages 1 117 100 333 100 2 62 52.99 278 82.48 3 49 41.88 267 80.18 4 25 21.37 220 66.07 5 23 19.66 185 55.56

Table 3-16: Sample of sensitivity analysis

In this table, cells with entries at or above the chosen cut-off level are referred to as active cells. Table 3-16 lists the number of active cells in the implication matrix for cut- off levels of one through five (column 1). For example, with a cut-off level of five, a total of 23 cells are active. It also expresses the number of active cells at each cut-off level as a proportion of the number of active cells for a cut-off level of one (column 2).

Cells that are active at a cut-off level of one represent a connection between two elements mentioned at least once, across all participants and ladders. Column 4 of Table

3-16 shows how many connections between elements are retained when non-active cells are ignored. Column 5 indicates which proportion of the total number of connections actually made by respondents are accounted for at cut-off levels of one through five.

According to Pieters et al. (1995), this entails a trade-off between parsimony and goodness of fit: the higher the chosen cut-off level, the more parsimonious the representation of the cognitive structure, in the sense that fewer relations between

178

elements must be considered. Clearly, there is a price to be paid: increasing parsimony means a smaller percentage of all connections between connections actually made by respondents are accounted for.

Using the sensitivity analysis and considering the criteria mentioned above, a cut-off level of four was deemed most appropriate in the sample case presented above. At this cut-off level, the HVM accounted for 66.07 per cent of all connections between elements made by participants, using only 21.37 per cent of all possible cells in the implication matrix. These results are also in close agreement with the rule-of-thumb provided by Reynolds and Gutman (1988), mentioned above.

3.8.4.2 Process of Developing an HVM

Once an appropriate cut-off level is selected, the HVM can begin to be built. For map construction, Reynolds and Gutman (1988) explain that the chains must be built, starting from the first row of the matrix in search of the first cell, with a number of relations equal or superior to the cut-off level. When this cell is found, one would move down to the row of the element of the said cell, and repeat the process continually. What follows is a brief account of how the map is built.

In constructing the HVM from the data in SIM, in Table 3-15, the most efficient way is to start in the first row for which there is a value at or above the arbitrary cut-off level chosen. Using a cut-off of four, the first significant value is 10.00, which connects ‘A1: carbonation’ to ‘B1: refreshing’, indicating 10 direct relations and zero indirect relations between these two elements. Next, one would move to the row ‘B1’, to find the first

179

value at or exceeding the cut-off value. ‘B2: thirst-quenching’ is the first significant value. Thus, the chain has grown to ‘A1-B1-B2’. Continuing in the same manner, the chain would next extend to ‘B4: reward’ (A1-B1-B2-B4), then to include ‘B5:impress others’ (A1-B1-B2-B4-B5), and finally, include ‘V2: belonging’ (A1-B1-B2-B4-B5-

V2). Having reached the end of the chain, one returns to the beginning to see if there are other significant relations in the same rows of the matrix that have already been inspected. For example, inspecting the first row indicates that ‘A1: carbonation’ is connected to ‘B2: thirst-quenching’, ‘B4: reward’ and ‘B5: impress others’, all elements that are already included in the chain. Additionally, ‘A1: carbonation’ is linked to ‘V1: accomplishment’ and ‘V3: self-esteem’. A similar pattern will be observed when links with ‘B2: thirst-quenching’ are inspected. However, when ‘B4: reward’ is inspected, it should be noted that moving across to the columns, another significant relation is found.

Thus, another chain with common links to the original chain is plotted (A1-B1-B2-B4-

V1). ‘B5: impress others’ is also linked to ‘V3: self-esteem’, producing the family of chains shown in Figure 3-12.

180

V1: V3: Self-esteem V2: Belonging Accomplishment

9.00 10,00

8.00 B5: Impress

11.00

B4: Reward

14.00

B2: Thirst-quenching

10.00

B1: Refreshing

10.00

A1: Carbonation

Figure 3-12: Chains started from carbonation

During the process of constructing the HVM from the data in the implication matrix,

Reynolds and Gutman (1988) stated that five types of relations should be considered, that exist among elements described below, with an example for each.

181

 A-D: Elements mapped as adjacent which have a high number of direct relations (the most common type, typically the pattern used in the map construction)

Example: Carbonation has 10 direct relations and 0 indirect relations with refreshing as shown in SIM. Thus, this is an A-D type relation and carbonation is mapped adjacent to refreshing in the HVM.

 N-D: Elements mapped as nonadjacent which have a high number of direct relations (elements characterized by many direct relations, although plotted separately because another element between them exists, with strong direct relations with both)

Example: Carbonation has 4 direct relations with thirst-quenching as shown in SIM, however, it has 10 direct relations with refreshing, and refreshing in turn has 10 direct relations with thirst-quenching. Thus, carbonation and thirst-quenching is plotted separately with refreshing exists between them, which is an N-D relationship. It means that even carbonation has a high number of direct relations with thirst-quenching, they are mapped as nonadjacent with refreshing between them.

 A-I: Adjacent elements which have a high number of indirect relations but a low number of direct relations (elements that have strong indirect relations are placed in an adjacent way because of the lack of an element with strong direct relations with them)

Example: "Label"(A3) is linked directly to "more feminine" (B3) twice, which is below the cutoff value chosen to construct the HVM. However, it has six indirect relations with "more feminine" in addition to their two direct relations. It would seem reasonable to position "label" adjacently to "more feminine", omitting the elements which come between them

 N-I: Nonadjacent elements which have a low, non-zero number of direct relations but a high number of indirect relations (the N-I is easily characterized because it presents elements with many more indirect relations and, therefore, placed separately)

182

Example: "Reward" (16) has one direct relation and five indirect relations "self-esteem" (23). These two elements are mapped as nonadjacent elements with "impress others" between them. This is a typical N-I relation.

 N-O: Nonadjacent elements which have a low number of indirect relations (although it is a type of relation where there can be few or no relations between the two elements, these can be placed in a nonadjacent form owing to the sequence of relations).

Example: Refreshing has only 1 indirect relation with reward, however, they are plotted as nonadjacent elements with thirst-quenching between them. This is due to the high direct relations of thirst-quenching with both refreshing and reward. Thus, this nonadjacent placement of elements is due to the sequence of relations.

Table 3-17: Summary of five types of relations in HVM

An illustration of these five types will help make clear the consideration process required in the map’s construction.

Having plotted the chain, starting from the first attribute, the next step is to move to the second row and start the process again, until the entire HVM is drawn out. By looking at an HVM, it is possible to discover what motivates consumers in choosing a product/service, or performing a certain behaviour. The model gives a deeper view of consumer perception, revealing characteristics that the consumer judges more important in their choice, and linking them to a model of sequential motivations.

3.8.5 Calculating Relative Importance of Motivations

When all inter-relationships between motives are illustrated in the HVM, it is important to know which motive play the most important function in the structure model. Motives 183

more frequently linked to other motives should be paid attention to. Thus, the relative importance of the motives requires calculation. To provide information on this, Pieters et al. (1995) derived two indices: centrality and prestige.

Centrality of motive is defined as the ratio of in-degrees plus out-degrees of a particular motive over the sum of all cell-entries in the SIM (Pieters et al. 1995). It reflects how frequently a particular element is involved in linkages with other elements, either as a source or a destination. Centrality ranges from zero to one; the higher the index, the larger the proportion of connections in the HVM structure that run through the particular element.

Element prestige is defined as the ratio of in-degree of a particular element over the sum of all cell-entries in the SIM (Pieters et al. 1995). Prestige ranges from zero to one; the higher the ratio, the more frequently the element is the destination for connections with other elements (Pieters et al. 1995). The prestige of an element would be one if the element were involved in all connections, but only as a destination, not a source.

Mi: motive i

Kij: the number of time motive i is leaded to by motive j

Mij: the number of times motive i leads to motive j

Zij: the number of linkages between motive i and motive j

184

Centrality and prestige are indices of the importance, prominence or salience (Knoke et al. 1982) of motives in relation to each other. The higher the score on these indices, the more often the motive is involved in connections with other motives, either as a source or destination (centrality), or as a destination only (prestige). Pieters et al. (1995) have stated that motives with high levels of centrality and prestige need to be emphasised, as these motives are the focus in the structure model. If an attribute has the highest level of centrality in the HVM, it means that this attribute can lead to other motives more frequently, and should be focused on if one wants to motivate people. If a benefit-level motive has a high level of centrality, it should be the focal motive in the structural model that many other motives going through. Moreover, if a value/goal has a high prestige level, it can be inferred that many lower-level motives in the structural model can finally reach this motive and it should be the main value/goal.

3.8.6 Market Segmentation: Cluster Analysis

Cluster analysis is a multivariate method that aims to classify a sample of subjects (or objects) on the basis of a set of measured variables, into a number of different groups so that similar subjects are placed in the same group (Kaufman et al. 2009). The goal is that objects within a group are similar (or related) to one another, and different from (or unrelated to) objects in other groups. The greater the similarity (or homogeneity) within a group and the greater the difference between groups, the better or more distinct the clustering (Everitt et al. 2001).

Cluster analysis has no mechanism for differentiating between relevant and irrelevant variables. Therefore, the choice of variables included in a cluster analysis must be

185

underpinned by conceptual considerations. This is very important because the clusters formed can be dependent on the variables included. Different methods can be used to conduct cluster analysis: hierarchical cluster analysis, k-means cluster and two-step cluster are the most popular, and can be used in statistical product and service solutions.

The two-step procedure is suitable for large data files, or a mix of continuous and categorical variables. Hierarchical clustering is suitable for research examining solutions with an increasing number of clusters with a small data set. K-means clustering is only suitable for situations in which the number of clusters is already known, and with a moderately sized data set (Manly 2005). Specific descriptions of each cluster technique are listed below.

Hierarchical cluster analysis is the major statistical method for finding relatively homogeneous clusters of cases based on measured characteristics. It starts with each case as a separate cluster (i.e., there are as many clusters as cases), and then combines the clusters sequentially, reducing the number of clusters at each step until only one is left. The clustering method uses the dissimilarities or distances between objects when forming clusters. When carrying out a hierarchical cluster analysis, the process can be represented on a tree diagram, known as a dendrogram. This illustrates which clusters have been joined at each stage of analysis, and the distance between clusters at the time of joining (Everitt et al. 2001). The general process can be summarised as follows:

1. The distance is calculated between all initial clusters. In most analyses, initial

clusters will be comprised of individual cases.

2. The two most similar clusters are fused and distances recalculated.

3. Step 2 is repeated until all cases eventually form one cluster.

186

K-means method will produce the exact k different clusters demanded of the greatest possible distinction. K is the number of clusters intended. K-means clustering is very different from hierarchical clustering (Rencher 2002). First, k-means clustering is used in situations in which the optimal number of clusters is already known. Second, the solutions for a range of cluster numbers cannot be obtained unless re-running the analysis for each different number of clusters. Third, the algorithm repeatedly reassigns cases to clusters, so the same case can move from cluster to cluster during analysis.

Conversely, in hierarchical clustering, cases are added only to existing clusters. They are forever captive in their cluster, with a widening circle of neighbours. The action in the algorithm centres on finding the k-means. It starts with an initial set of means, and classifies cases based on their distance to the centre. Next, it computes the cluster means again, using cases assigned to the cluster. Then, it reclassifies all cases based on the new set of means. This step repeats until cluster means do not change much between successive steps. Finally, it calculates the means of the clusters once again, and assigns the cases to their permanent clusters. This process is summarised below (Rencher 2002):

1. Select initial cluster centres (essentially a set of observations far apart—each

subject forms a cluster of one, and its centre is the value of the variables for that

subject).

2. Assign each subject to its ‘nearest’ cluster, defined in terms of the distance to the

centroid.

3. Find the centroids of the clusters that have formed.

4. Re-calculate the distance from each subject to each centroid, and move

observations not in the cluster to which they are closest.

5. Continue until the centroids remain relatively stable.

187

The two-step analysis is a clustering procedure that can rapidly form clusters on the basis of either categorical or continuous data, and is suitable in situations with a large data set. Hierarchical clustering requires a matrix of distances between all pairs of cases, and k-means requires shuffling cases in and out of clusters and knowing the number of clusters in advance. The two-step cluster analysis procedure requires only one pass of data (important for very large data files), and can produce solutions based on mixtures of continuous and categorical variables, and for varying numbers of clusters (Manly

2005).

The clustering algorithm is based on a distance measure that gives the best results if all variables are independent, continuous variables have normal distribution and categorical variables have multinomial distribution (Manly 2005). This is seldom the case in practice, but the algorithm is thought to behave reasonably well when these conditions are not met. Because cluster analysis does not involve hypothesis testing and calculation of observed significance levels (other than for descriptive follow-up), it is acceptable to cluster data that may not meet the assumptions for best performance (Rencher 2002).

Only the researcher can determine whether the solution is satisfactory.

As different cluster techniques have different disadvantages, both hierarchical and the k- means techniques are used frequently used successively. The hierarchical clustering can be used to get a sense of the possible number of clusters and the way they merge, as seen from the dendrogram. Then k-means clustering is re-run with only a selected optimum number in which to place all cases. In this study, as the sample is relatively small and the optimal number of clusters is unknown, these two clustering techniques

188

were adopted to classify consumers into groups based on the benefits level motives identified in the content analysis.

3.9 Chapter Summary

This chapter outlines the research approach of this study, justifies the selection of the research methods, data collection and analysis strategies. Because of the exploratory nature of the research, qualitative study was considered to be most appropriate, and data was gathered from 52 online group buyers. To analyse data and build a hierarchical motive model, the content analysis and relevant MEC analysis procedure was utilised and specifically described in the data analysis section. The following chapter presents the results of the data analysis.

189

Chapter 4: Data Analysis and Results

4.1 Introduction

This chapter presents the results using MEC and cluster analysis methods, as discussed in the methodology chapter. First, 35 motives belonging to three different layers were identified and are explained in the content analysis results. The frequencies of the relationships between the 35 motives were summarised in the SIM. The HVM, which illustrates the hierarchical structure of the motives, was developed based on SIM. The relative importance of different motives in the HVM was also calculated, based on the data in the SIM. Then, the cluster analysis results were presented and the HVMs for different consumer segments were developed and compared. The structure of this chapter is presented in Figure 4-1.

190

Chapter 4 Results

Stage 1 Content Analysis Results RQ 1

SIM

Stage 2 Relative Importance HVM RQ 2 and 3 of Motivations

Cluster Analysis Results

Stage 3 SIMs for 3 Clusters RQ 4 and 5

HVMs for 3 Clusters

Figure 4-1: Chapter 4 Structure

191

4.2 Content Analysis Results

The first objective of the research was to investigate motives driving consumers to purchase from online group buying websites. To attain this research objective, the first research question was formulated. This section deals with the first research question, presented below:

RQ1: What are the motivations for consumers’ online group buying behaviour?

To answer this question, content analysis was conducted, based on interview data using the procedures introduced in Chapter 3. The content analysis results were gradually generated in three steps: data reduction, categorisation and classification of motives into three layers: attributes, benefits and values/goals. The following sections describe the results in each step.

4.3 Data Reduction Results

Data reduction was first performed on the raw data, using NVivo 10. This involves the coding of sentences from interview data under themes and phrases, and the consolidation of themes with the same underlying ideas under unique constructs. Step- by-step analysis was conducted using the procedures described in the previous chapter.

In the first step, the researcher read the sentences in each transcript, and the initial codes were assigned to the transcript. As a laddering interview technique used was a structured interview technique, the relationships between each theme/construct mentioned by interviewees were easily identified and coded as relationships in NVivo.

192

The first two interview transcripts were coded independently by two researchers. In this step, 250 raw constructs and 613 relationships (linkages) were finally obtained in the coding book. The list of raw constructs is presented in the Appendix D.

In the second step, raw constructs and the transcript content coded under raw constructs were reviewed. During this process, some transcript content was reallocated to other raw constructs that were more suitable. For instance, all transcript content (e.g. ‘I can select from many products/brands/variety’; ‘I have more available selections’) under the

‘selection’ code was reallocated the ‘product assortment’ code. Then the raw constructs were compared and those that were varying expressions of the same idea were combined. In this process, the 250 raw constructs were combined into 124 constructs.

As described in the data analysis section, when the constructs were combined, the relationship between constructs were combined and adjusted automatically in NVivo.

Thus, the 448 relationships (linkages) were obtained after the merging of the raw constructs. This combination and merging process was conducted based on the aggregated data from the 52 participants, as the corresponding codes for individual participants were combined and merged automatically during this process.

In the third step, the 124 constructs obtained in the second step were reviewed. The constructs with different phrases but clear connections were consolidated and mapped to one unique construct, i.e. ‘convenient to take transportation to go for consumption’,

‘place and time independence’ and ‘without going out’ are mapped to one construct,

‘access convenience’; ‘low risk of money outlay associated with initial purchase’, ‘low risk of fraud’ and ‘the subsequent maintenance cost of the product’ are mapped to the construct ‘financial risk’. Resultantly, 111 unique constructs were produced and the

193

relationships reduced to 417. The list of unique constructs is presented in Table 4-1, including both frequency and explanation.

4.3.1 Consolidation of Results

After data reduction, a categorisation process was performed on the unique constructs identified, to classify them into broader level motives. Following the procedure described in the data analysis section, two researchers worked together in this categorisation process. During this process, relevant concepts and measurement items used in prior e-commerce, information systems and marketing literature were also reviewed, to facilitate an accurate and reliable categorisation scheme. In total, 35 motives were produced in this consolidation process. Table 4-1 presents the categorisation results, including the resultant labels of motives, definitions of motives, mapping of unique constructs, frequency of unique constructs and definitions of constructs. Specific sources and reasons for categorising and labelling different motives are described.

194

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct M1: Marketing communication This refers to the strategy used by a company or individual to reach the target market through various types of communication (Ray 1973) § Advertising 15 Have advertisements on website, newspaper, TV etc. § Updates notification 7 Post updated product information by short message service (SMS), email M2: Product price This refers to the total monetary cost to the consumer of purchasing products or service (Jarvenpaa et al. 1996). § Price 44 Low price or high discount § Promotion 24 Cash refund offers, coupons, patronage rewards, sweepstakes M3: Relative advantage This refers to the degree to which online group buying provides an advantage over other methods, such as normal online shopping and offline shopping. § Delivery to home 11 The products are delivered to home § Free delivery 1 No charge for delivery § Food and beverage combinations Consumers can purchase package for food and beverage (for instance, three people or five to 7 recommendation eight people packages) § Make appointment 12 Consumers can book in advance for every coupon § Recommendation for special 1 Special products from each supplier are recommended § Selection of seats 4 Consumers can select their seats online for movie tickets § Time restriction 1 There are time restrictions for purchasing the coupon M4: Product assortment This means that the group buying website provides a range of products and services, including those that consumers are unable to get elsewhere (Jarvenpaa et al. 1996).

195

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § Uniqueness of products 11 Products cannot be found on other websites § Varity of brands 1 Website covers many brands § Variety of products 42 Different categories of products are available § Variety of suppliers 2 The websites cover many suppliers M5: Service quality This refers to the extent to which a website facilitates efficient and effective shopping, purchasing of products and service (Parasuraman et al. 2005). § Assurance 1 The degree to which service providers inspire confidence in customers, reducing uncertainty § Compensate 4 The degree to which the site compensates customers for problems § Contact 1 The availability of assistance through telephone or online representatives The degree to which the website attends to, understands and adapts to the specific individual § Empathy 10 needs of the consumer; for instance, making recommendations that match customer needs and notifying customers of expiry dates § Flexibility 19 The website provides a choice of ways to pay, ship, buy, search for and return items § Follow-up service 1 The website provides follow-up services to customers The website’s willingness to offer help to its customers in a timely fashion (e.g. quick email § Responsiveness 14 response, solve problems quickly and efficiently) § Supplier management The website has strict policies to select and manage suppliers (e.g. high-level criteria to attend 7 online group activity) M6: System quality This describes the measures of websites as information processing systems, and taps engineering-oriented performance characteristics, such as operational efficiency and appearance (Ahn et al. 2004; Ahn et al. 2007).

196

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § Functional design 18 Order, clear, clean and symmetrical design § Response time 3 The website has fast response and transaction processing § Security 5 Keeps transactions secure from exposure § Virtual design 6 Characterised by creativity, aesthetical appeal of graphics, images and colours M7: Company profile This is the description of the firm’s history, resources, structure, performance and reputation (Shareef et al. 2008b). § Industry type 2 This website operates in the group buying industry only § Long website history 11 This website has a long history § Market coverage 5 The business of this website covers many suburbs/cities in China § Perceived size 5 This website is run by a big company § Product category 9 This website is a homogenous products seller § Professional 4 This website is professional in its business § Reputation 20 This website is famous/known by lots of people M8: Information quality This measures the value perceived by a customer of the output produced by website information characteristics (Lin 2007a). § Accuracy 3 Users’ perception that the information on the website is correct § Currency 11 Users’ perception of the degree to which the information on the website is up-to-date § Detail 4 Website provides detailed information related to products and services § Relevant 3 Content is relevant to the core audience § Reliability 3 The degree to which the website provides reliable information

197

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § Sufficient and comprehensive 33 The degree to which the website provides all necessary information information M9: Buyer experience This means the past online group buying experience of consumers. § Past experience 5 Users have positive experiences with the website § Using time 5 Users have used the website for a long time M10: Supplier profile Refers to the characteristics of suppliers § Supplier location 9 Suppliers are located nearby/in a good location § Supplier reputation 8 Suppliers have a good reputation M11: Network externality This means that the value or effect that users obtain from a product or service will bring about more value to consumers with an increase of users, complementary product or service (Lin et al. 2011a). § Number of members 20 The extent to which the number of online group buying users increases § Number of member peers 10 The extent to which the number of friends using online group buying increases § Perceived complementarity 17 The extent to which customers think online group buying complementary products or services increases M12: Product quality This measures whether the website provides products/services of a high quality that meet consumer expectations (Haedrich 1993). § Brand 4 The website provides products with famous brands § Hot product 1 The website provides the most recent products on the market

198

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § Quality 7 The website provides products with a good price-quality relationship M13: Socialising Socialising refers to the enjoyment of group buying/consumption with friends and family, and socialising with others (Arnold et al. 2003). § Consume with friends 4 Can consume with friends § Discuss with other buyers online 1 Customers can consult other buyers on the same website online § Finding basis for conversation 4 Customers can have something to talk about in their social circle or with colleagues § Find new friends 2 Customers can get to know new friends with similar interests § Send to friends as gifts 1 Customers can send coupons to friends M14: Information access This refers to the motive of seeking out information related to products/service/suppliers (Crespo et al. 2010). § Compare information 10 Customers can compare different products/supplier information online (e.g. price, quality) § Get information in time 6 Get to know about updated information in a timely manner § Get to know products explicitly 7 The pictures on the website make customers familiar with the products/service explicitly § Explore information 13 Customers can know more information about products/suppliers that they did not know before § Information awareness 22 The comments and pictures on websites make customers know the quality of the products or suppliers before purchasing M15: Cost saving This means that group buying can save customers’ money. § Save money 38 Customers can save money/decrease costs

199

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct M16: Perceived value This is a consumers’ overall assessment of the utility of a product or service based on perceptions of what is received versus what is given (Suri et al. 2003). § Value of products 30 The product the customer gets is good value for the price/time/effort involved § Value of service 3 The customer gets excellent service at a relatively low cost M17: Arousal This refers to the degree of stimulation, excitement and alertness (Jeong et al. 2009). § Aroused 4 Feel excited when seeing the virtual appearance of the website M18: Ease of navigation This measures whether it is easy to locate, search and navigate information on the website. The relevant information (for instance, new deals) is highlighted, making it easy for customers to § Easy to locate information 6 locate relevant information § Easy to navigate 11 The text and label on the website makes it easy to navigate The design of the website or search function makes it easy for customers to find § Easy to search 4 products/information

M19: Perceived usefulness This refers to the extent to which an individual believes that trading on group buying websites would enhance the effectiveness of his/her shopping (Shih 2004). § Planning facilitation 10 Makes it easy for customers to plan everything beforehand § Shopping efficiency 12 Helps customers complete shopping quickly

200

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct M20: Convenience This refers to consumers’ time and effort perceptions related to buying or using services (Seiders et al. 2000). § Access convenience 14 Able to access supplier/website easily (e.g., place and time independence, without going out) § Post-purchase convenience 12 Easy to return and exchanges § Search convenience 18 Saves time and effort searching for information online § Transaction convenience 17 Saves time and effort in the transaction process (e.g., avoid ordering, avoid standing in line) M21: Choice optimisation This refers to the motivation to search for and secure the right product to fit one’s demands (Westbrook et al. 1985). § Get exactly the right product 30 Customers can get exactly what they want M22: Sensory stimulation This captures the desire for novelty and to learn about new trends (Chang et al. 2010). § Keep up with fashion 5 Can make oneself up-to-date by following what others are doing § Learn new trends 1 See what new products are available to learn new trends § Satisfy curiosity 2 To see what it is by browsing the website § Satisfy innovation consumption 2 To try the innovative consumption method § Try new products 15 Customers can try new products that they did not know about before M23: Trust This is defined as the consumer’s belief that the seller will behave in accordance with the consumer’s confident expectations by showing ability, integrity and benevolence (Doney et al. 1997; Genfen 2002). Consumer’s belief in the competence, skill and knowledge of the website to provide good quality § Ability 14 products and services

201

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct Consumer’s belief that a seller has beneficial motives, is genuinely concerned about the buyer’s § Benevolence 10 interests and will act with goodwill, beyond short-term profit expectations Consumer’s belief that the seller is competent and reliable and will fulfil the transaction’s § Integrity 35 contractual requirements M24: Perceived risk This is defined as a consumer’s belief in the potential uncertain negative outcomes from the online transaction (Kim et al. 2007). The inadequate performance or non-fulfilment of services in the post-purchase period, such as § After-sale service risk 1 warranties, exchanges and repairs The potential monetary outlay associated with the initial purchase price, as well as the subsequent § Financial risk 32 maintenance cost of the product, and the potential financial loss due to fraud § Physical risk 1 Potential of harm to health The loss experienced by consumers when their expectations of a product do not actualise after § Product risk 13 purchase § Psychological risk 3 Potential loss of self-esteem from the frustration of not achieving a purchasing goal M25: Decision quality Decision quality is defined in two dimensions, one according to price and the other to product fit (i.e., the match between consumer needs and product attributes) (Punj 2012). § Decision quality 29 Can get better products/service with competitive price M26: Online impulsivity This refers to a person’s sudden urge to purchase products/services with no advance planning, or using some cues to recall intended purchases (Girard et al. 2003; Huang et al. 2012). § Buy the unplanned products 8 Feel the urge to buy products/service with no advance planning

202

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § Consume wisely 7 Decrease the urge to buy unplanned products § Recall intended purchases 5 Remind customers to buy the needed products/services M27: Freedom This refers to consumers’ perceptions that they are unrestricted or free to act in a variety of ways (Wolfinbarger et al. 2001). § Autonomy 4 Customer can select any seats they want online (for movie tickets) § Buy freely 4 Customer can purchase everything they want with no restriction (time, place, consumption date) § No pressure consume 5 Customers can consume at any time without worrying about the expiry date M28: Satisfaction This refers to the psychological reaction of the customer with respect to his/her prior experience with comparison between expected and perceived performance (Anderson et al. 2003; Martin et al. 2011). § Satisfied or happy with the products 22 The customers are satisfied and happy with the products bought on this website § Satisfied or happy with the service 8 The customers are satisfied and happy with the service provided by this website § Satisfied or happy with experience 34 The shopping experience on this website has been satisfactory M29: Entertainment This means fun and relaxation through playing, emotional release or aesthetic enjoyment (Calder et al. 2009). § Aesthetic enjoyment 2 It is enjoyable and relaxing to see the beautiful websites with pictures about dishes § Have fun 7 It is fun to attend promotion (sweepstakes) each day § Kill time 3 To pass the time when bored M30: Browsing intention This measures consumers’ intention to browse group buying websites with specific attributes (Luo et al. 2011).

203

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § Attraction for browsing 26 Customers are attracted to browse the website § Browsing intention 4 Customers intend to browse the website in the future M31: Self-actualisation This is related to self-direction and achievement. Customers can enjoy a lot of things with relatively low cost, which makes life more interesting § Enjoyment of life 10 and colourful § Self-respect 4 Be proud of oneself in front of friends § Sense of accomplishment 4 Have a sense of accomplishment each time they receive a good product/service § Sense of fulfilment 16 Customers feel fulfilled M32: Purchase intention This is defined as the likelihood that customers will purchase from the website (Lee et al. 2009).

§ Increase willingness to purchase 18 Increase the likelihood that customers will purchase from this website § Intention for purchase 23 Customers intend to purchase products/services from the website M33: Improving life quality This refers to having a better quality of life. § Improving life quality 13 Having a better quality of life (positive and enthusiastic) M34: Loyalty This is defined as a commitment to repeatedly buying a preferred product/service and positive word of mouth in the future (Chang et al. 2009a; Parasuraman et al. 2005). § Continue use intention 28 Intend to continue using this website to purchase

204

Motives and unique constructs N (52) Description of the construct § First choice in future 13 This website is the first choice for when customers need to make purchases § Prefer above others 5 This is the favourite website § Recommend to friends 5 Would recommend this website to friends or relatives M35: Social affiliation This captures the value of friendly relationships with others (Shim et al. 1998). § Friendly relationships with other 7 Can improve friendships with others

Table 4-1: Motives identified in content analysis

205

Marketing communication is based on concepts in marketing, the ‘promotion’ part of the ‘marketing mix’ of the ‘four Ps’: price, place, promotion and product. It also refers to the strategy used by a company or individual to reach their target market through various types of communication. Thus, advertising and update notifications were classified in this motive. Product price, product assortment and product quality are three dimensions of product perceptions studied by Jarvepaa and Todd (1996). Thus, the three motives were compiled based on the measurement items used by Jarvenpaa and Toddy

(1996) and Crespo and Bosque (2010). Relative advantage is a new motive introduced in this study, that covers a list of advantage attributes of online group buying. However, the definition of relative advantage came from innovation diffusion theory, and this categorisation is based on this definition. Service, system and information quality were categorised based on website quality research (Ahn et al. 2004; Barnes et al. 2002; Lin

2007a; Parasuraman et al. 2005; Zhou 2013). These three motives have been examined extensively in e-commerce and information system literature. Corporate profile was introduced, based on Omar et al.’s (2009) study, in which the items used to measure corporate profile were also identified in this study. Buyer experience was categorised, based on the construct of ‘online shopping experience’ used in e-commerce literature

(Khalifa et al. 2007; Zhou et al. 2007). Supplier profile has not been addressed in the literature, thus the construct of corporate profile was referred to when compiling this motive. The concept of network externality was borrowed from network externality theory, which has mainly been used in social media or social networking site related studies.

Socialising was compiled based on measurement items used in studies by To et al.

(2007) and Arnold and Reynolds' (2003). Information access was created by referring to

206

the measurement items ‘information availability’, ‘information attainment’,

‘information seeking’ and ‘information depth’ (Bagdniene et al. 2009; Jones et al. 2006;

Kim et al. 2011a; To et al. 2007). These constructs were used extensively in the online shopping literature. Although different terms have been used in the literature to measure this motive, the measurement items used indicate that they share similar meanings. The motive of cost saving was quite straightforward. Perceived value was also a concept used in a large amount of literature in online and offline shopping contexts. The compiling of this motive was based on the literature (Palvia 2009; Sirdeshmukh et al.

2002; Valvi et al. 2013). Arousal was borrowed from emotion-related studies (Jeong et al. 2009; Wang et al. 2011). Ease of navigation is part of website usability in studies exploring website quality (Chang et al. 2012). As the constructs mentioned by participants only cover part of the measurement items of website usability and these constructs are mainly related to navigation of the website, the label ‘ease of navigation’ is adopted. Perceived usefulness was a well-developed construct used in the (TAM).

In this study, two constructs relating to the perceived usefulness of online group buying were categorised into this motive. Convenience consists of different dimensions based on the different stages of online group buying (search convenience, transaction convenience, access convenience, post-purchase convenience), according to Jiang et al.’s (2013) study. The categorisation of choice optimisation was based on definition in

Westbrook and Black’s (1985) study. Sensory stimulation was labelled based on Chang et al.’s (2010) study. A mix of terms has been used to indicate this motive: diversion, new product learning, stimulation, exploration, adventure, idea shopping and novelty seeking. Sensory stimulation here is the combination of these constructs. Trust and perceived risk were labelled based on the scales used in research (Aghekyan-Simonian

207

et al. 2012; Forsythe et al. 2006; Kim et al. 2010a). Both of these motives have been used extensively, and the measurement items were reliable and valid across different studies. Decision quality has been examined less frequently in the literature. In this study, measurement items in Hauble and Trifts’s (2000) study were referred to when labelling this motive. Online impulsivity was compiled based on items used in

Parboteeah et al. (2009), Liu et al., (2013), and Well et al.,'s (2011) study. Freedom is consolidated based on definition in Wolfinbarger and Gilly’s (2001) study. Satisfaction is also a well-developed construct in the literature. Thus, the measurement items used in prior research were referred to when labelling this motive (Anderson et al. 2003; Martin et al. 2011; Vila et al. 2011). Entertainment was introduced based on scales used by

Dholakia et al. (2004) and Calder et al.,'s (2009) study. Although these two studies were conducted in a virtual community and online media context, it was found that the items of entertainment apply to the online group buying context too.

Browsing intention and purchase intention were labelled based on Vila and Kuster

(2011), Lee and Kozar's (2009) study. Improving life quality was labelled based on

MEC literature, which covers a wide range of contexts. However, the meaning is similar and quite straightforward. Loyalty was compiled based on marketing and e-commerce literature, and covers both offline and online contexts, with similar measurement items

(Alireza et al. 2011; Chang et al. 2009b; Parasuraman et al. 2005; Yang et al. 2004).

Self-actualisation and social affiliation were labelled based on Shim and Eastlick’s

(1998) study, which classifies LOV into self-actualisation and social affiliation.

208

4.3.2 Inter-Coder Reliability in Content Analysis

As two coders independently coded the first two transcripts, the inter-coder reliability was calculated using Krippendorff’s alpha, a standard reliability statistic for content analysis. For both transcripts, Krippendorff’s alpha reliability reached 81.3 per cent and

82.8 per cent, respectively, above the 80 per cent acceptable level of inter-coder agreement for exploratory studies (Krippendorff 2004). The consolidation process was also conducted together by two researchers. Krippendorff’s alpha value was 93.8 per cent, satisfactory according to the recommended acceptance level of 80 per cent.

4.3.3 Attributes, Benefits and Values/Goals Classification Results

Having uncovered the 35 motives concerning online group buying behaviour, MEC theory proposed that motivations can be classified into attributes, benefits and values/goals level. Reynolds and Gutman (2001a) point out that an understanding of the structure of attributes, benefits and values depicted in MECs can facilitate a

‘motivational perspective’, because it uncovers the underlying reason why certain attributes or expected benefits are desired. These attributes, benefits, and values/goals all represent different motivational layers in the online group buying motivation investigation.

Following procedures described in the data analysis sections, these 35 motives were allocated into attributes, benefits and a values/goals layer using three methods:

1. referring to definitions of attributes, benefits and values/goals proposed by

Gutman and Reynolds (1988);

209

2. using the abstractness score;

3. referring to the classification used in previous literature (Lin et al. 2011b;

Wagner 2007).

The classification results are summarised in Table 4-2, with abstractness and literature that have classified them into corresponding levels. Marketing communication, product price, relative advantages, product assortment, system quality, service quality, corporate profile, information quality, network externality, buyer experience, supplier profile and product quality are classified into attributes levels. For each motive, the in-degree number is low, while the out-degree number is high, which results in low abstractness.

These results indicate that these motives are more suitable for classification into attributes levels, as they are more frequently serving as the sources leading to motives other than the destination reached by other motives. Socialising, information access, ease of navigation, cost saving, arousal, perceived value, convenience, choice optimisation, trust, perceived usefulness, perceived risk, sensory stimulation, decision quality, online impulsivity, freedom, satisfaction and entertainment are classified into the benefits level. These motives have abstractness higher than the attributes level motives, but lower than value/goal level motives. As there is no strict criterion regarding the classification into benefits of motives at which level of abstractness, relevant MEC literature was reviewed for ideas. For instance, socialising has an abstractness of 0.182, even lower than some of the attributes, and is still classified into benefit layers according to its definition and the results of previous literature. This is also the case for browsing intention, which belongs to the values/goals layer but has an abstractness of 0.741, lower than some of the benefits layer motives. Finally, browsing intention, purchase intention, improving life quality, loyalty and social affiliation are

210

classified into values/goals levels, as these motives have a high abstractness score. In

total, there are 12 (A1-A12) attributes, 17 benefits (B1-B17) and six values/goals (V1-

V6).

Motivations In- Out- Abstractness MEC studies that have degree degree classified the motives Attributes layer motivations A1: Marketing 0 40 0 (Lin et al. 2013; Lin et al. Communication 2011b)

A2: Product Price 0 143 0 (Lin et al. 2012; Wagner 2007; Yang et al. 2012)

A3: Relative Advantage 0 55 0

A4: Product 3 88 0.033 (Lin et al. 2012; Wagner Assortment 2007)

A5: System Quality 2 56 0.034 (Lai et al. 2014; Lin et al. 2011b)

A6: Service Quality 3 81 0.036 (Lai et al. 2014; Wagner 2007)

A7: Company Profile 4 78 0.049 (Thompson et al. 1998)

A8: Information 6 105 0.054 (Lai et al. 2014) Quality

A9: Network 6 70 0.079 Externality

A10: Buyer Experience 1 11 0.083

A11: Supplier Profile 2 16 0.111 (Thompson et al. 1998)

A12: Product Quality 7 21 0.250 (Barrena et al. 2012; Lin et al. 2012; Wagner 2007)

211

Motivations In- Out- Abstractness MEC studies that have degree degree classified the motives

Benefits layer motivations

B1: Socializing 2 9 0.182 (Pai et al. 2013b; Thompson et al. 1998)

B2: Information Access 39 71 0.355 (Lai et al. 2014)

B3: Ease of Navigation 21 27 0.438 (Lai et al. 2014)

B4: Cost Saving 51 64 0.443 (Chiu 2005; Lai et al. 2014; Lin et al. 2013; Yang et al. 2012)

B5: Arousal 4 4 0.500

B6: Perceived Value 43 37 0.538

B7: Convenience 63 42 0.600 (Barrena et al. 2012; Chiu 2005; Lin et al. 2013; Wagner 2007; Yang et al. 2012)

B8: Choice 38 19 0.667 (Wagner 2007) Optimization

B9: Trust 106 51 0.675 (Chiu 2005; Lee et al. 2010; Lin et al. 2012)

B10: Perceived 34 13 0.723 (Wagner 2007) Usefulness

B11:Perceived Risk 80 30 0.727 (Thompson et al. 1998)

B12: Sensory 19 7 0.731 (Lee et al. 2010) Stimulation

B13: Decision Quality 52 16 0.765

B14: Online 30 7 0.811

212

Motivations In- Out- Abstractness MEC studies that have degree degree classified the motives Impulsivity

B15: Freedom 19 3 0.864 (Pai et al. 2013b; Thompson et al. 1998)

B16: Satisfaction 168 18 0.903 (Lee et al. 2010; Lin et al. 2013; Wagner 2007) B17: Entertainment 17 1 0.944 (Lin et al. 2013; Lin et al. 2011b; Pai et al. 2013b)

Values/Goal layer motivations

V1: Browsing Intention 43 15 0.741

V2: Self-actualization 79 2 0.975 (Chiu 2005; Lin et al. 2013; Lin et al. 2011b; Pai et al. 2013b; Thompson et al. 1998)

V3: Purchase Intention 98 2 0.980

V4: Improving Life 33 0 1 (Barrena et al. 2012; Quality Kitsawad et al. 2014; Lin et al. 2013; Thompson et al. 1998)

V5: Loyalty 117 0 1 (Lai et al. 2014)

V6: Social Affiliation 8 0 1 (Bitzios et al. 2011; Lin et al. 2013; Lin et al. 2011b; Pai et al. 2013b; Thompson et al. 1998)

Table 4-2: Classification results

Specific definitions of each attribute, benefit, and value/goal are explained in the

following sections. 213

4.3.4 Motivations in Three Layers Identified from Content Analysis

4.3.4.1 Attributes Layer Motives

As demonstrated in the previous section, there are 12 attribute layer motives identified in the content analysis, covering group buying website related attributes, product related attributes, buyers’ experience and network impacts. Each attribute is now explained.

Corporate profile is the description of the firm’s history, resources, structure, performance and reputation (Shareef et al. 2008b). It measures whether the website operates in group buying industry only (2), whether the website is a homogenous product seller (9), website history (11), the market coverage of the website (5), the perceived size of the company running the website (5), whether the website is professional in its business (4) and the reputation of the website (20). Among these constructs, the reputation and history of websites were the most frequently mentioned.

Nine participants also mentioned that they care about whether the company only operates as an online group buying industry or simultaneously operates other businesses, such as B2C or C2C e-commerce. For instance, Participant number 10 stated: ‘This group buying website only operates the group buying business. It has collected more information about suppliers and I think it is more professional compared to group buying websites that also operate other businesses’, and Participant number 40 stated:

‘This group buying website was founded earlier than other websites. It is well known and visited by many people. I am more familiar with it and more likely to visit this website’.

214

Information quality refers to a consumer’s general perception of the information content on the websites (Lin 2007a; Sun 2010; Wixom et al. 2005), covers the currency (11), detail (4), accuracy (3), reliability (3), relevance (3) and completeness (33) aspects of information on group buying websites in this study. Among these constructs, consumers care most about the degree to which the website provides sufficient and comprehensive information, followed by the currency of information. For instance, 28 participants indicated that comments are available on the group websites, and 12 indicated that pictures of products are available on the group buying website. Eleven mentioned that up-to-date information is an important criterion for online group buying. Other facets that concern consumers are details of information, accuracy, reliability and relevance of information on group buying websites. Below are two examples of comments on the details and currency of information made by respondents during interviews: ‘The website (www.qunaer.com) gives very specific information about the holiday packages, including the price of the package, the place we will visit, how long we can stay in each place, where we will have meals and which hotel we will stay in. Then I can know the details of the package, consider whether the price is competitive and explore whether there is recessive consumption involved in the package’ (Participant no. 15).

And: ‘Other websites may only update deal information every week, but this group buying website (www.dianping.com) updates information every day. When I surf this website each day I can find new group buying deals available for purchasing, which attracted me to visit it every day just to see the new information’ (Participant no. 44).

Service quality refers to the extent to which a website facilitates efficient and effective shopping, purchasing of the products and service (Parasuraman et al. 2005). From the constructs of assurance (1), empathy (10), flexibility (19), responsiveness (14), supplier

215

management (7), follow-up service (1), compensation (4) and contact (1), this study found that consumers not only care about how the website facilitates interaction before and during transactions, but also how the website resolves problems related to non- routine or after- sales service, such as how to return products or whether compensation is given if suppliers fail to provide satisfactory services. Among these eight constructs, this study found that consumers care most about flexibility (the extent to which group buying websites provide a choice of ways to pay, ship, buy, search for and return items), followed by responsiveness (whether the websites help customers in a timely fashion).

The following two interview examples illustrate the responsiveness and empathy of group buying websites: ‘I don’t need to search the group buying information. This website (dianping.com) will email me some carefully selected group buying deals information, some deals are especially for me or people of my age. Thus, I am always interested in the group buying deals recommended by the website’ (Participant no. 16).

And: ‘This group buying website (www.dianping.com) has excellent after-sale services. If I am not satisfied with the suppliers and make complaints to the group buying website, they will contact suppliers and always solve the problem quickly for me. When I use other group buying websites for purchasing and have problems with suppliers, they only tell me to coordinate with suppliers by myself. Even if the problems were solved finally, my feeling is different. In addition, this website (dianping.com) has a strict screening process for suppliers applying to attend online group buying’ (Participant no. 41).

System quality describes the measures of websites as information processing systems, and taps engineering-oriented performance characteristics, such as operational efficiency and appearance (Ahn et al. 2004; Ahn et al. 2007). It consists of four

216

constructs: functional design (18) (emphasising order and clear, clean and symmetrical design), virtual design (6) (whether the website is characterised by creativity and has aesthetically appealing graphics, images and colours), response time (3) and security

(which measures transaction security). Among the four constructs, functional design was mentioned the most frequently. In total, 18 participants indicated that a clean layout and reasonably organised modules were important factors in attracting them. As the participants expressed: ‘The structure of the group buying website (www.MeiTuan.com) is logically organised. For instance, the updated deals every day on website are highlighted, with the words ‘new deal’ in the corner of the picture, and these new deals are arranged in front of other deals. This makes it easy for me to know which deals are new, and I don’t need to waste my time surfing the old information’ (Participant no. 21).

And: ‘This group buying website (www.nuomi.com) has a concise design style. The website looks beautiful. The placement of advertisements also makes me feel comfortable’ (Participant no. 53)

Product assortment means that the group buying website provides a wide range of products and services, including those that consumers are unable to get elsewhere

(Jarvenpaa et al. 1996). Four items formed this motive: uniqueness of products (11), variety of brands (1), variety of products categories (42) and variety of suppliers cooperating with group buying websites (2). Among these four items, variety of product categories is the most frequently mentioned construct, followed by the uniqueness of products. Participants mentioned that group buying websites now collaborate with a variety of suppliers and can provide many types of products. Even for one category of products, many alternative deals are available. Further, the popular products in online

217

group buying are service products like coupons for food and beverages and entertainment, which are unique to online group buying and cannot be purchased from other channels. Two participants stated that: ‘I can find many innovative products on the group buying websites, for instance, I have found packages of artistic photo shoots with ancient costumes, which is my dream product that I cannot find in physical stores or normal online stores. This kind of product is so interesting and attractive. When I saw it, I felt so surprised and purchased the package with my friends’ (Participant no. 3).

And: ‘This website (www.dianping.com) covers many categories of products, including food and beverage, cosmetics, entertainment products, clothes and movie tickets. I can get a large amount of information by using only one website’ (Participant no. 38).

Product price refers to the total monetary cost to the consumer of purchasing products or services (Jarvenpaa et al. 1996). This dimension consists of two items: competitive low price or high discounts of products/services (44) and the promotion websites use to decrease the cost, such as cash refund offers, coupons and patronage rewards (22). The higher-level discounts are mentioned by the majority of respondents as an attribute that attracts them to use online group buying rather than other forms of shopping, as highlighted by one participant: ‘This group buying website (www.55Tuan.com) offers more discounts. In addition, I don’t even need to pay to enter the sweepstake. When the total number of people purchasing one deal exceeds a certain number, we can have a 90 per cent discount or even higher’ (Participant no. 1).

Besides the higher discounts, the promotion strategy used by group buying websites also drives purchasing behaviour. Nearly half of participants frequently mentioned that

218

group buying websites offer a free sweepstake opportunity every day, or send free coupons on public holidays, attracting them to visit these websites.

Product quality measures whether the website provides products/services of a high quality that meet consumer expectations (Haedrich 1993). It consists of three constructs: whether the websites provide products with good brands (4), whether websites provide products with a good price, quality relationships (7) and whether websites provide the most recent products on the market (1). As one of the dimensions of product perception, prior research indicated that product quality is a key to the success of online businesses, as consumers cannot touch the product before purchase (Crespo et al. 2010; Jarvenpaa et al. 1996). One participant stated that: ‘This website (www.jumei.com) is professional in offering cosmetics. Products on this website should be genuine and I don’t worry about the quality’ (Participant no. 27).

Buyer experience means the shopping experience of consumers. It covers both the consumers’ history of using online group buying (5) and the positive past experience of using online group buying websites (5). Previous studies found that buyers’ past experiences affect both the purchase and repurchase intentions in an online shopping context. Though not mentioned by large number of respondents, this study found that some consumers chose group buying websites based on their past positive experiences, as described below: ‘I have used Taobao.com for a long time and am satisfied with past experiences. If it operates other businesses such as online group buying, I will support it and make it my first choice... Because I think I am accustomed to using it’ (Participant no. 15).

219

Supplier profile covers two constructs: the supplier location (9) and reputation (8). A few respondents indicated that they consider whether the suppliers are located nearby, and whether they know the suppliers before when making purchase decisions. As one participant stated: ‘The suppliers are located nearby and I have consumed at those retail stores/restaurants before. I feel it is more real and close to my life, compared to normal online shopping, through which I may buy products/service from far away that I have not heard of before’ (Participant no. 46).

Marketing communication refers to the strategy used by a company or individual to reach the target market through various types of communication (Ray 1973). Two strategies are mentioned by participants: advertising through social network websites, newspapers etc. (15), and informing customers of updated product/service information via SMS and email (7). In accordance with a CNNIC (2013) statistical report showing that group buying websites invested heavily on advertising, participants also stated that advertisements for group buying websites through SNS, newspapers and outdoor advertisements influenced their behaviour and attracted them to browse and purchase from group buying websites. Further, group buying websites use emails to inform subscribers of information updates, and this advantage was emphasised by a few participants as a successful strategy. As one participant stated: ‘I am very busy with my work, and cannot surf the group buying websites whenever I want. The group buying websites always send me emails containing a list of updated deal information. Then I can know about the new deals available on their websites simply by clicking the email. This is quite useful for me and I think it is a successful marketing strategy’ (Participant no. 17).

220

Network externality refers to influences from mass customers, friends and supporting applications involved in online group buying. Specifically, it means that the value or effect that users obtain from a product or service bring about more values to consumers with the increase in users, complementary products or services (Lin et al. 2011a). It covers three constructs: the number of members, which measures the extent to which the number of online group buying users increase (20); number of member peers, which measures the extent to which the number of friends using online group buying increases

(10); perceived complementarity, which measures the extent to which a wide range of supporting tools and applications can enhance the usefulness of the group buying website (17). Many participants mentioned that sometimes their intention to purchase is influenced by the number of people who have purchased the deals, the number of friends who have purchased or the supporting applications/tools for online group buying, such as the client software for mobile phones. As these participants put it: ‘I can purchase with my mobile phone on this website (www.dianping.com) as it provides client software for mobile phone users. Many other group buying websites only support purchasing using PCs. This is more convenient for me when I am outside without the PCs around’ (Participant no. 16).

And: ‘The number of people who have purchased the deals is shown on the group buying websites. If I see that a large number of people have purchased from this website, then I will choose to buy from it... Because I think that everyone will compare the product/service quality and price on different group buying websites. Thus, this website should be the best if others have chosen it. I don’t need to waste my time comparing websites anymore’ (Participant no. 51).

Relative advantage refers to the degree to which online group buying provides an advantage over other methods, such as normal online shopping and offline shopping.

This dimension consists of seven items: delivery to home (11), free delivery (1), food 221

and beverage combination recommendations (7), selection of seats for motive tickets online (4), ability to make appointments for consumption (12), time restriction for purchasing the coupon (1) and recommendation for special products (1), which cover the main features provided by group buying websites. Relative advantages were first introduced in innovation and diffusion theory. This study confirmed that the relative advantage of an innovation is a key influencer on innovation acceptance. One participant states: ‘I can select seats online by using this group buying website (www.gewara.com), which is very convenient for me. If I buy directly from the cinema, I need to go earlier and wait in the line. In addition, sometimes there are no seats in good locations left if I buy tickets from the cinema directly’ (Participant no. 27).

4.3.4.2 Benefits Layer Motives

As indicated earlier, 17 motives were identified and classified into benefit-level motives in the content analysis. A specific definition and explanation for each of these motives follows.

Socialising refers to enjoyment of group buying/consumption with friends and family, and socialising with others (Arnold et al. 2003). Respondents mentioned that they use online group buying to meet new friends with similar interests (2), consume with friends

(4), find bases for conversation within a social circle or with colleagues (4), discuss with other buyers online to get suggestions (1) and to send coupons to friends as gifts (1). A significant amount of previous research uncovered social aspects of shopping motivations for both online and offline contexts (Chang et al. 2010; Joines et al. 2003;

O'Brien 2010; Parsons 2002). This study found that a socialisation motive was

222

mentioned by fewer participants than other mentioned motives. One of the participant states: ‘I always buy deals (food and beverage packages) together with my colleagues in my office. Then we go out to have meals together, which can improve the relationships among us. We are always busy with work during office time, this gives us more of a chance to socialise with each other’ (Participant no. 15).

Information access refers to the motive of seeking out information related to products/service/suppliers (Crespo et al. 2010). It is one of the most popular motivations identified in the online shopping literature (Bagdniene et al. 2009; Joines et al. 2003;

Kim et al. 2010b; To et al. 2007), as the Internet provides the most efficient means for consumers to get that information. In the group buying context, respondents indicated that group buying websites can provide them with information before making a purchase (22), compare different product/supplier information (10), get updated information in a timely manner (6), get to know products explicitly by looking at pictures (7) and enable them to explore information, which means getting to know more products and suppliers than they did before (13). Among these facets, information awareness before purchase is mentioned by the most participants, followed by information exploration. This is described by one participant: ‘I can get to know more suppliers around me and get to know more information. If I go to a place that I have not been to before, I cannot know how many restaurants there are and which the best ones are. With online group buying websites, I can easily compare suppliers around me and choose the best one’ (Participant no. 25).

Cost saving means that group buying can save customers money. It was mentioned by the majority of respondents as the main reason for participating in online group buying

223

(38). More than half stated that they save a lot through online group buying. Some previous research on online group buying also identified cost saving as a main reason for consumers to use online group buying (Chen et al. 2010; Erdogmus et al. 2011; Liao et al. 2011). Two participants state that: ‘The CPI [Consumer Price Index] in 2011 keeps increasing each month. My salary cannot catch up with the increasing rate of the CPI, no matter how hard I am working in the company. Thus, I have to save costs if I cannot increase my income’ (Participant no. 13).

And: ‘It decreases my costs. I have to spend 1000 Yuan for food each month without using online group buying, but now I only need to spend 500 Yuan for food, which saves a lot for me’ (Participant no. 25).

Perceived value is a consumer’s overall assessment of the utility of a product or service, based on perceptions of what is received versus what is given (Suri et al. 2003). It is considered to be a higher-level abstraction than specific benefit of cost saving. Having been discussed in marketing research for a long time, customer perceived value plays an important role in predicting purchasing behaviour in the online context as well (Chang et al. 2011; Chang et al. 2009b; Chiou 2004; Valvi et al. 2013). As one participant stated:

‘I got more products with the same cost, or I use the same price to get a better product, which makes me feel that these products are value for the money I spent’ (Participant no.

24).

Arousal refers to stimulation, excitement and alertness (Jeong et al. 2009). As one dimension of emotion, it was found to be linked to website design and product characteristics, and will positively affect shoppers’ attitudes, satisfaction and behaviour

224

(Eroglu et al. 2003; Menon et al. 2002). However, this motive was mentioned by few participants (four). One participant explained that: ‘When I see beautiful websites with pretty colours, I feel aroused and excited. It attracts my eyes. When I am busy with my work, it can put me in a good mood’ (Participant no. 34).

Easy of navigation measures whether it is easy to locate (6), search (4) and navigate information (11) on the website. Though this motive has been classified into an attribute level in some studies (Aladwani et al. 2002; Roy et al. 2001), it was put at the benefit- level in this study, when the context information was considered. Specifically, participants frequently mentioned that the group buying is easy to locate, search or navigate because of the excellent designs of websites, such as structure and information arrangement. Thus, this motive falls into the benefit level, caused by certain attribute.

This is supported by the following: ‘The functional design of this website is good, I can select products by suburbs or categories, which saves me time. I don’t need to browse the products one by one. If I want to choose restaurants in the suburb near my home, the website can filter out restaurants in other suburbs’ (Participant no. 43).

Perceived usefulness refers to the extent to which an individual believes that trading on group buying websites enhances the effectiveness of his/her shopping (Shih 2004).

According to TAM theory, a large amount of research suggests that consumers’ attitudes to technology is directly affected by its ease of use and usefulness. Consumers perform e-shopping only if a website assists them to complete transactions (Shih 2004).

This study found that this proposition applies to online group buying too. In the context of online group buying, perceived usefulness covers two aspects of effectiveness: whether it makes it easy for customers to plan everything beforehand (10), and whether 225

it can make customers get shopping done quickly (12). The benefit of shopping efficiency mainly derives from the various conveniences that online group buying brings, while planning facilitation mainly derives from the non-instant consumption feature of online group buying (customers do not need to consume immediately after purchasing), and the wide market coverage of online group buying. As one participant stated: ‘This website (www.lashou.com) covers different cities in China. When I am travelling to a new city, I can arrange my life beforehand. Thus, when I arrive in that new city, I don’t need to worry about where to have meals, where to live, which saves a lot of time for me’ (Participant no. 8).

Convenience refers to consumers’ time and effort perceptions related to buying or using services (Seiders et al. 2000). It covers four constructs: access convenience (14) (which measures whether suppliers and group buying websites can be accessed easily), search convenience (18) (which measures whether products can be identified and selected easily), transaction convenience (17) (which measures whether the transaction can be proceeded easily and efficiently), and post-purchase convenience (12) (which measures whether returns and exchanges are easy to take care of). These four constructs cover the entire group buying process, from searching for information to after-sale service, which carry nearly equal importance in terms of frequency. Considering the number of participants mentioned in these various facets of convenience, this study found that online group buyers consider convenience an important motive for using online group buying. As one participant argued: ‘Coupons can be purchased from clients by mobile phone, which allows me to access the group buying websites and purchase without place and time restrictions. When I am outside with friends and see a restaurant, I can check whether it offers group buying deals at that moment’ (Participant no. 41).

226

Choice optimisation refers to the motivation to search for and secure the right product to fit one’s needs (Westbrook et al. 1985). This concept was first introduced by Westbrook and Black (1985). However, few studies have investigated this motive in any shopping context. To et al. (2007) used it in their study, but combined it with convenience, and many measurement items were related to convenience. As convenience has been categorised as one motive in this study, the original concept and meaning introduced by

Westbrook and Black (1985) was referred to when compiling and finalising this motive.

Mentioned by 38 participants, this study illustrates that finding exactly the right product is an important motive in online group buying behaviour. As one participant argues: ‘A few months ago, I planned to invite my friends for dinner. I wanted a package for eight to ten people. I browsed a few websites and did not find any desirable ones until I visited MeiTuan.com. It has many deals available. I selected a few alternative deals, and finally chose a good one that matched my needs’ (Participant no. 23).

Sensory stimulation captures the desire for novelty and to learn about new trends

(Chang et al. 2010). It consists of five constructs: keeping up with fashion (5), learning new trends (1), trying new products (15), satisfying curiosity (2) and satisfying innovation consumption needs (2), among which participants care more about whether they can try new products/services. Previous research has found that the online shopping environment offers consumers more opportunities for novelty information and products (Parsons 2002). In the online group buying context, respondents indicated that group buying websites are a useful channel for trying new products that they did not know about before. As these participants put it: ‘Many friends around me are using online group buying. I think it is a new and innovative consumption method, which is popular and fashionable. I want to keep up with this fashion’ (Participant no. 18).

227

And: ‘I can see many products/services from group buying websites, some of which are products/services I have not seen or heard of before, such as Cosplay of Counter Strike. The group buying websites offer opportunities for me to try these new products/services’ (Participant no. 2).

Trust focuses on the trustworthiness of the group buying website owner, and consists of three constructs: integrity (35) (consumers’ belief that the seller is competent and reliable, and will fulfil the transaction’s contractual requirements), ability (14)

(consumers’ belief in the competence, skills and knowledge of the website to provide good quality products and services) and benevolence (10) (consumers’ belief that a seller has beneficial motives, is genuinely concerned about the buyer’s interest and will act with goodwill and beyond short-term profit expectations). Among these constructs, respondents care about integrity most. As a key element in prompting one party to support another by reducing uncertainty and risk, trust has been found to be of special importance for e-business success (Fu et al. 2006; Kim et al. 2008a; Kim et al. 2004;

Pizzutti et al. 2010). As one participant said: ‘I think this website (www.dianping.com) is reliable. I don’t worry that this website will disappear or I will have problems with the suppliers after I purchase the coupon. I trust it and feel relieved when I purchase from this site’ (Participant no. 47).

Perceived risk covers multiple facets of potential risks that consumers may be exposed to, including financial risk (32) (monetary outlay associated with the initial purchase price, the subsequent maintenance cost of the product and potential financial loss due to fraud), product risk (13) (loss experienced by consumers when their expectations of a product do not actualise after purchase), psychological risk (3) (potential loss of self-

228

esteem from the frustration of not achieving a buying goal), physical risk (1) (the potential for harm to health) and after-service risk (1) (the inadequate performance or non-fulfilment of services required in the post-purchase period, such as warranties, exchanges and repairs). While product risk was found to be one of the most extensively investigated constructs influencing consumers’ online shopping decisions (Chang et al.

2005), this study found that financial risk was the main concern for online group buyers when making purchase decisions, followed by product risk. For instance, participants mentioned that as two parties—group buying websites and suppliers—are involved in the transaction, they may encounter a situation that either party involved will not honour a promise. Common situations are that consumers are required by the supplier to pay extra money when consuming with the already purchased coupon, or websites sell fake coupons that cannot be used. As one participant said: ‘Sometimes when I use the coupon (for movie ticket) purchased in some group buying websites in the cinema, I am required to pay five more Yuan. Then, I don’t trust those websites because they provided false information. In addition, some cinemas give a notice that ‘××group buying website is not our business partner; the coupon on its website with a low price is a fraud’. Consumers with those coupons cannot get the movie ticket in the cinema’ (Participant no. 21).

Decision quality is defined by two dimensions. One refers to price, and the other to product fit (i.e., the match between consumer needs and product attributes) (Punj 2012).

The potential for making better quality decisions while group buying online can then be related to the ability of the consumer to select an optimal price-product combination more readily than when shopping in traditional retail and online shopping environments.

As one participant stated: ‘With the pictures, comments and number of customers who have purchased available on the website, I can easily select the best one among alternatives deals. I think it helps me make good decisions’ (Participant no. 24). 229

Online impulsivity refers to a person’s sudden urge to purchase products/service with no advanced planning, or use some cues to recall intended purchases (Girard et al. 2003;

Huang et al. 2012). It covers three constructs in this study: recall of intended purchases

(5), purchase of unplanned products (8) and consume wisely (7). Research has found that, as with offline consumers, online consumers often deviate from rational buying behaviour. Advances in information technology seem to exacerbate impulsive buying.

Liu et al. (2013) found that impulse purchase is prevalent in the online group buying context, a main reason motivating consumers to purchase from online group buying websites. As one participant states: ‘When I see a deal has been purchased by 4000 people and only 100 are left, I have an urge to buy it even if I don’t really need it. I think if I hesitate for a second, I will miss this chance. With so many people having purchased, it should be a great deal. Thus, the final outcome would be that I have purchased a product I don’t really need. I bought it only because many other people were purchasing’ (Participant no. 44).

Freedom refers to consumers’ perceptions that they are unrestricted or free to act in a variety of ways (Wolfinbarger et al. 2001). This consists of three constructs: buy freely

(4) (customers can purchase everything they want with no restrictions), no pressure to consume (5) (customers can consume the voucher at any time without worrying about the expiry date) and autonomy (4) (customers can select any seats online [for motive tickets]). This motive has been examined in a few previous studies, so the interview content in Wolfinbarger and Gilly’s (2001) study was referred to when compiling this motive, as similar meanings were mentioned by participants in this study. One participant described: ‘Sometime I have purchased too many coupons and have no time for the consumption of all of them. If I cannot get the refund after the expiry date, I would have pressure to use all the coupons before the expiry date. The refund 230

function of this group buying website makes me feel free to purchase’ (Participant no. 23).

Satisfaction refers to the psychological reaction of the customer with respect to prior experience comparing expected and perceived performance (Anderson et al. 2003;

Martin et al. 2011). It covers three constructs in this study: satisfied or happy with the service (8), satisfied or happy with the products (22) and satisfied or happy with the shopping experience (34). This motive is a relatively higher-level psychological benefit, derived from other attribute-level and lower-level benefits, as illustrated in interviews.

With a large number of participants mentioning this motive, it is relatively important in driving consumer group buying behaviour. As one participant stated: ‘I am generally happy with this shopping experience. Normally I can get one product with 100 Yuan, but now I can get two’ (Participant no. 32). And: ‘I feel happy that I got a good service with a low price. My expectations have been met and I think I made the right decision by purchasing from this group buying website’ (Participant no. 40).

Entertainment means fun and relaxation through playing, emotional release or aesthetic enjoyment (Calder et al. 2009). Respondents indicated three aspects of entertainment: having fun (7) (meaning that it is fun to participate in promotion, such as sweepstakes, daily), killing time (3) (meaning exploring group buying information on the website to pass time away when bored) and aesthetic enjoyment (2) (enjoyment and relaxation from viewing aesthetically pleasing websites with pictures of dishes). Entertainment was not identified as a factor influencing online shopping behaviour in previous research. This study found that characteristics of the online group buying have the benefit of entertainment, which can affect consumers’ purchasing behaviour, as stated by one participant: 231

‘When I open the group buying website I find so many different deals from which I can select. It is so interesting to surf the websites because of the pictures for deals. It looks attractive and I really enjoy the selection process’ (Participant no. 24).

4.3.4.3 Values/Goals Layer Motives

In total, six motives were classified into values/goals layers in the content analysis, described in the following.

Self-actualisation and social affiliation are identified value-level motives. As discussed in Chapter 3, this study took the LOV, based on Kahle’s (1983) Social Adaption Theory and Maslow’s (1943) hierarchical needs theory, to label the value-level motives. There are nine core values in LOV: sense of belonging, excitement, warm relationships with others, self-fulfilment, being well respected, fun and enjoyment of life, security, self- respect and sense of accomplishment (Joubert et al. 2007). Self-actualisation is related to self-direction and achievement, and the factors of self-respect, sense of accomplishment, security, fun and enjoyment of life and self-fulfilment belong to this dimension (Shim et al. 1998). Factors of security, being well respected, friendly relationships with others and sense of belonging fall into the social affiliation dimension

(Shim et al. 1998). In this study, self-actualisation captures the values of sense of accomplishment (4), enjoyment of life (10), sense of fulfilment (16) and self-respect (4).

Among these values, consumers care more about the sense of fulfilment value and enjoyment of life. Social affiliation captures the value of friendly relationships with others (7), indicating that social affiliation serves as an underlying belief in determining

232

a consumer’s group buying behaviour. The following comments from two participants illustrate the gratification process of self-actualisation value and social affiliation value: ‘The price is relatively low as they provide a very high-level discount... I can save a lot, which can be used for other things, or to buy more products... Then I feel quite happy with this experience for being satisfied with the low price and high quality. If the products meet my expectations then I have a feeling of accomplishment, and of course will recommend it to my friends and colleagues’ (Participant no. 27).

And: ‘For the service products like the food and beverages, we always consume together with friends or colleagues. We can develop friendly relationships with each other this way’ (Participant no. 41).

Browsing intention measures consumers’ intentions to browse group buying websites with specific attributes (Luo et al. 2011). This study indicated that consumers’ browsing intentions can significantly improve their purchase intentions. As two participants state: ‘I often see the advertisements about lashou.com in the newspaper and feel it is attractive. Then I will try to browse this website’ (Participant no. 38). And: ‘The celebrities for this website (lashou.com) attracted me to visit’ (Participant no. 15).

Purchase intention is defined as the likelihood that customers will purchase from the website (Lee et al. 2009). It consists of two constructs: intention to purchase (23) and increased willingness to purchase (18). Two participants argue: ‘The more time I spend on this website, the higher the likelihood that I will purchase from this website’

(Participant no. 53). And: ‘The good design of the websites, the pictures... will improve my willingness to purchase’ (Participant no. 16).

233

Improving life quality is an ultimate goal for consumers purchasing from group buying websites. This mainly derived from cost, time and energy saving. As one participant put it: ‘The money saved can be spent on other products, which improves my life quality’ (Participant no. 43).

E-loyalty is defined as a commitment to repeatedly buying a preferred product/service, and consistent positive word of mouth in the future (Chang et al. 2009a; Parasuraman et al. 2005). It covers both the repurchase intention and word of mouth. E-loyalty consists of four constructs: continue use intention (24), first choice in future (13), prefer above others (5) and recommend to friends (5), among which the continue use intention was mentioned by more respondents, followed by first choice in future. Two participants state: ‘I feel satisfied with the shopping experience. I will continue purchasing from this group buying website and recommend it to my friends’ (Participant no. 21).

And: ‘I prefer to purchase from this group buying website and often visit it to see whether there are new deals available’ (Participant no. 41).

4.3.5 Summary

The above sections describe the content analysis results. In total, 35 motives were identified from the content analysis, among which 12 motives were classified into the attributes layer, 17 into the benefits layer and six motives into the values/goals layer. To understand the relationships among motives across these three layers, the HVM needs to

234

be developed. However, before constructing the HVM, a SIM upon which to generate the HVM had to be constructed.

4.4 SIM

As described in the methodology chapter, the SIM is used to summarise the connections between each motive. In the present case, both the direct and indirect linkages are summarised in the SIM. Subjects listed a total of 829 direct linkages and 373 indirect linkages. The frequencies of linkages among motives were input into a table that yielded a 35 * 35 matrix of frequencies of linkages between all motives (Table 4-3). In the matrix, motives are listed in both the row and column headings. The numbers in each cell represent the frequencies of the motives in the row heading leading to the motives in the column heading. The number of relations was presented through numbers in a fractional form, where direct relations appear to the left of the decimal point and indirect relations to the right. For example, the number 18.09 in row A2 and column B6 indicates that the motive A2: product price led to B6: perceived value 18 times directly and nine times indirectly, through other motives.

As discussed in Chapter 3, the SIM is mainly used to generate the tree-like HVM diagram, to clearly depict the inter-relationships among motivations. Further, the relative importance of motives in each layer can be obtained by calculating centrality and prestige, as introduced in Chapter3. The results of this analysis are provided in the following sections.

235

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 A1 1 1 3 5 0.01 6.01 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 11.01 0.04 A2 1 0.01 37 18.09 0.02 0.04 0.01 0.25 2.01 3 0.10 2.07 0.07 2.11 A3 1 1 0.01 20 1.02 7 0.01 1 3 0.13 0.02 0.02 A4 1 4 3 25 1.03 1.01 1 4 8 4 1 2.04 0.01 1 0.10 1.01 0.01 1.09 A5 2 0.01 4 1.04 1 0.04 0.01 0.01 1.03 0.01 1.06 1.02 0.02 1.01 0 A6 2 1 1 1 0.01 1 4.01 14.01 21.02 0.02 1.05 3.06 1.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 2.06 A7 2 4 4 2 4 0.01 0.01 21.03 4 5.07 0.01 1.02 0.01 0.09 2.04 A8 1 27 1 0.01 4.01 2.02 9.01 1.02 2.04 0.01 2.13 1.02 1.05 0.02 6.01 0.03 2.05 2.01 A9 1 1 1 1 1 2 6 0.01 22 1.05 1.01 0.01 1.01 0.01 0.02 2 3.09 0.06 A10 5 1 3.02 A11 1 1 6 1 2.03 0.02 1.01 A12 6.01 2.01 1 1.01 0.01 0.03 2.02 B1 2 7 B2 1 2 1.02 2.01 3 3 1 2 2 23 5 0.07 2 0.03 6.01 2.01 0.01 B3 0.01 5 3.02 1 0.04 1 6 1.01 0.01 1 B4 12 4 1 14.05 0.01 7.02 2.01 7 6.02 B5 3 1 B6 1 1 17 5.01 5 6.01 B7 1 2 9 1 1 2 13.02 3.01 3.02 0.02 B8 2 3 6 8 B9 14 0.01 0.01 2.02 2 13.01 12.03 B10 7 2 1 2 1 B11 1.01 1.01 5 7.01 1 2 5 1 3.01 B12 2 5 B13 2 1 10.01 2 B14 2 2 1 2 B15 1 2 B16 1 7 2 8 B17 1 V1 1 0.01 2 0.01 1.01 2 6 V2 2 V3 2 V4 V5 V6 Table 4-3: SIM

236

4.5 Hierarchical Structure of Motives

The second objective of this research was to understand the hierarchical structure of the motivations driving online group buyers’ behaviour. To achieve this research objective, two research questions were formulated. This section deals with the second research question:

RQ2: What is the hierarchical structure of motivations that drive online group

buyer behaviour?

RQ3: What is the relative importance of different motivations driving online

group buyer behaviour?

To answer the second research question, an HVM was developed, based on data in the

SIM, as demonstrated in the following sections.

4.5.1 Cut-Off Value Selection

An HVM is normally constructed by connecting the chains formed by considering the linkages in the matrix of relations between elements. As discussed in Chapter 3, if the

HVM attempts to contain all connections that occurred in the matrix, the HVM will become too complicated and lose its essential meaning. Therefore, it is necessary to determine a cut-off level before developing an HVM.

In choosing a cut-off level, Pieters et al. (1995) state that one needs to account for a large percentage of the total number of connections that participants made between motives with a relatively small number of cells in the SIM. Sensitivity analysis— recommended by Pieters et al. (1995)—was conducted, with different cut-off points, as

237

shown in Table 4-4. In this table, cells with entries at or above the chosen cut-off level are referred to as active cells. Table 4-4 lists the number of active cells in the implication matrix for cut-off levels of one through six (column 1). For example, with a cut-off level of five, a total of 55 cells are active. It also expresses the number of active cells at each cut-off level as a proportion of the number of active cells for a cut-off level of one (column 2). Cells active at a cut-off level of one represent a connection between two elements mentioned at least once, across all subjects and ladders. Column 4 of

Table 4-4 shows how many connections between elements are retained when non-active cells are ignored. Column 5 indicates which proportion of the total number of connections actually made by respondents is accounted for at cut-off levels of one through six. As evident from the table, the higher the chosen cut-off level, the fewer relations between motives considered.

Cut-off No. of active Percentages of active No. of active Percentage of cells cells linkages active linkages 1 201 100 829 100 2 126 62.69 754 90.95 3 79 39.30 645 85.54 4 64 31.84 615 74.19 5 55 27.36 573 69.12 6 43 21.39 521 62.85

Table 4-4: Statistics for determining a cut-off level

By using the sensitivity analysis, a cut-off level of five was deemed most appropriate in the present case. At this cut-off level, the HVM accounted for 69.12 per cent of all connections between motives made by subjects using only 27.36 per cent of all possible cells in the SIM. This decision is in close agreement with Reynolds and Gutman’s (1988)

238

rule-of-thumb: that for a sample size between 50 and 60, the cut-off value may be set between three and five, depending on the situation. This decision also complies with the suggestion that the correct cut-off level decision should make the map cover at least two-thirds of all existing relations in the SIM (Reynolds et al. 1988; Valette-florence et al. 1991).

4.5.2 HVM

Once the cut-off level of five has been chosen, the HVM is gradually built up by considering the number of linkages above five in the SIM, using the procedure introduced in Chapter 3. The HVM produced is shown in Figure 4-2. The arrowheads show the direction of the connection between motives. Based on the suggestions from prior research on the presentation of HVM, the study used different shapes to represent different element levels, and lines of different thickness to represent the strength of chains between motives (Gengler et al. 1995a). Three distinct categorisations of links were defined, specifically, weaker relations (between five and nine associations), medium relations (between ten and 16 associations) and strong relations (17 or more associations). This presentation can help readers easily understand the hierarchical structure relation.

Numbers attached to arrows indicate the frequency of linkages mentioned by respondents. Both frequencies of direct and indirect linkages are marked in the connecting lines, with direct linkages to the left of the decimal and indirect linkages to the right. For instance, the number 21.03 on the line connecting corporate profile and trust means that 21 respondents mentioned that corporate profile can directly lead to

239

trust, and three respondents mentioned that it can lead to trust indirectly, through other elements. Three motives (entertainment, sensory stimulation and arousal) are not presented in the map, due to the low number of connections with other elements in the map. It is important to note that an HVM does not depict ‘redundant’ links, which would occur when two elements are linked both directly and indirectly (Reynolds et al.

1988; Wagner 2007). In such a case, only the indirect link is depicted, for the sake of simplicity.

Starting from the left side of the HVM, product price was the only attribute leading to the benefit of cost saving, which was also the strongest with 37 respondents (73.8 per cent) mentioning this linkage. Thus, to attract consumers, group buying websites need to set an optimal price for deals. Cost saving can directly lead to consumers’ perceptions of the perceived value of the products/services, further leading to satisfaction and finally achieving self-actualisation-related values, such as accomplishment and fulfilment, or resulting in loyal behaviour. One participant stated: ‘The price is relatively low as they provide a very high-level discount... I can save a lot, which can be used for other things, or to buy more products... Then I feel quite happy with this experience, for being satisfied with the low price and high quality. If the products meet my expectations then I have feeling of accomplishment, and of course will recommend it to my friends and colleagues’ (Participant no. 27).

240

Self- Purchase Social Improving Loyalty life quality actualization intention affiliation

6

8 6 8 7 Browsing intention 5 Choice Satisfaction Freedom optimization 5 7

17 6.01 7 Perceived 10.01 value 7.01 7 5

Decision 6 quality Online Perceived Perceived 12 impulsivity risk usefulness Socializing

23 5 14 9 6.01 25 Information 11.01 Trust Cost access Convenience saving 5

8 7 Ease of navigation

6.01 14.01 22 27 6 9.01 37 20 6 21.03 5 6.01 5 20

Product Product Product Service Network assortment quality Relative Information price quality externality Supplier System advantage quality profile quality Corporate Marketing Buyer profile communication experience

Strong relations (>16 times mentioned) Moderate relations (10-16 times mentioned) Value/goal Consequence Attribute Week relations (5-9 times mentioned)

Figure 4-2: HVM for online group buying motivations

241

Product assortment was the only attribute that can lead to choice optimisation, with 25 respondents mentioning this linkage. As a relatively strong relationship in the HVM, it indicated that the group buying websites should pay attention to the variety of products/brands/suppliers, to help consumers choose the right product when purchasing.

Choice optimisation can further result in consumers’ loyalty realise consumers’ self- actualisation value. As highlighted by a participant: ‘This website (dianping.com) was originally founded in Shanghai, thus it covers many local suppliers, which can satisfy consumers’ different requirements... With so many selections available, I can easily get the right product that I need... Next time, this website will be the first for me to consider when I want to purchase from group buying websites. I also recommend it to my friends. Thus, when we purchase together for food and beverages we can have a discussion’ (Participant no. 51).

Product assortment was also connected to decision quality, as well as to satisfaction, which, in turn, led to two goals: self-actualisation and loyalty.

A list of attributes can help achieve trust: service quality, information quality, product quality, marketing communication, network externality, buyer experience and corporate profile. Among these attributes, network externality was the most important, with 22 respondents mentioning the linkage between network externality and trust. The results indicated that many consumers are affected by the effects brought by other consumers, because as more consumers participate in online group buying, they would be more likely to trust online group buying websites. Following network externality, corporate profile ranked second in terms of frequency of associations with trust, with 21 direct and three indirect relations. It demonstrates that consumers consider the background of the company a signal for developing trust in a group buying website, and finally achieving higher-level benefits and goals. Service quality and information quality

242

ranked as the third and fourth factors in terms of frequency leading to trust, with linkages of 14.01 and 9.01, respectively. Other factors, such as product quality, marketing communication and buyer experience can also contribute to trust and finally lead to loyalty, purchase intention and self-actualisation. However, the relationships are weak as fewer respondents mentioned these linkages, indicating that these factors are less important compared to the other four factors (network externality, company profile, service quality and information quality). Trust was connected further to perceived risk, which, in turn, led to a sense of freedom, purchase intention and satisfaction, and ultimately to self-actualisation and loyalty through satisfaction. As the participants put it: ‘They provide better customer service. If I come across some problems after purchasing the coupon on this website (dianping.com), I can easily get a refund from this website. They have very quick response and handle the problems appropriately... I think it is a reliable website, I don’t need to worry about the potential risk of losing money... very satisfied with their honest service quality... This experience makes me continue to purchase from it in the near future’ (Participant no. 47).

And: ‘When I browse the group buying websites, I can see that thousands of people have purchased the deal... I feel that it should be reliable and worth purchasing, since so many people have chosen it... Then I will choose to purchase this deal’ (Participant no. 47).

Although relative advantage cannot directly lead to trust, it directly led to perceived risk, and finally reached the same higher-level benefits and goals as other attributes through trust.

Information quality can also contribute to information access, as 27 people mentioned this relationship, showing a strong relation between these two elements. Participants

243

indicated that information access can help them make better decisions and result in loyal behaviour, impulse buying tendency, purchase intention and self-actualisation value.

For instance: ‘As the group buying websites provide a large amount of information on local suppliers (restaurants), by browsing these websites I can get to more suppliers that I didn’t know before, and get to know more product information... Then I can easily compare different restaurants, which was not possible before with no online group buying. In the past, it was also impossible to know the restaurant information in a new city. Even if I live in Shanghai, I have no idea of how many good restaurants there are... I think this comparison can help me make better decisions, and choose the best one after comparison. I can try many new restaurants, which make my life colourful and full of enjoyment’ (Participant no. 25).

Moving towards the right, marketing communication, network externality, relative advantage, supplier profile and system quality can all lead to consumers’ perceptions of convenience. However, only relative advantage has a strong relationship with convenience, with 20 respondents mentioning this relationship. Consumer perceptions of convenience further led to perceived usefulness, satisfaction and ultimately to loyalty and self-actualisation through satisfaction. As one participant stated: ‘They provide clients software with which I can purchase coupons with my mobile phone... It is very convenient, I can purchase anywhere and anytime. When I am outside having dinner with my friends, I can purchase the movie tickets directly, without going back home. With purchasing online though group buying websites, I can select the seats by myself when I purchase... I feel quite satisfied with this experience, and will continue using it in future’ (Participant no. 35).

Finally, the sub-goal of browsing intention derives directly from the attributes of marketing communication and information quality, and benefit ease of navigation,

244

connected to system quality. The browsing intention ultimately went to the goal of purchase intention.

It will be noticed that fewer motivations are represented in the map than identified in the content analysis. This is because it is not the number of mentions that is important, but the frequency with which any two motivations are connected, determining their inclusion in the map. For instance, entertainment was mentioned ten times, as indicated in the content analysis, and there are two relations between information access and entertainment and one relation between entertainment and self-actualisation, as shown in the SIM, which are all below the cut-off level. Thus, entertainment does not appear in the HVM. Additionally, it will be noticed that some chains do not reach the value/goal level, because the relations were below the cut-off level.

4.5.3 Summary

The above sections have described the hierarchical structure of motives driving consumer online group buying behaviour. Having plotted the HVM, the relative importance of motives in the structure can be calculated.

4.6 Relative Importance of Motives in HVM

This section deals with the third research question:

RQ3: What is the relative importance of different motivations driving online

group buyer behaviour?

245

Having identified the motives of consumer online group buying behaviour, and summarised the relationships between these factors in the HVM, it is possible to compare the relative importance of motives by deriving the indices of centrality and prestige, introduced by Pieters et al. (1995). Table 4-5 summarises the centrality and prestige of each motive.

Motivations Centrality Prestige Attributes layer motivations A1: Marketing communication 0.033 0 A2: Product price 0.119 0 A3: Relative advantage 0.046 0 A4: Product assortment 0.076 0.003 A5: System quality 0.048 0.002 A6: Service quality 0.070 0.003 A7: Company profile 0.068 0.003 A8: Information quality 0.092 0.005 A9: Network externality 0.063 0.005 A10: Buyer experience 0.010 0.008 A11: Supplier profile 0.015 0.002 A12: Product quality 0.023 0.006 Benefits layer motivations B1: Socialising 0.009 0.002 B2: Information access 0.092 0.032 B3: Ease of navigation 0.040 0.017 B4: Cost saving 0.096 0.042 B5: Arousal 0.007 0.003 B6: Perceived value 0.067 0.036 B7: Convenience 0.087 0.052 B8: Choice optimisation 0.047 0.031 B9: Trust 0.131 0.088 B10: Perceived usefulness 0.039 0.028

246

Motivations Centrality Prestige B11:Perceived risk 0.092 0.067 B12: Sensory stimulation 0.022 0.016 B13 Decision quality 0.057 0.043 B14: Online impulsivity 0.031 0.025 B15: Freedom 0.018 0.016 B16: Satisfaction 0.155 0.140 B17: Entertainment 0.015 0.014 Values/goals layer motivations V1 Browsing intention 0.048 0.036 V2: Self-actualisation 0.067 0.066 V3: Purchase intention 0.083 0.082 V4: Improving life quality 0.027 0.027 V5: Loyalty 0.097 0.097 V6: Social affiliation 0.007 0.007

Table 4-5: Indices of motives

As introduced in Chapter 3, centrality reflects how frequently a particular motive is involved in linkages with other motives, and is defined as the ratio of in-degrees plus out-degrees of a particular motive over the sum of all cell-entries in the SIM (Pieters et al. 1995) (1202 in this study—the sum of both direct and indirect linkages). Prestige reflects how often a particular motive is the destination of other motives, and is defined as the ratio of in-degree of a particular motive over the sum of all cell-entries in the SIM

(Pieters et al. 1995). Thus, the higher the value of centrality or prestige, the more frequently the particular motive is involved in linkages with other motives, meaning the more important the particular motive is.

On the attributes layer, among the 12 attributes, product price is the most important, with the highest centrality (0.119), followed by information quality, with centrality of 247

0.092 and product assortment with centrality of 0.076. Thus, product price, information quality and product assortment are more frequently linked with other higher-layer motives, indicating that product price, information quality and product assortment are key attributes layer motives utilised by consumers to fulfil the higher-layer motives.

On the benefits layer, among the 17 benefits, satisfaction is the most important, with a centrality of 0.155, followed by trust, with a centrality of 0.131, and cost saving, with a centrality of 0.096, indicating their relative importance. Thus, these three motives play key roles in the structural model, as they are more frequently linked to both the attributes layer motives and values/goals layer motives. A large number of linkages are made, and special attention should be paid to these three motives, as any action towards them affects not only them but also other motives.

With respect to values and goals, the relative importance of motives can be illustrated by the index of prestige, as they are on top of the map and the destinations of other motives. As shown in Table 4-5, three values/goals (loyalty, prestige of 0.097; purchase intention, prestige of 0.082 and self-actualisation, prestige of 0.066) are far ahead of the other three (browsing intention, prestige of 0.036; improving life quality, prestige of

0.027 and social affiliation, prestige of 0.007). Thus, loyalty, purchase intention and self-actualisation are more frequently served as the destinations in the linkages, indicating that they are the main values/goals consumers seek to achieve.

From the centrality and prestige, the relative importance of motives in the HVM can be detected. With this information, respective actions can be implemented for different motives. For instance, researchers and practitioners can either focus on the more

248

important motives in the HVM to explore relevant factors that can help achieve these factors, or other less important ones to explore how to effectively improve and strengthen them.

4.7 Benefits-Based Segmentation Results

The third objective of this research was to understand different segments of consumers based on their preferred benefits. To achieve this research objective, two research questions were formulated. This section deals with these two research questions, presented below.

RQ4: Are there different groups of online group buyers based on the benefit

layer motives?

RQ5: If yes, what are the similarities and differences of the hierarchical motive

structure for different groups of consumers?

4.7.1 Cluster Analysis Results

To develop a typology of consumers based on their needs for using online group buying, a cluster analysis was conducted, based on benefit-level motives. To perform the cluster analysis, a matrix of the 17 benefits level motives (rows) and the 52 participants

(columns) was created, in which the cells were populated by the total number of times each motive was mentioned by each participant. Then the matrix was duplicated by substituting the counts with the relative percentage that a participant mentioned each dimension. For instance, in the service quality dimension, composed of eight unique constructs (assurance, compensation, contact, empathy, flexibility, responsiveness,

249

supplier management and follow-up service), if one participant mentioned three unique constructs, the total number of unique constructs s/he mentioned was 30. Therefore, the percentage of the dimension of service quality mentioned by this participant was 3/30, which is 10. A two-stage approach was conducted to perform cluster analysis (Hair et al.

1998; Punj et al. 1983), as introduced in Chapter 3. Initial solutions, using Ward’s hierarchical method, with squared Euclidean distance as a measure of similarity, provided a preliminary indication of the total number of clusters. The three-cluster solution was found to create optimal discrimination between clusters. Additionally, three distinct cluster solutions of consumers can provide the most efficient results and the most interpretable solution. Following Phang et al. (2010), the k-means cluster method was applied to the 17 benefits percentage scores for each participant. Table 4-6 shows the three-cluster analysis results, with data indicating cluster centroids for the three-cluster solution. An analysis of variance was performed, to examine the inter- cluster differences in benefit dimensions. These three groups are significantly different in the nine benefits dimensions: choice optimisation, convenience, cost saving, decision quality, information access, online impulsivity, perceived risk, trust and satisfaction.

The radar diagram (Figure 4-3) graphically shows the benefits in these three clusters.

The labelling for each cluster—cluster 1 as economic shoppers, cluster 2 as balanced shoppers and cluster 3 as destination shoppers—were determined by examining the centroid means of the factor score.

250

First cluster Second cluster Third cluster F (n=20) (n=19) (n=13) arousal 0 0.002 0.007 1.934 Choice Optimization 0.008 0.033 0.043 17.746*** Convenience 0.039 0.073 0.030 8.325*** Cost Saving 0.043 0.037 0.015 6.901** Decision Quality 0.033 0.015 0.025 3.350* Ease of Navigation 0.019 0.019 0.012 0.439 Entertainment 0.008 0.015 0.004 1.106 Freedom 0.014 0.010 0.003 0.905 Information Access 0.062 0.026 0.058 4.919* Online Impulsivity 0.011 0.015 0.036 4.092* Perceived Risk 0.068 0.023 0.032 11.079*** Perceived Usefulness 0.025 0.020 0.008 1.523 Perceived Value 0.029 0.029 0.018 0.936 Sensory Stimulation 0.019 0.021 0.025 0.143 Socializing 0.004 0.016 0.011 1.499 Trust 0.052 0.037 0.070 3.923* Satisfaction 0.074 0.061 0.011 28.511*** ***: p<0.001; **: p<0.01; *: p<0.05

Table 4-6: Cluster centroids from K-means cluster analysis

251

Figure 4-3: Radar diagram of clusters

Cluster 1, economic shoppers, is the biggest group, illustrating a sample size of 20 consumers and representing 38.46 per cent of total participants. This group scored significantly higher on cost saving, decision quality, information access, perceived risk and satisfaction. They scored low on choice optimisation and online impulsivity. The majority are students. More than half have used online group buying for one to two years. Money spent on online group buying was less than the other two groups. Females accounted for the highest percentage, compared to the other two groups. Consumers in this group were younger than in the other two groups, 45 per cent being between 19 and

24 years. With a higher level of education (80 per cent had a bachelor’s degree), their income was relatively lower than that of the other two groups.

252

Cluster 2, balanced shoppers, represents a sample size of 19 consumers, 36.54 per cent of total respondents. This group scored significantly higher on convenience. They scored low on decision quality, information access and perceived risk. This group used online group buying earlier than the other two groups of consumers, with 52.63 per cent having used it for two to three years. The money they spent on online group buying was more than group 1, but less than group 3. Males accounted for a larger proportion, compared to the other two groups. More than half (52.63 per cent) were aged between

25 and 30 years. This group had the lowest education level, with only 21.05 per cent having a bachelor’s degree.

Cluster 3, destination shoppers, represents a sample size of 13 consumers, 25 per cent of total respondents. This group scored higher on choice optimisation but low on cost saving. This group spent the most money on online group buying out of the three groups.

Their purchasing frequency in the previous year was also higher than the other two groups. Consumers in this group were older than in the other two groups, with 15.38 per cent aged between 30 and 35, and 23.08 per cent above 36. Consumers with higher salaries accounted for more of this group.

All three groups were very similar in other respects, such as arousal, ease of navigation, entertainment, freedom, perceived usefulness, perceived value, sensory stimulation and socialising. The favourite products in all three groups was food. Most consumers in all three groups purchased more than ten times in the previous year, and the majority indicated that they would continue using online group buying websites in the future.

Table 4-7 shows the different demographic information for the three groups.

253

group 1 (n=20) group 2 (n=19) group 3 (n=13) percentag N percentage N percentage N e G ender Male 4 20 5 26.32 3 23.08 Female 16 80 14 73.68 10 76.92 Age Below 19 19-24 9 45 4 21.05 3 23.08 25-30 5 25 10 52.63 5 38.46 31-35 4 20 4 21.05 2 15.38 More than 35 2 10 1 5.26 3 23.08 Highest education level High school or below 0 0 4 21.05 0 0 Some college/Diploma 3 15 10 52.63 4 30.77 Bachelor degree 16 80 4 21.05 8 61.54 Master degree or above 1 1 1 5.26 1 7.69 Monthly salary (Yuan) Less than 1000 5 25 0 0 2 15.38 1000-3000 3 15 2 10.53 1 7.69 3001-5000 5 25 8 42.11 4 30.77 5001-8000 6 30 6 31.58 5 38.46 More than 8000 1 5 2 10.53 1 7.69 Frequently purchased products Food & beverage 17 85 19 100 10 76.92 Cosmetics 1 5 1 5.26 2 15.38 Dress 2 10 6 31.58 6 46.15 Entertainment 9 45 9 47.37 4 30.77 Home furniture 3 15 2 10.53 2 15.38 Digitals 0 1 5.26 2 15.38 Hotel voucher 3 15 0 0 0 0 Outdoor sports facilities 3 15 0 0 0 0 Food & beverage 1 5 1 5.26 0 0 Experience of using online group buying 0.5-1 year 2 10 0 0 2 15.38 1-2 years 11 55 9 47.37 5 38.46 2-3 years 5 25 10 52.63 3 23.08 More than 3 years 2 10 0 0 2 15.38

254

group 1 (n=20) group 2 (n=19) group 3 (n=13) Frequency of online group buying in recent one year 1-2 times 2 10 0 0 1 7.69 3-5 times 2 10 3 15.79 2 15.38 6-10 times 2 10 4 21.05 0 0 more than 10 times 14 70 12 63.16 10 76.92 Money spent on online group buying each month (Yuan) Less than 100 2 10 0 0 2 15.38 101-300 7 35 6 31.58 0 0 301-500 7 35 5 26.32 7 53.85 501-1000 3 15 6 31.58 3 23.08 1000-2000 0 1 5.26 1 7.69 more than 2000 1 5 0 0 0 0 Time used to browse group buying website each week 1-5 hours 16 80 12 63.16 4 30.77 6-10 hours 3 15 5 26.32 7 53.85 11-20 hours 1 5 1 5.26 1 7.69 More than 20 hours 0 0 1 5.26 1 7.69 Table 4-7: Demographic information for three groups

4.7.2 SIMs for Three Clusters

As the respondents were classified into different groups, three separate SIMs summarising connections between each motive in each group were created for each cluster, as shown in Tables 4-8, 4-9 and 4-10, respectively. In group 1, 20 respondents listed a total of 336 direct linkages and 155 indirect linkages; in group 2, 19 respondents listed a total of 316 direct linkages and 151 indirect linkages; in group 3, 13 respondents listed a total of 187 direct and 76 indirect linkages. These three SIMs were used in the development of the respective HVMs for the three groups of customers.

255

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 A1 2 1 0 0 2 0.01 A2 0 17 6.1 0.01 0 0.11 1 3 0.04 0.04 0.04 2.02 A3 1 1 6 5 0.01 3 0.04 A4 1 2 1 2 0.01 1 1 1 4 1 1.03 0.02 0.01 1.01 A5 8 0.01 1.01 1 0 0 0 0.02 0.01 1.01 0.01 0.01 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1.01 2.01 10 1.02 1.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 1.01 A7 2 1 1 1 3 9.02 2 5 0.02 0.03 1.01 A8 14 1 2.01 1.01 5 1 2 0.07 0 1.05 1 0.01 0.01 1 A9 1 1 1 0.01 9 0 0.01 0.01 0.02 2.04 0.03 A10 A11 1 1 2 1.01 A12 3.01 2 1.01 0.02 0.01 B1 B2 1 0.01 1 1 2 1 1 14 2 0.07 1 0.02 2 B3 0.01 2 1 1 0.03 1 2 1 B4 8 1 1 6.03 3.01 1.01 4 2 B5 B6 9 2 2 2 B7 1 4 1 6.01 2 2.01 0.01 B8 2 B9 7 0.01 5 3.01 B10 4 2 1 1 B11 0.01 2 6 1 1 3 B12 1 3 B13 1.01 1 8.01 B14 2 B15 1 B16 1 5 2 2 B17 V1 0.01 0 1 V2 1 V3 1 V4 V5 V6 Table 4-8: SIM for Cluster 1

256

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 A1 1 1 2 4.01 0.01 5.01 0.01 A2 1 16 8.03 0.01 0.03 0.13 1.01 0.04 2.01 0.02 0.07 A3 0.01 13 1.02 0.08 0.01 0.01 A4 2 1 14 1.01 1 2 2 1.01 0.01 1 0.06 0.01 0.05 A5 9 1 0.02 0.03 1.01 0.02 1 0.01 0.01 A6 1 0.01 1 1 6 6.02 0.01 0.03 2.03 0.01 A7 3 2 1 0.01 0.01 5.01 2 0.03 0.01 1 0.02 1.01 A8 6 0.01 1 3.01 0.01 2.02 0.01 3.01 0.01 2.02 1 A9 1 1 3 7 0.03 0.01 0.01 2 0.04 0.03 A10 3 2.02 A11 1 4 0.01 A12 1 0.01 1 0.01 1.01 B1 2 4 B2 1 1.01 1 1 3 2 0.01 3 1.01 0.01 B3 2 2.01 0.01 2 0.01 1 B4 4 3 7.02 0.01 3.01 2 3.02 B5 1 B6 1 8 2.01 1 3.01 B7 1 1 4 1 1 1 6.01 1.01 1.01 0.01 B8 1 1 4 5 B9 6 0.01 0.01 2.01 1 5 4.01 B10 3 1 B11 1 0.01 3 1.01 1 1 B12 1 1 B13 1 2 1 B14 1 1 1 B15 1 1 B16 2 6 B17 1 V1 2 2 1 V2 1 V3 V4 V5 V6 Table 4-9: SIM for Cluster

257

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 A1 1 2 2 0.01 1 0.01 0.01 0.01 4 0.02 A2 5 4 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 A3 1 2 1 0.01 0.01 0.01 A4 1 9 0.01 2 3 1 1 0.01 0.02 1 0.03 A5 3 3 0.01 0.03 0.01 A6 2 6 5 0.01 1 1.05 A7 1 1 7 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 A8 1 7 1 1.01 2 0.01 0.02 0.04 1.01 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 0.02 0.01 A9 1 1 1 1 2 7 1.01 1 0.01 1 0.01 1.01 A10 2 1 A11 1 1 1 0.01 0.01 A12 2 0.01 1 B1 3 B2 1 1.01 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1.01 1 B3 1 2 0.01 B4 1 1 1 2 1 B5 3 B6 1 1 2 1 B7 1 1 B8 1 2 3 B9 2 0.01 1 3.01 5.01 B10 1 B11 1 1 3 1 2.01 B12 1 B13 1 1 B14 1 1 B15 B16 B17 V1 0.01 1 4 V2 V3 1 V4 V5 V6 Table 4-10: SIM for Cluster 3

258

4.7.3 HVM for Three Clusters 4.7.3.1 Selection of Cut-Off Values for Three Clusters

As there were different numbers of people in each group, different cut-off values had to be determined to generate the respective HVM. A sensitivity analysis was conducted to decide the cut-off values for the three groups of customers, as shown in Table 4-11.

Segment 1 (n=20) Segment 2 (n=19) Segment 3 (n=13) Cut- Active cells Active Active Active Active cells Active off linkages cells linkages linkages 1 131 (100 336 (100 125 (100 316 (100 per 98 (100 per 187 (100 per cent) per cent) per cent) cent) cent) per cent) 2 63 (48.09 268 (79.76 62 (49.60 253 (80.06 36 (36.73 per 125 (66.84 per cent) per cent) per cent) per cent) cent) per cent) 3 33 (25.19 208 (61.90 38 (30.40 205 (64.87 20 (20.41 per 93 (49.73 per cent) per cent) per cent) per cent) cent) per cent) 4 25 (19.08 184 (54.76 25 (20 per 166 (52.53 12 (12.24 per 69 (36.90 per cent per cent) cent) per cent) cent) per cent) Table 4-11: Statistics for determining cut-off level for three segments

Considering the proportion of active cells and amount of information present by applying different cut-off points in three segments, a cut-off value of three for segments 1 and 2, and two for segment 3 were considered the most appropriate cut-off values. For segment 1, 25.19 per cent of active cells explain 61.9 per cent of the information; for segment 2, 30.4 per cent of the active cells explain 64.87 per cent of the information; for segment 3, 36.73 per cent of the active cells explain 66.84 per cent of the information.

As there are a different number of people in the three groups, identifying visible differences between HVM segments is taken as evidence with face validity (De Boer et al. 2003; Renolds et al. 2001). However, due to the central role of the cut-off in determining the information content of HVMs, Boecker et al. (2008) argue that segment

259

comparison should meet three requirements in order to be deemed adequate, in particular when segments differ considerably in size. These are: 1. Equivalence: the information content of each segment, as measured by the share of active links equal or above the cut-off in total number of links, should be similar across segments. 2. Representativeness: the information content in each segment’s HVM, as defined above, should be sufficiently high to represent each segment. Reynolds and Gutman (1988) suggest a minimum of two-thirds but, depending on complexity and coding rigidity, less may be acceptable to avoid the HVM becoming intractable. 3. Proportionality: the ratio of segment size to segment specific cut-off should be similar across segments, to avoid links appearing in the HVM of a segment with a relatively low cut-off, but not in that of a segment with a relatively high cut-off, although the relative intensity (number of counts divided by segment size) of this link would be the same for all segments.

To test whether the cut-off values selected for the three segments satisfy the minimum requirement, close analysis is conducted. First, the information needed to determine cut- offs for each segment that meets the three aforementioned requirements for the adequacy of comparison are shown in Table 4-11. The information content is measured by the number of active links for a given cut-off, relative to the base cut-off = 1, when all links appear in the HVM (Gengler et al. 1995b). The listing of active cells is an additional indicator of the cut-off’s impact on information content. For equivalence, group 1 explains 61.9 per cent of information, group 2 64.87 per cent and group 3 66.84 per cent, which appears to be similar across groups and sufficiently high for each segment. For proportionality, the segment size to cut-off ratio vary little, ranging from 6.33 (19/3, group 2) to 6.66 (20/3, group 1). Thus, the cut-off values selected for each segment satisfy all requirements.

260

Having decided the respective cut-off level for the three clusters, HVMs that illustrate the hierarchical structure of motives for the three segments of customers were developed based on the respective SIM, and presented in the following sections.

4.7.3.2 HVM for Three Clusters

The three HVMs, as shown in Figures 4-4 to 4-6, illustrate the motivation hierarchy for three groups of customers.

Purchase Self- Improving Browsing Loyalty intention actualization life quality intention

5 3

Sensory Satisfaction 3 stimulation

6 4 8.01 9

3.01 4 Perceived Perceived Decision Perceived Freedom risk usefulness quality value 3 7 4 14 8

Cost Ease of Trust Convenience Information access saving navigation 10 5 3 4

3.01 9 65 14 17 8

Service Product Network Relative Information Product Product System quality quality externality advantage quality assortment price quality 3 Corporate profile

Strong relations (>65% respondents mentioned) Moderate relations (40%-60% respondents mentioned) Attribute Consequence Value/goal Week relations (<40% respondents mentioned)

Figure 4-4: HVM of Group 1 (economic shoppers, n=20) 261

Browsing Purchase Self- Social Loyalty intention intention actualization affiliation

6

Freedom Satisfaction 4

3 3 8 5 4 5 3 Socializing Perceived Decision Perceived Perceived Sensory risk quality usefulness value stimulation 5.01 3.01 6 3 4 4 3

Information Cost Ease of Choice Trust Convenience access saving navigation optimization

4.01 3.01 6 6 7 3 13 16 9 14

3 4

Marketing Information Service Network Relative Product System Product communication quality quality externality advantage price quality assortment

3 Buyer Supplier Corporate experience profile profile

Strong relations (>65% respondents mentioned) Moderate relations (40%-60% respondents mentioned) Attribute Consequence Value/goal Week relations (<40% respondents mentioned)

Figure 4-5: HVM for Group 2 (balanced shoppers, n=19)

262

Purchase Improving Self- Social intention Loyalty life quality actualization affiliation

4 2 2.01 Browsing 3 intention Perceived Decision 2 3 Sensory Perceived 2 Socializing value quality stimulation risk 2 3 6 2

Information Choice Cost Ease of Convenience Trust Arousal 4 access optimization saving navigation 4 2 2 3

5 3 3 2 7 2 9 2 2 27 6 7 2

Product System Marketing Information Product Network Service Corporate Relative price quality communication quality assortment externality quality profile advantage Buyer experience

Strong relations (>65% respondents mentioned) Moderate relations (40%-60% respondents mentioned) Attribute Consequence Value/goal Week relations (<40% respondents mentioned)

Figure 4-6: HVM for Group 3 (destination shoppers, n=13)

A review of the three HVMs reveals both significant similarities and differences. There are two similarities between the three HVMs. First, attributes, benefits and values/goals present in the three HVMs are similar. Second, relationships composed in the HVM are also similar across the three groups. For instance, product price is the only attribute that can lead to cost savings in three groups. Information quality can lead to information access, further leading to decision quality. Network externality and corporate profile can result in trust, further leading to the higher-level benefit of perceived risk and goal of purchase intention. As these linkages existed in all three groups, it is evident that all online group buyers have at least paid attention to utilising product price, information quality, network externality and corporate profile to gratifying their pursued benefits.

263

Economic Balanced Destination shoppers shoppers shoppers Chains Product price—cost saving— Strong relations Strong relations Weak relations perceived value—satisfaction—self- (final value is but weaker than actualisation/loyalty self- economic actualisation) shopper group (final goal is loyalty) Information quality—information Strong relations Weak relations Moderate access—decision quality— without relations without satisfaction—self-actualisation values/goals values/goals Product assortment—choice Without this Strong relations Strong relations optimisation—loyalty and self- chain actualisation Network externality/information Weak relations Weak relations Moderate quality/corporate profile—trust— relations perceived risk—satisfaction—self- actualisation/loyalty Relative advantage—convenience— Weak relations Strong relations Weak relations perceived usefulness— without higher- satisfaction—loyalty/self- layer benefits actualisation and values/goals Table 4-12: Contrast of HVM for three clusters

The differences between three HVMs are summarised in Table 4-12. There are five major differences between the three groups in terms of the motive hierarchy. First, the linkage between product price and self-actualisation/loyalty through cost saving, perceived value and satisfaction is strong in the hierarchy model for economic shoppers and balanced shoppers, but not for destination shoppers. However, unlike economic shoppers, cost saving for balanced shoppers would finally result in the goal of loyalty behaviour through perceived value and satisfaction, instead of the value of self- actualisation. Thus, it can be inferred that balanced shoppers are more likely to conduct repeat purchasing behaviour when their needs are satisfied, while economic shoppers are more likely to enjoy the value as the cost saving can bring a sense of accomplishment, fulfilment and enjoyment of life. 264

Second, chain of information quality—information access—decision quality— satisfaction—self-actualisation was strong only in the hierarchy model for economic shoppers. However, for destination shoppers, both marketing communication and information quality can lead to information access, different from economic shoppers and balanced shoppers, that only information quality can help achieve information access. Thus, compared to economic and balanced shoppers, destination shoppers also utilise the market communication (e.g. advertisement, promotion emails) to get information. Decision quality cannot result in higher-level benefits or values/goals for balanced shoppers and destination shoppers, due to the low number of relationships mentioned by respondents that are below the cut-off value.

Third, the product assortment—choice optimisation—loyalty/self-actualisation chain existed in the hierarchy model for balanced shoppers and destination shoppers, but not for economic shoppers, because of the low frequency of choice optimisation mentioned by economic shoppers that were below the cut-off level. This also supports the cluster analysis results that economic shoppers scored low on choice optimisation.

Fourth, although a few attributes can lead to trust in all three hierarchy models, most linkages between these attributes and trust only show strong relations in the hierarchy model for destination shoppers, in line with the results that destination shoppers emphasise the trustworthiness of group buying websites. Specifically, trust is strongly associated with network externality, service quality and corporate profile in the hierarchy model for destination shoppers, and strongly associated only with network externality in hierarchy model for economic shoppers. The results indicate that many group buyers are affected by the effects brought by other consumers, as more consumers participate in online group buying, so they would be more likely to trust group buying websites. Destination shoppers also consider the background of the company and

265

service quality of the website as a signal to develop trust towards group buying websites, and finally achieve higher-level benefits and goals. Finally, the linkage between relative advantage and convenience is only strong in the hierarchy model for balanced shoppers, which can further lead to perceived usefulness, satisfaction and finally result in loyalty behaviour. This indicates that the unique feature of online group buying is an important attribute that can be used to develop convenience perception for balanced shoppers, supporting the cluster analysis result that balanced shoppers scored high on convenience.

The results described above indicate that the three groups of online group buyers possess more differences than similarities, in terms of the hierarchical motive model.

4.8 Summary

This chapter has presented the results of the research questions proposed at the beginning of this study. Thirty-five motives driving consumer online group buying behaviour were identified from the content analysis. These motives were further arranged into a hierarchical model, illustrating how consumers’ needs are fulfilled in the online group buying context. Additionally, cluster analysis was conducted, which segmented consumers into three groups. Results indicated that different groups have different needs. Further, different needs fulfilment paths were identified in the three groups. The next chapter will discuss the main findings.

266

Chapter 5: Discussion

5.1 Introduction

This study has three objectives. The first is to understand the motivations driving consumer online group buying behaviour. Results from the content analysis found 35 motivations in three different layers influencing online consumer behaviour. The second objective is to explore the hierarchical structure of these motivations driving consumer online group buying behaviour. An HVM was built, which illustrates the hierarchical relationships between these 35 motivations. The third objective attempts to understand consumer typology, based on consumer benefits layer motives and the motive hierarchy for respective customer segments. Three clusters of online consumers were identified from the cluster analysis, named ‘economic shoppers’, ‘balanced shoppers’ and

‘destination shoppers’. Three separate hierarchical motive models were created for three groups of consumers. The following sections discuss the main findings of this study.

5.2 Understanding the Motivations Underlying Consumer Online Group Buying Behaviour

This research takes the view that to understand the motivations fully in a specific context, a qualitative study should be undertaken. These provide comprehensive and detailed information on factors motivating online consumer behaviour. Revisiting the results obtained from the data analysis, this study has a few findings related to motivation factors underlying consumer online group buying behaviour, discussed in the following sections.

267

5.2.1 Motivations in Online Group Buying—Context Matters

This study found that online consumers participate in online group buying for different reasons than the motivation factors found in other e-commerce contexts, such as B2C,

C2C or online auctions, indicating that consumer online behaviour motivations vary in different e-business model contexts. Table 5-1 below summarized the comparison of motivations between current study and extant literature. This result further demonstrates that price is definitely not the only reason for online group buying, as most people thought or claimed. There are other reasons for them to join group buying online, as argued by Shiau and Luo (2012).

268

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) Attributes layer motivations A1: Marketing communication Advertising promotions (N=21) Chen and Wu (2010) A2: Product price Lower price/discount Cheaper prices Price orientation (N=45) Chen and Wu (2010); Erdogmus Khalifa and Limayem (2003) Ganesh et al. (2010) and Cicek (2011); Liao et al. Price (2011); Yang and Mao (2014) Wagner and Rudolph (2010) Perceived price fairness Price competitiveness Kauffman et al. (2010); Tsai et al. Jin and Kim (2003) (2011)

A3: Relative advantage (N=30) A4: Product assortment Variety of goods Assortment innovation; Assortment Merchandise variety (N=45) Chen and Wu (2010); Erdogmus uniqueness Ganesh et al. (2010) and Cicek (2011) Wagner and Rudolph (2010) Product assortment Assortment seeking Koo et al. (2008) Jin and Kim (2003) Product variety Merchandise Bagdoniene and Zemblyte Rajamma et al. (2005) (2009)

269

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) Merchandise assortment Eastlick and Feinberg (1999)

A5: System quality Secure e-transaction Neat/spacious atmosphere Transaction efficiency; Web (N=27) Yeh et al. (2014) Jin and Kim (2003) page loading speed User interface Store atmosphere Khalifa and Limayem (2003) Chen and Wu (2010) Wagner and Rudolph (2010) Website attractiveness Visual appeal Ganesh et al. (2010) Liu et al. (2013) Web atmosphere; Visual design Website quality Koo et al. (2008) Tsai et al. (2011)

A6: Service quality Website quality Assurance After-sales service (N=35) Tsai et al. (2011) Rajamma et al. (2005) Koo et al. (2008) Company responsiveness Customized products or service Eastlick and Feinberg (1999) To et al. (2007) Service convenience Personalized services Jin and Kim (2003) Ganesh et al. (2010)

270

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) A7: Company profile Company reputation Reputation (N=32) Eastlick and Feinberg (1999) Chen and Barnes (2007); Kim et al. (2008); Teo and Liu (2007) Perceived size Teo and Liu (2007)

A8: Information quality Review quality Information (N=41) Zhang et al. (2014) Koo et al. (2008) Website quality Perceived informativeness Tsai et al. (2014) Kim et al. (2010) Product description Khalifa and Limayem (2003) A9: Network externality Participation volume Interpersonal influence (N=33) Yang and Mao (2014) Lin (2007) Peer referent Tsai et al. (2011) A10: Buyer experience Retail shopping experience Web experience; Web shopping (N=9) Rohm and Swaminathan (2004) experience So et al. (2005)

271

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) A11: Supplier profile (N=14) A12: Product quality Product quality (N=11) Crespo and Bosque (2010); Jarvenpaa and Todd (1996) Benefits layer motivations B1: Socializing Social interaction Communications with others

(N=10) Noble et al. (2006) having a similar interest; Social Socialization experiences outside the home Wagner and Rudolph (2010) Parsons (2002) Social motivation Social interaction Kim et al. (2005) Chang et al. (2010); Rohm and Social shopping Swaminathan (2004); Jamal et al. (2006) Social shopping Arnold and Reynolds (2003); O’Brien (2010); To et al. (2007); Information attainment Information availability Noble et al. (2006) To et al. (2007)

272

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) B2: Information access Information depth

(N=36) Bagdoniene and Zemblyte (2009) Information motivation Joines et al. (2003) Information seeking Rohm and Swaminathan (2004) B3: Ease of navigation Perceived ease of use Navigation efficiency

(N=21) Liu et al. (2013); Tsai et al. (2011); Khalifa and Limayem (2003) Yang and Mao (2014) Perceived ease of use

Childers et al. (2001); Lin (2007); Shang et al. (2005) B4: Cost saving Economic motivation Cost saving

(N=38) Kim et al. (2003) To et al. (2007) Economic utility Economic motivation Eastlick and Feinberg (1999) Joines et al. (2003) Arousal Jeong et al. (2009); Kim and

273

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) B5: Arousal Lennon (2009); Mazaheri et al.

(N=4) (2012); Rajagopal (2009)

B6: Perceived value Value shopping Value shopping

(N=31) Jamal et al. (2006) Arnold and Reynolds (2003); To et al. (2007) B7: Convenience Convenience Convenience seeking Interactive control

(N=40) Chen and Wu (2010); Liao et al. Eastlick and Feinberg (1999); Noble Joines et al. (2003) (2011); et al. (2006); Wagner and Rudolph Saving time; Site accessibility (2010) Khalifa and Limayem (2003) Facility convenience; Shopping Shopping convenience convenience Bagdoniene and Zemblyte Jin and Kim (2003) (2009); Chiang and Dholakia (2003); Childers et al. (2001); Ganesh et al. (2010); Rohm and Swaminathan (2004); To et al. (2007)

274

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) B8: Choice optimization Product availability Choice optimization Choice optimization

(N=30) Liu et al. (2013) Westbrook and Black (1985) Chang et al. (2010)

B9: Trust Trust Trust

(N=41) Yeh et al. (2014); Tsai et al. (2011) Joines et al. (2003); Kim et al. (2010); Monsuwe et al.(2004); To et al. (2007) B10: Perceived usefulness Perceived usefulness Efficiency shopping Efficiency

(N=18) Tsai et al. (2012); Zhang et al. Wagner and Rudolph (2010) O’Brien (2010) (2014) Utilitarian Perceived usefulness Jamal et al. (2006) Childers et al. (2001); Lin (2007) B11:Perceived risk Perceived risk Delivery-related risk aversion; Perceived risk

(N=38) Chen and Wu (2010) Product and payment-related risk Kim et al. (2010); Monsuwe et aversion al. (2004); Schroder and Zaharia

Schroder and Zaharia (2008) (2008) Risk-consciousness

Lee et al. (2013)

275

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) B12: Sensory stimulation Curiosity Adventure; Idea Adventure shopping

(N=19) Liao et al. (2011) Arnold and Reynolds (2003) O’Brien (2010); To et al. (2007) Exploration Inspiration; Sensory stimulation Avantgardism Erdogmus and Cicek (2011) Wagner and Rudolph (2010) Ganesh et al. (2010) Stimulation Fashion involvement Westbrook and Black (1985) Shang et al. (2005) Uniqueness seeking Idea shopping Noble et al. (2006) O’Brien (2010); To et al. (2007) Learning about new trends Parsons (2002) Sensory stimulation Chang et al. (2010) B13: Decision quality (N=29)

B14: Online impulsivity Urge to buy impulsively Impulsiveness

(N=18) Liu et al. (2013) Lee et al. (2013)

B15: Freedom (N=10)

276

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) B16: Satisfaction Price satisfaction Satisfaction

(N=42) Kauffman et al. (2010a) Anderson and Srinivasan (2003); Balasubramanian et al. (2003); Bhattacherjee (2001); Chang et al. (2008); Cyr (2008); Lin (2007); To et al. (2008); B17: Entertainment Hedonic value Hedonic shopping Emotional utility

(N=10) Zhang et al. (2014) Jamal et al. (2006) Chang et al. (2010) Recreation Perceived entertainment Wagner and Rudolph (2010) Kim et al. (2010) Pleasure of bargaining Parsons (2002) Recreation Schroder and Zaharia (2008) Values/Goal layer motivations V1: Browsing intention Browsing

(N=28) Noble et al. (2006)

277

Current study findings Equivalent motivations from past research in different contexts (N=52) Online group buying Retail shopping Online shopping (B2C/C2C) V2: Self-actualization Self-actualization Self-actualization

(N=27) Bloch et al. (1994); Kahle and Koo et al. (2008) Kennedy (1983); Shim and Eastlick (1998); V3: Purchase intention (N=33)

V4: Improving life quality Wagner and Rudolph (2010)

(N=13)

V5: Loyalty (N=33) Loyalty to local merchants Noble et al. (2006) V6: Social affiliation Interpersonal value Affiliation Peer group attraction

(N=7) Zhang et al. (2014) Westbrook and Black (1985) Parsons (2002) Sense of virtual community Social Affiliation Tsai et al. (2011) Ganesh et al. (2010); Koo et al. (2008) Social motivation Joines et al. (2003)

Table 5-1: A comparison of motivations between current study and extant literature

278

These identified motivations were found to belong to three different layers: attributes, benefits and values/goals, rather than a simple list of motivations unrelated to each other, as shown in most studies exploring motivations in the online group buying context

(Yang et al. 2014; Yeh et al. 2014; Zhang et al. 2013) and other e-business model contexts (Bagdniene et al. 2009; Chang et al. 2010; Ganesh et al. 2010). Findings of the motivations across different layers in this study extend the results of most studies of the online group buying context or other e-business contexts, by systematically covering motivations in different layers. This study not only covers the attributes layer motives that have been examined most in the literature, but also the benefits layer motives, addressed less frequently, and the values/goals layer motives that are rarely considered.

These benefits layer motives are the needs online group buyers seek to gratify through online group buying behaviour. These values/goals layer motives carry more importance for explaining online group buyer behaviour, as evidence suggests that values are the main drivers of consumer behaviour (Lopez-Mosquera et al. 2011). Thus, the benefits layer and values/goals layer motives are supposed to have more explanatory power than the attributes layer motives for consumer behaviour in online group buying.

As Fishbein and Ajzen (1975) argued, attributes are the base elements that are fundamental motives for buying behaviour, whereas the benefits and values/goals are the final elements related to an individual’s active and conscious buying behaviour.

Overall, by simultaneously covering all three layer motives to examine joint driving power, the findings of three layer motives on one hand captures the different aspects in the motivation process, and on the other hand explains a large percentage of variance in online consumer behaviour, predicting without sacrifice the lower-level attributes that can provide actionable suggestions to both researchers and e-marketers.

By comparing the both the content and layer of the motivations identified in this study with motivations in extant literature in different context in Table 5-1, several interesting findings are discussed below. 279

First, this study found that ‘product price’ and ‘cost saving’ are the most important motivations for online group buying behaviour, mentioned by the largest number of people, different to the results of studies conducted in normal e-commerce contexts, in which price was found to have little importance to consumers (Chang et al. 2010;

Chiang et al. 2003; Rohm et al. 2004). Thus, product price and cost saving are demonstrated to be unique to the online group buying context, as most online group buyers also conduct online shopping behaviour, as shown in a report by CNNIC

(CNNIC). Moreover, this result is consistent with motivation literature in the online group buying context. For instance, when Chen and Wu (2010) investigated the reasons and motivations making consumers enthusiastic about online group buying, they found that lower price is an important motive. Erdogmus and Cicek’s (2011) results indicated that price opportunity was the primary motive for participating in online group buying.

Using a data mining approach, Liao et al. (2011) found that the main reasons for consumers’ participation in online group buying were good product quality and low price. Yang and Mao’s (2014) study also demonstrated that price positively correlates with search and purchase intention in the online group buying context. Thus, compared to normal B2C or C2C e-commerce, price is more important in the online group buying context.

Second, the attributes layer motive of ‘network externality’, ‘corporate profile’ and

‘relative advantage’ were found to be important in the online group buying context.

Network externality theory has been employed in the contexts of mobile communication, online gaming and social networking (Lin et al. 2011a; Yang et al. 2010), to explain consumer behaviour. According to network externality theory, the value or effect that users obtain from a product or service bring more values to consumers with an increase in users, complementary products or services (Katz et al. 1985). This research found that ‘network externality’ plays an important role in driving consumer online group buying behaviour as well, with more than half of respondents mentioning the effect of 280

network externality. Both direct and indirect network externalities have been found

(Gupta et al. 2008; Lin et al. 2008). From a direct network externality perspective, when there are more users of online group buying the individual can sense from transaction volumes on the group buying websites or more friends and relatives around the individual using online group buying, the more likely the individual will be motivated to participate in online group buying. From an indirect network externality perspective, the study found that online group buying websites provide many complementary services. For example, mobile phone client software, providing many benefits, such as access convenience. Such services increased consumer perceptions of the value of using group buying websites, and they are then more likely to be motivated to use online group buying. This finding suggests that online group buyers are strongly influenced by the number of other buyers, the number of friends/relatives participating in online group buying, or when complementary resources such as online supporting tools and applications are diverse. It further confirms Yang and Mao’s (2014) results that crowd effects can affect consumer purchasing behaviour in online group buying. However, given the different e-business models, whether network externality works in other e- business model environments should be the subject of further investigation.

Regarding corporate profile, the majority of previous studies only considered the company reputation in motivating online consumer behaviour in e-commerce (Chen et al. 2007b; Kim et al. 2008b; Qureshi et al. 2009; Teo et al. 2007), without considering the influence of perceptions of entire corporate profiles on online consumer behaviour, or decisions in online group buying contexts or other e-business model contexts

(Shareef et al. 2008a). Results of this study illustrate that online consumers still consider other aspects of corporations running group buying websites, including website history, whether it is a homogenous product seller and the market coverage of the corporation, which extends the findings of previous research. Thus, future research should also incorporate other aspects of corporate information when examining the impacts of 281

corporate related information on consumer behaviour or decisions, rather than only considering the reputation and perceived size of the company running the website. This information is important in the e-commerce context, especially in the online group buying context, because of the absence of product cues on websites with which customers can evaluate product quality and the involvement of third party suppliers.

The objective advantages of online group buying are categorised as relative advantage, also emphasised by the majority of online group buyers. This result confirms Roger’s innovation diffusion theory that the relative advantage of an innovation is one of the key influencing factors for innovation adoption. In the online group buying context, the study found that some unique characteristics of online group buying—such as the availability of packages for food and beverages (three and five to eight people packages) and time restrictions for transactions—are key factors influencing consumers’ online group buying behaviour. Although previous research exploring online group buyer motivations have claimed various benefits or convenience that online group buying can bring (Liao et al. 2011; Tai et al. 2012), they focused more on the benefits layer, so little is known about the basic attributes layer advantages. By organising motivations into different layers, the results of this study provide this overlooked information.

Third, results of this study demonstrate that the benefit layer motivation of choice optimisation and the value of self-actualisation play vital roles in the online group buying context. Choice optimisation was introduced by Westbrook and Black (1985) as one motivation in the traditional offline shopping context, and was found to be an important motive by Chang et al. (2010) in the online shopping context. Findings of this study demonstrate that choice optimisation is an extremely important benefit for consumers of online group buying, mentioned by more than half of the participants.

Westbrook (1985) argued that shopping might be construed as a process of market searching to fill individual assortment requirements. Although most previous research in 282

the e-commerce context has emphasised the importance of product variety, few have examined the benefit layer motive of choice optimisation, a higher-level need that online consumers seeking to gratify. As this study demonstrates the importance of choice optimisation in the online group buying context, more studies are needed to explore this in other e-business contexts.

Although motivation studies in the e-commerce context seldom examine or include personal values as underlying motives driving online consumer behaviour, several studies in the traditional retail shopping context have illuminated the effects of personal value in driving consumer behaviour or intention. For instance, Shim and Eastlick (1998) found that shoppers who place strong self-actualisation values of self-fulfilment, sense of accomplishment, self-respect and social affiliation value are more likely to have a favourable attitude towards regional malls than those with weaker values, in line with the results of Kahle (1983) and Bloch et al.’s (1994) studies. In the e-commerce context, only Koo et al. (2008) have attempted to posit the personal value of self-actualisation and social affiliation as the critical factors of underlying motives that lead an individual to shop online. Thus, the findings of this study extend the results of previous studies in e-commerce, which ignored personal values as motivations. That is, despite the dominant power of various benefits verified in previous motivation studies of online group buying or other e-business contexts, the importance of self-actualisation should not be ignored or taken lightly. The findings of the self-actualisation value suggest that consumers utilise online group buying to gratify their terminal value for respect, self- fulfilment and sense of accomplishment. Future research should also include these values in explaining consumer online behaviour.

Fourth, it was found that a few motivations—socialising, entertainment and social affiliation—were not as important as prior literature in the e-commerce context suggested, with few people mentioning these motives (less than 20 per cent). For 283

instance, Parsons (2002), Joines et al. (2003), Chang et al. (2010) and O’Brien (2010) all found social aspect motives of socialising and social affiliation to be important motives in the context of B2C and C2C e-commerce. They argued that one important opportunity for online shoppers is that they can enjoy making friends with others from around the world, without face-to-face interaction, as the Internet provides a diverse, accessible and convenient platform for communication. Additionally, Schroder and

Zaharia (2008) and O’Brien (2010) found that the recreational motive is an important hedonic aspect factor driving consumer behaviour in the e-commerce context. Despite the significance of these motives in the e-commerce context, this study found that online group buyers care less about the social or hedonic aspects of motives. Compared to normal online shoppers transacting via B2C or C2C e-commerce, online group buyers are less likely to use the online group buying platform for socialising and entertainment. This finding deserves attention from both researchers and practitioners.

Finally, although many more motives have been identified in the online group buying context than other e-commerce contexts, this study found that a few key motives of the

B2C and C2C e-commerce contexts can be applied to online group buying as well.

These include convenience (Chiang et al. 2003; Khalifa et al. 2003), information access

(Crespo et al. 2010), information quality (Bagdniene et al. 2009), product assortment

(Bagdniene et al. 2009), service quality (Khalifa et al. 2003), perceived risk, trust

(Joines et al. 2003; Kim et al. 2010b; Monsuwe et al. 2004; Schroder et al. 2008; To et al. 2007) and satisfaction (To et al. 2007), which have been extensively examined in most e-commerce motivation studies. However, as this study is qualitative in nature, the convenience motive identified covers a wider range of dimensions compared to previous studies (Bagdniene et al. 2009; Rohm et al. 2004; Schroder et al. 2008; To et al.

2007) ranging from the information access stage to the post-purchase stage. The results demonstrate that all aspects of convenience carry nearly equal importance in influencing online consumers, not only confirming the importance of convenience for online group 284

buyers, but also integrating the results of prior studies by considering all possible aspects of convenience that online group buying can bring. Moreover, the results demonstrate that in the online group buying context, although some consumption is performed offline in the physical store (for service products), all transactions are made via the Internet. Like other e-commerce models, online group buying also suffers from various risks, and takes advantage of information access capabilities.

Overall, this study found a few motivations unique to the online group buying context, although it confirmed that some motivations important in other e-business model contexts apply to online group buying as well. This confirmed the argument made at the beginning of this study that motivations are context specific. The findings also reaffirm

O’Brien et al.’s (2010) assertion that motivations will vary as a consequence of domain, application type or individual differences. It is problematic to apply the motivations identified in other e-commerce contexts directly to online group buying. Further, these findings demonstrate that the major reasons for people to participate in online group buying are utilitarian, such as convenience, access to information and cost saving. The social and hedonic aspect motivations, emphasised in previous studies on other e- business models, are found to be less important for online group buyers. This suggests that researchers and practitioners should make functional benefits the utmost priority for studying online group buyer behaviour or building effective websites and strategizing.

5.3 Understanding the Hierarchical Relationships Among Motivations

The second research objective was to explore the hierarchical relationships between online group buying motivations. To get an overall picture of the inter-relationships among motivations identified, an HVM was developed, illustrating the hierarchical structure of these motives. The results demonstrate that the three layer motives are hierarchically related. The attribute layer motives, such as information quality, service 285

quality and network externality serve as the fundamental motives to help online consumers gratify their instrumental (information access, convenience), psychological

(perceived risk, trust) or social needs (socialising), which in turn lead to values/goals layer motives (self-actualisation, social affiliation), as shown in the HVM. The chains found in this study which constitute the HVM were summarized and compared with chains or causal relationships in extant literature in Table 5-2. This finding extends the results of most prior motivation studies of online group buying and the e-commerce fields, which normally ignored the inter-relationships among motivations. Additionally, it complemented the deficiency in literature and solved the challenges related to motivations in e-commerce when it comes to understanding and explaining online purchasing behaviour, specifically discussed below.

First, the findings of this hierarchy of motivations in the online group buying context confirms theories from psychology and organisational behaviour. For instance,

Maslow’s hierarchical needs theory and MEC theory state that human motivations are hierarchical in nature. They extend the results of previous studies in online group buying by not only providing the salient values/goals layer motives (self-actualisation, social affiliation, loyalty) involved in online group buying ignored in the literature

(Yang et al. 2014; Yeh et al. 2014), but also illustrating how to achieve these values/goals layer motivations. Additionally, the benefits layer motivations bridge the connection between attributes and values/goals layer motives. The hierarchy results not only provided information on what the benefits level motives are, but also indicated how to achieve these benefits motives and why they are important. By uncovering this information, this study corresponded to researchers’ call for more studies to explore online motivation hierarchy in the e-commerce context and filled a gap in e-commerce literature. For instance, Koo et al.’s (2008) study indicates that personal value of social affiliation and self-actualisation produce motivations to seek benefits, while the seeking of benefits in turn leads online customers to evaluate certain website attributes. They 286

called for more studies in the e-commerce context to explore the inter-relationships between different online buying motivation layers. Wagner (2007) also called for studies to explore motivation hierarchies in the e-commerce context. This overlooked area in e-commerce and IS deserve attention, as reducing motivation to only one isolated layer is to oversimplify considerably.

Second, the relative importance of the linkages has been indicated in the hierarchical model, in terms of the frequency mentioned by participants. It adds to the current literature on online group buying by providing a strong framework that e-marketers can use to gain a deeper understanding of online consumers’ perceptions within online group buying environments. With such a framework, researchers can narrow their research scope to gather valuable information. For instance, the chains of product price—cost saving—perceived value—satisfaction, information quality—information access—decision quality—satisfaction, network externality—trust—perceived risk— satisfaction are more important in the HVM, which can be seen in a straightforward manner. Thus, researchers can focus on these relationships to confirm whether these motives are vital in driving consumer online group buying behaviour, and how strong these relationships are. Additionally, the chain of socialising—social affiliation— system quality—arousal—browsing intention is found to be relatively less important for online group buyers. These findings demonstrate the inappropriateness of adopting motivation factors and findings in other e-business contexts (Ahn et al. 2004; Lin

2007a) as this may provide misleading information for e-marketers.

287

Chains in this study Equivalent relationships in extant literature Authors Context

Purchase Tsai et al. Online Price Improve intention life quality (2011); group 7 Self- Yang and buying Product Cost Perceived 7 actualization 37 12 17 Satisfaction Mao (2014) price saving value 8 Loyalty Process Cai and Xu Online 5 value Purchase (2006) shopping intention Satisfaction Loyalty

Outcome value Cost Purchase To et al. Online saving intention (2007) shopping Choice Sense of Westbrook Traditional Loyalty Product Choice 8 optimization achievement 25 assortment optimization and Black retail 6 Self- (1985) shopping actualization Assortment Noble et al. Traditional Loyalty seeking (2006) retail shopping

Product Loyalty Koo et al. Online assortment (2008) shopping

288

Online Information Noble et al. Traditional Loyalty impulsivity attainment 5 (2006) retail Loyalty Information Information Decision 8 shopping 27 23 10.01 Satisfaction quality access quality 7 Self- actualization Information Purchase To et al. Online 6.01 availability intention Purchase (2007) shopping intention

Firm Jin et al. Online Service quality Trust Satisfaction Loyalty reputation shopping (2008) Information quality Purchase 14.01 intention Perceived Kim et al. Online 9.01 Product quality informativeness 5 Loyalty Purchase (2010b) shopping 6.01 Trust 8 intention Marketing Perceived 6.01 Trust 14 7.01 Satisfaction Perceived communication risk 7 Self- actualization entertainment Network 22 5 externality Freedom 5 Firm Kim et al. Online Buyer 21.03 reputation Purchase (2008b); Teo shopping experience Trust Risk intention Information and Liu Corporate quality profile (2007)

289

Participation Purchase Yang and Online volume intention Mao (2014) group Vendor Trust buying reputation

Tsai et al. Online Trust Purchase (2011) group intention Sense of buying virtual community Web Koo et al. Online atmosphere (2008) shopping Visual design Loyalty After-sales service Information quality Website Tsai et al. Online quality Perceived Purchase (2011) group usefulness intention Perceived buying ease of use

290

Convenience Noble et al. Online System quality Loyalty 20 Ease of seeking (2006) shopping Marketing navigation communication 5 5 Self- actualization Network 7 externality 6 Perceived Wagner Traditional Convenience 9 7 Satisfaction Satisfaction usefulness 8 Relative 20 Finding the (2007) shopping advantage Loyalty 6 Convenience right product easily Supplier Contentment profile Store Wagner Traditional uncrowded (2007) shopping Space inside Fast Convenience Contentment store shopping

Store layout

Table 5-2: A comparison of chains/interrelationships between current study and extant literature

291

Third, a closer examination of the motive hierarchy reveals a few new relationships that have not been tested or proposed in the literature. Specifically, the product assortment— choice optimisation—self-actualisation/loyalty relationship has been found to be important in the HVM in this study. This confirms Westbrook’s (1985) proposition that choice optimisation is an important factor affecting consumer purchasing behaviour in shopping contexts, and that self-fulfilment or self-actualisation, and the need for achievement, can be derived from finding exactly the right product. Additionally, this study discovers that ‘network externalities’ can influence both trust and convenience, although the relationship to convenience is not as strong as to trust. This suggests that the individual consumer strongly believes the breadth of his/her friends/other consumers using online group buying websites is great, or when complementary resources (such as various supporting tools and applications) are diverse, the degree of trustworthiness of that group buying website is naturally higher, and the degree of convenience perception for online consumers higher. This study found that the most important attribute leading to convenience was relative advantage, ignored in e-commerce literature. This finding demonstrates that the relative advantage feature of online group buying brings the benefit of convenience, which can result in higher-level benefits and values.

Finally, a list of relationships that have been empirically tested in the literature are confirmed in this study. For instance, service quality, corporate profile and information quality can lead to trust and strong relationships, as mentioned by a large number of online group buyers. This finding is consistent with the results in Qureshi et al. (2009),

Jin et al. (2008), Chen and Barnes (2007b), Metzger (2006) and Kim et al.’s (2008b) studies, who found that information quality and reputation are antecedents of trust in the online shopping context. Further, Ribbink et al. (2004) and Kassim et al. (2008) found that user experience and service quality are important antecedents of trust. Thus, it appears that in the online group buying context, online consumers have an urgent need for various signals to build trust. The relationship between trust and perceived risk is 292

also strong and consistent with a list of studies in the e-commerce context (Connolly et al. 2008; Kim et al. 2008b). Additionally, the relationships between perceived value, satisfaction, loyalty and self-actualisation also confirm the results from a list of studies in the e-commerce context (Awad et al. 2008; Teo et al. 2007).

This study identified the hierarchical relationships between online group buying motives and built a hierarchical motive model. Such a hierarchical motive model not only illustrates the inter-relationships between motives, but also the relative importance of these relationships, which extended the results of most studies in the online group buying context by providing a comprehensive understanding of the motives driving consumers’ online group buying behaviour. Additionally, such a hierarchical model can help researchers accurately clarify the measurement items for corresponding motives, and serve as foundations for future research in the online group buying context.

5.4 Understanding Typologies of Customers

The third objective was to understand the typologies of consumers based on benefits layer motivations, and uncover the hierarchical motive model for each segment of online group buyers. This study found three groups of online group buyers: economic shoppers, balanced shoppers and destination shoppers, with distinct values/goals creation paths. As benefits layer motivations were utilised to segment the online group buyers, it is found that the three groups of consumers differ significantly in terms of benefits layer motivation of choice optimisation, convenience, cost saving, decision quality, information access, online impulsivity, perceived risk, trust and satisfaction.

When examining the specific motivation typologies, it was found that the shopper clusters in online group buying contexts predicted benefits layer motivations generated by each consumer, rather than a rating scale based on a list of motivation variables or attributes variables, fundamentally different from existing shopper typologies both in 293

terms of the total number of clusters and information about different clusters in other e- commerce or offline shopping contexts. Table 5-3 and Table 5-4 below summarized the comparison of shopper typologies between current study and extant literature.

294

Current study findings (obtained using Typologies from past research Authors Context online group buying benefits) Economic shoppers Bargain seekers Ganesh et al. Online shoppers Characterised by higher score on cost saving, Price-oriented shoppers who enjoy hunting for (2010) decision quality, information access, perceived and finding bargains. Seem to be more proactive risk and satisfaction, and lower score on in search and less interested in waiting to being choice optimisation and online impulsivity. informed about alternatives on the Internet Economic shoppers Brown et al. (2003) Online shoppers Primarily interested in getting the best possible value for their money. Economic shoppers Westbrook and Traditional retail Characterised by high score on economic value Black (1985) shoppers and choice optimisation. Balanced shoppers Balanced buyer Rohm and Online shoppers Characterised by higher score on convenience, Score high on convenience and lowest in his or Swaminathan medium score on cost saving and choice her tendency to plan the shopping task or seek (2004) optimisation, and lower score on information information. The balanced buyer is moderately access, perceived risk, and trust. motivated by the desire to seek variety. Basic shoppers Ganesh et al. Online shoppers Task oriented shoppers motivated by web (2010)

295

Current study findings (obtained using Typologies from past research Authors Context online group buying benefits) shopping convenience dimension and e-store essentials. Not interested in merchandise variety. Convenience-oriented shoppers Brown et al. (2003) Online shoppers Distinguished by its high values on convenience, shopping enjoyment, and price dimensions. They also enjoy shopping around to find the best prices Destination shoppers Destination shoppers Ganesh et al. Online shoppers Characterised by high score on choice Motivated to keep up with trends and to create a (2010) optimisation, online impulsivity, and trust, low new image and by merchandise variety and score on cost saving and satisfaction. website attractiveness. Variety seeker Rohm and Online shoppers Score high on variety seeking across alternatives Swaminathan and product types and brands, and moderate on (2004) convenience.

Table 5-3: A comparison of shopper typologies in this study with similar typologies in extant literature

296

Research study Context Typology base Number of segments Cluster names Current study Online group buyers Benefits of online group 3 segments Economic, balanced, buying destination Arnold and Reynolds Retail shoppers Hedonic shopping motivations 5 segments Enthusiast, gatherers (2003) providers, minimalist, providers, traditionalists Brown et al.(2003) Online shoppers Purchase motivations 7 segments Apathetic, convenience, economic, involved, local, personalised, recreational, Ganesh et al.(2010) Online shoppers E-store attributes importance 6 segments Destination, apathetic, basic, bargain seekers, shopping enthusiasts, and risk averse Ganesh et al. (2010) Online shoppers Online shopping motivations 7 segments Interactive, destination, apathetic, e-window shoppers, basic, bargain seekers, and shopping enthusiasts Jamal et al. (2006) Retail shoppers Shopping motivation 6 segments Apathetic, budget conscious, disloyal,

297

Research study Context Typology base Number of segments Cluster names escapist, independent perfectionist, socialising Jin and Kim (2003) Retail shoppers Shopping motives 4 segments Apathetic, leisurely- motivated, socially- motivated, utilitarian Reynolds et al. (2002) Retail shoppers Retail attributes 5 segment Apathetic, basic, destination, enthusiasts, serious shoppers Roham and Swaminathan Online shoppers Online shopping motivations 4 segments Balanced, convenience, (2004) store-oriented, variety seekers Westbrook and Black Retail shoppers Motivations 4 segments Apathetic, choice (1985) optimising shoppers, economic, shopping process-involved.

Table 5-4: A comparison of shopper typologies between current study and extant literature

298

5.4.1 Economic Shoppers

The first cluster identified was named economic shoppers, which constituted the largest proportion of online group buyers. Results show that economic shoppers scored higher on cost saving, decision quality, information access, perceived risk and satisfaction, but scored low on choice optimisation and online impulsivity. Although economic shoppers share some characteristics with economic shoppers in other segmentations studies

(Brown et al. 2003; Westbrook et al. 1985), there are many characteristics not illustrated in those studies. In terms of similarities, the common characteristics of economic shoppers across segmentation studies in different contexts (retail shopping and e- commerce) is that the main motivations are low price and cost saving (Brown et al.

2003; Westbrook et al. 1985).

As anticipated, the findings suggest that most previous studies failed to comprehensively examine consumer motivations in e-commerce environments. This is illustrated in the differences between economic shoppers in this and prior studies. This study found that economic shoppers are also motivated by information seeking related motivations, such as information access. This result did not arise in any other motivation-based segmentation studies, as most used a rating scale based on a list of a priori motivations to segment online consumers, ignoring information access. This finding indicates that economic shoppers in the online group buying context are price- oriented shoppers who enjoy locating bargains. They are proactive in searching for information online, comparing alternatives and finding bargains.

The sample size of economic shoppers in the online group buying context is also different to economic shoppers in other contexts. It was found that the sample size composed of economic shoppers in this study was larger than economic shoppers in other studies. This further confirmed that product price and cost saving are the most 299

important motives for online group buyers, while in other e-commerce and offline shopping contexts, this aspect of the motive dimension was deemed less important and emphasised by fewer consumers.

Compared to the other two groups of online group buyers, it was found that economic shoppers do not care about choice optimisation, as this motive is absent only in the

HVM for this group of online group buyers. This result is inconsistent with findings in

Ganesh et al.’s (2010) study in online shopping contexts that economic shoppers score moderately high on product variety. However, as seen in the results, product variety was present in the HVM for economic shoppers, even with the absence of choice optimisation. It was used to gratify the decision quality need. This illustrates that economic shoppers still utilise product variety to fulfil the need of better decision quality, other than choice optimisation. This further illustrates the necessity of segmenting consumers based on benefit layer motives, and exploring relationships among these motivations, rather than on the attributes layer or a list of motivation factors not differentiated by layers. Otherwise, as in this case, without considering the benefit layer motivations and the hierarchy structure of motives for online group buyers, researchers may misinterpret the information, as economic shoppers emphasised choice optimisation too, because they rate high or moderately on product variety.

Overall, findings on economic shoppers demonstrate that price is the main concern for economic shoppers. Concurrently, economic shoppers like to search for information to have better decision quality. The satisfaction of their online group buying process mainly comes from the perceived value obtained with cost saving, and the better decision quality obtained with enough information accessed. As this is the largest group of online consumers, e-marketers may focus on providing competitive prices and high quality information to satisfy economic shoppers and successfully attract and retain them. 300

5.4.2 Balanced Shoppers

The second cluster-balanced category of shoppers accounted for 36.54 per cent of respondents. In this cluster, consumers scored highest for the benefit of convenience among the three clusters, referring to online group buyers’ time and effort perceptions of buying or using services (Seiders et al. 2000). Cost saving and choice optimisation scored as medium among the three groups.

The balanced shoppers in this study were similar to those in Rohm and Swaminathan’s

(2004) study in the online shopping context, who found that balanced shoppers desire convenience, care less about information seeking and are moderately motivated by the desire to seek variety, all similar to the results of this study. However, this study found that balanced shoppers in the online group buying context also emphasise cost saving and product price, not included in Rohm and Swaminathan’s (2004) study due to their exclusion of the motivation of cost saving and product price. The findings about balanced shoppers in this study also share some characteristics with Brown et al.’s

(2003) convenience-oriented shoppers, distinguished by its high score on convenience, enjoyment and price dimensions, and Ganesh et al.’s (2010) basic shoppers, who are convenience and price oriented. However, choice optimisation was excluded in both of these studies. This again illustrates that incomprehensively using motivations to segment consumers may cause the problem of inaccurately describing the profiles of each segments. Without understanding that cost saving, convenience and choice optimisation are all important for balanced shoppers, e-marketers cannot efficiently make appropriate strategies for attracting balanced shoppers.

Compared to economic and destination shoppers, it was found that balanced shoppers require more benefits from online group buying, as more linkages in the HVM were shown to be relatively strong. Additionally, comparing the HVM for balanced shoppers 301

with that for economic shoppers, it was found that balanced shoppers are more likely to become loyal consumers when their needs are fulfilled.

Overall, this cluster suggests that balanced shoppers have a relatively strong preference for acquiring purchases in a convenient manner. However, they also enjoy shopping around to find the best prices and to locate the right products for their needs. To attract and retain balanced shoppers, marketers can utilise relative advantages to offer convenience for online group buyers, and pay attention to offering competitive price and variety of products to help save costs and get the products they want.

5.4.3 Destination Shoppers

The third cluster, destination shoppers, accounted for 13 per cent of respondents, so was the smallest group. They demonstrated highest cluster centroid scores on the benefit of choice optimisation, online impulsivity and trust among the three clusters, and scored low on cost saving and satisfaction.

Destination shoppers share some characteristics with the variety seekers in Rohm and

Swaminathan’s (2004) study, mainly motivated by variety seeking and moderately motivated by information seeking. However, the difference is that destination shoppers care about the trust issue in an online group buying context, while in Rohm and

Swaminathan’s (2004) study they ignored this by excluding trust, privacy or security- related issues in their study. The category also shares some characteristics with the balanced shoppers in Ganesh et al.’s (2010) study, which found that balanced shoppers care most about product variety, followed by website security issues. However, their study did not concern the information access motivation in the online shopping context, so failed to indicate how destination shoppers evaluate the importance of information access motivations. 302

Compared to economic and balanced shoppers it was found that destination shoppers do not care much about price and cost saving, emphasised by the other two groups of consumers. Destination shoppers care more about trust when searching for the right product to meet their needs. Ganesh et al. (2010) found that bargain/economic shoppers seem to be more proactive in searching and less interested in waiting to be informed.

Results in this study support their findings, that compared to economic shoppers, destination shoppers are also interested in waiting to be informed to get information.

Overall, destination shoppers are mainly motivated by choice optimisation and moderately motivated by information access, trust and perceived risk. Although destination shoppers was the smallest group of online group buyers, they spent the most money in online group buying of three groups. To attract destination shoppers, group buying websites need to provide a variety of products to gratify their choice optimisation needs, and provide high quality information and service to improve their trust perception.

5.4.4 Summary

Overall, the findings indicate the existence of different shopper typologies for online group buying than other shopping contexts. This confirmed Brown et al.’s (2003) arguments that different clusters of shoppers would have been found if consumer motivations were measured in different ways, or in different purchasing situations. This research also corresponds to their call for the collection of qualitative data through the use of interviews or focus groups to identify motivations of more relevance to consumers. Results demonstrate that online group buying is a different e-business model with different segments, and should not be treated in the same manner as other B2C or C2C e-businesses, by e-marketers or theorists.

303

Chapter 6: Conclusions

6.1 Introduction

This chapter discusses the implications of this research, from both theoretical and practical perspectives. The limitations of this research are included, followed by suggestions for future research. It concludes by summarising the study.

6.2 Implications

This research has yielded some interesting findings with respect to online group buyer motivations and the typologies of consumers in the online group buying context.

Responding to the research objectives, a critical discussion was presented, based on the findings. Summaries of the research implications for researchers and practitioners are presented in the following sections.

6.2.1 Theoretical Implications

A major implication of this study concerns consumer motivations in the online group buying context. While prior research has examined consumer motivations for using online group buying, this study applies new perspectives to reformulate such issues, and sheds new light on online consumer behaviours. Further, to understand typologies of online group buyers in the e-market place, a new segmentation method was employed, which offers valuable insights for future research. Overall, this study extended the existing research by using a qualitative approach to provide a more comprehensive understanding of online consumer motivations and online group buyer segments in the

304

online group buying context. Specifically, this study offers theoretical implications from the following perspectives.

6.2.1.1 Adding Knowledge to E-Commerce Literature

As a timely topic and using a new approach for analysing online consumers’ motivations for online group buying behaviour, this study contributes to the current knowledge of e-commerce in general, and online group buying in particular.

Specifically, it contributes to e-commerce knowledge in the following perspectives.

Firstly, as a new e-business model in the e-marketplace, online group buying is gradually interesting researchers, as it is widely accepted by online consumers.

However, most of extant literature on online group buying is quantitative in nature, exploring limited factors motivating online group buyers’ behaviour. This study is the first (to the best of the author’s knowledge) to use a qualitative approach to provide exploratory insights into consumers’ motivations for online group buying behaviour, It challenges the prevailing assumption that price is the only motivation for consumer online group buying behavior. It represents the first systematic effort to provide a comprehensive list of motivation factors across different layers. These comprehensive motivation factors can not only help researchers better understand online group buyers and online group buying phenomenon, but also help to distinguish online group buying model with existing B2C/C2C e-commerce model. By understanding these comprehensive motivation factors, researchers further explore other interesting issues in online group buying based on results in this study. Moreover, it generates specific items that can be used to measure different motivations. Overall, this qualitative exploratory research complements existing studies quantitatively examining consumer motivations, by providing more supplementary information.

305

Secondly, as online group buying is a relatively new e-business model, majority studies exploring motivations factors of online group buying behavior examined the individual effects of factors on online group buying behaviour, and did not examine the integrative effects of motivations, nor explore inter-relationships between motivation factors. Thus, this study provides an initial step to understand the inter-relationships between these motives. It challenges the prevailing assumptions in prior e-commerce studies exploring motivations that motivation factors belong to the same level which are unrelated to each other (Bagdniene and Zemblyte, 2009; To et al. 2007; Chiang et al. 2003). The empirical evidence presented provides first insights into how consumer online group buying motivations are hierarchically organised and suggests that reducing motivation to only one isolated level represents a considerable oversimplification. By understanding this hierarchical structure of motives, researchers can have a deeper understanding of online group buyer behavior. Furthermore, this hierarchical structure can serve as a basis for future studies to quantitatively investigate the inter-relationships between the different motives for online group buyer behaviour.

Thirdly, this study offers information on online group buyer segments, contributing to researchers’ understanding of online consumer segments in a new e-business model of e-commerce. Although previous research has provided knowledge on consumer typologies in the e-commerce context, such as B2C online shopping (Rohm et al. 2004), few studies have provided benefit-based online consumer typology information in the online group buying context. This study thus makes an important contribution to current e-commerce literature by extending the knowledge of online consumer typologies to the online group buying channel. By understanding the consumer typologies in online group buying context, researchers can have a better understanding of the difference of online group buyers in terms of the benefits emphasized by them. Furthermore, by comparing consumer typologies in online group buying context with that in other e-

306

business model context, researchers can have a better understanding of the distinguish characteristics of online group buyers.

6.2.1.2 Contributing to Motivation Theory

This study fulfils its research aim to elicit the motivation hierarchy based on online group buyers’ perspectives. It has addressed some of the flaws in the existing research, paving ways for future research to examine this topic from a different lens. Specifically, it can contribute to motivation theory in the following perspectives.

Firstly, responding to the call for investigation of the inter-relationships between motivations (Wagner et al. 2010), this study utilises the U&G approach and MEC theory, to classify the motives into attributes, benefits and goals/values levels. The linkages between these different layer motives were developed through a single systematic framework. The linkages in the framework represent how and why consumers participate in online group buying. This description is insightful as it offers a thorough vision of the idiosyncratic use of attributes to attain end values/goals. By interpreting the entire hierarchical structure, it is possible to understand how customers use different attributes to achieve end values/goals, and why these attributes are personally relevant to customers.

Secondly, though the needs theories and motivation theories have emphasized the hierarchical structure of human needs and motives driving human behavior, relative studies exploring motivations in e-commerce context has ignored this. This research confirmed the assumption that an individual’s fundamental basic needs must be satisfied first before less essential, higher-order needs become activated. Moreover, by using

MEC theory, the relative strength of the hierarchical structure of motivations were

307

indicated. The results shed new light on the complex dynamics of inter-relationships of motivations in motivation theory.

Thirdly, the structure of motives was directly suggested by respondents, revealing the underlying reasons for their behaviour. This indicates that the HVM obtained in this study portrays a fairly accurate and complete picture of the motives for online group buying behaviour, by not only providing the content of motivations, but also the complex and hierarchical relationships between these motivation, providing new insights into the consumer motivation process. It is, thus, reasonable to assume that these findings constitute a solid basis for the design of future quantitative studies, aiming to uncover the inter-relationships between motives, as the model proposed in this study provided an initial step for empirically testing the inter-relationships between online group buying motivations.

6.2.1.3 Contributing to Segmentation Research

Responding to Yang and Mao’s (2014) and Tsai et al.’s (2011) calls for segmentation studies to understand the market variability and diversity of online group buyers, this study used a different method for market segmentation in the online group buying context. Results indicate that MEC analysis can provide a powerful tool for ‘true’ benefits of segmentation in the e-business context. Specifically, this approach provides an in-depth understanding of different groups of customers and overcomes the shortcomings of traditional segmentation studies, which use all factors across different levels to segment, or are based exclusively on attributes, in which different groups of consumers may actually belong to the same group, due to the fact that different attributes can lead to the same benefits. Further, the MEC uses a qualitative approach to segment consumers, other than that based on quantitative methods using survey and rating scales to segment consumers. It proves that this approach based on items 308

generated by consumers could provide meaningful segmentation information that is more relevant to consumers, by not compelling consumers to rate all items provided, which may not relevant to the respondents. Thus, it more accurately segments consumers into the corresponding groups by capturing their true motivations. The findings provide valuable insights for future segmentation studies that aim to segment consumers based on motivations or store/website attributes.

By using MEC analysis, three motive hierarchies were developed for three groups of online group buyers, respectively. That is, the attributes are linked to corresponding benefits and values/goals in each segment. Such direct and indirect linkages have been absent from previous typologies. This approach provides an in-depth understanding of the groups, and overcomes the boundaries of segmentation based exclusively on attributes, in which the marketers must deduce the underlying higher-order benefits and values/goals from the attribute. The directed graph for each group supports these findings, and depicts the needs fulfilment pathway of respondents. Further, by comparing the hierarchy model of the three groups of customers, it is not only possible to uncover how different groups of customers differ in terms of using certain websites/products/service attributes to obtain benefits and further reach values/goals by inspecting what is present and absent from each HVM, but also possible to understand how the ladder pathways differ in terms of the strength of association and order of importance of elements existing in three HVMs. It provides more detailed information for different groups of online group buyers, and facilitates an in-depth understanding of the true differences between groups of online group buyers, overlooked in previous e- business research. Overall, the resultant segmentation scheme has advantages over traditional approaches, regarding accuracy and action-ability. Researchers can try to apply this segmentation method in future segmentation research to generate more valuable insights.

309

6.2.1.4 Contributing to IS Research

This study contributes to IS research by introducing a novel approach to studying user behaviour in an information technology context. The MEC approach with soft laddering interview techniques and the data analysis methods, popular in marketing research to understand consumer purchasing motivations, is not widely used in IS research. By adopting this novel approach to understanding online consumer motivations for using a new e-business model, this study demonstrated that this approach is useful when the data is qualitative in nature and the goal is to identify inter-relationships between variables, such as motivation variables or goals. In other words, unlike other qualitative methods, the unique advantages of MEC theory make it possible to uncover the relationships between variables and the relative importance of the relationships between variables in the investigation. Thus, it demonstrates that this approach can be effectively employed by IS research to investigate similar questions, such as why people use certain information technologies, such as social media, Internet banking, e-learning technology or user goals related to technology use, such as social virtual worlds, online gaming and social commerce. Future studies in IS research can use this approach to uncover more meaningful information.

6.2.2 Practical Implications

From a practical perspective, based on the findings, this study has the following implications for group buying websites and suppliers conducting business in the online group buying market, or even in the e-marketplace.

310

6.2.2.1 Implications for Group Buying Websites

This study not only uncovered online group buyers’ various needs, ranging from attributes they emphasise to values/goals they seek to gratify, but also offered information on online group buyer typologies. The results constructively deepens e- marketers’ understanding of online group buyer behaviour by indicating that different segments of online group buyers have different needs fulfilment paths. These findings can have implications for group buying websites from the following perspectives.

First, the results found that economic shoppers are the largest group. Group buyers are relatively young, with the highest level of education of the three groups. A large proportion are students. Thus, if group buying websites aim to capture this group of consumers, they can target university students or new graduates.

As demonstrated in the HVM, economic shoppers are attracted most by the benefit of cost saving. Therefore, to attract them, group buying websites can provide up-to-date price comparisons with other websites, competitive prices or use appropriate promotion strategies. For instance, offering cash refunds scheme, sweepstakes, free coupons on holidays or festivals patronage rewards. These strategies can give the feeling that costs have decreased, which in turn lets them perceive that the products/services purchased are value for money, and then be satisfied about the buying process, and finally be loyal to online group buying websites and feel a sense of fulfilment and accomplishment.

Economic shoppers emphasise the information access capability of online group buying.

Therefore, to attract them, group buying websites need to provide all necessary information related to deals, such as pictures about deals, suppliers (restaurant or hotel environment), information on after-sale service, compensation, return policies, consumption conditions, supplier location, contact details, up-to-date information on the 311

website, an attempt to incorporate platforms for online reviews, transaction history and sales volumes of products on the websites. Such information can effectively fulfil online group buyers’ information seeking needs, and improve their decision quality, which in turn can result in satisfaction and the realisation of self-actualisation.

Balanced shoppers are the second largest group, with more experience using online group buying. This group of consumers have lowest education levels of the three groups.

Thus, e-marketers can target users who have been registered on the group buying websites for a long time. As balanced shoppers exhibit the highest levels of loyalty intention and modest levels of money spending in online group buying, it is valuable to capture this group of online consumers by satisfying their various needs.

As balanced shoppers emphasised convenience more than other online group buyers, to attract them, group buying websites can use various advantages to provide convenience for online group buyers. For instance, they can offer simple, flexible and convenient delivery/payment/shipment/return options, offer more services unavailable via other purchase channels (e.g., seat selection), user-friendly website designs that easily provide relevant information (e.g., intuitive sorting and classification to minimise search efforts) and mobile phone software so buyers can access and purchase at any time and place.

These strategies can provide convenience to online group buyers, which in turn make them recognise the usefulness of online group buying, and help improve satisfaction with the buying process to become loyal online consumers. Moreover, balanced shoppers were also found to emphasise cost saving and information access. Thus, the strategies relevant to economic shoppers can also be employed for this group.

Finally, it was found that although destination shoppers were the smallest group, they spent the most money of the three groups. Their frequency of purchases was also the highest. This group of consumers are relatively older with higher salaries. Thus, group buying websites can aim to attract people of an older age, to capture this group. 312

Destination shoppers mainly emphasise choice optimisation, so to attract them, group buying websites can try to offer unique products that cannot be found on other websites, hot products, more categorises of products, more suppliers or different brands for selection. Homogenous product based group buying websites could offer more brands and types of deals within a single category. These strategies can optimise online group buyers’ choices, which in turn help them realise their self-actualisation value.

It was found that destination shoppers care most about the trustworthiness of group buying websites. Thus, to improve online group buyers’ trust in the websites, e- marketers can focus on the attributes of corporate profile, service quality and network externality. They can focus specifically on improving their reputation, covering more cities, behaving more professionally to encourage positive perceptions of the company, notify consumers of the expiry date and status of the coupon, provide high levels of service quality (such as guarantees and compensation), effectively handling problems and returns, providing easily available assistance, generating strict criteria in selecting and managing suppliers, use a larger size, bold or coloured font to indicate the participation volume of a specific deal.

6.2.2.2 Implications for Suppliers

The findings of this study also offer suggestions for suppliers involved in, or who plan to be involved in, online group buying.

First, the results of the in-depth interviews showed that low price/discount was the primary motivator for engaging in online group buying. However, consumers also use online group buying platforms to get to know new products. Respondents saw online group buying as an act that would enrich their experiences, and stated that the discount let them buy things they would not otherwise think of buying. This information could be 313

interpreted as even though the discount rate is the major decision factor, the characteristics or uniqueness of the offer also effects consumer buying decisions.

Therefore, it could be said that online group buying is suitable for a firm if the firm’s offer is something that consumers ordinarily hesitate to spend money on regularly. Then, online group buying may include a trial, and customers might become acquainted with the activity offered. Firms especially with new products can use online group buying as a chance to start relationships with prospective customers.

Second, it was found that consumers were interested in buying recreational activities and services through online group buying, rather than products. Restaurant campaigns were preferred. Other than the discount rate, however, the location of the service provider (inducing convenience) was also an important factor in motivating purchase.

Services, by their nature, are usually location-specific. Therefore, when announcing a campaign through an online group buying website, the supplier should make sure that its target market, who live close by, go online, hear about the promotion and be interested in buying it. Additionally, when announcing the campaign, the firm should select trustworthy group buying websites with a good reputation so that consumers’ perceived risks are reduced, making them more likely to make purchases.

Regarding the de-motivations of online group buying, respondents mentioned the discomfort they felt over negative, discriminatory treatment and dishonest behaviour from service providers. Suppliers that commit to this promotional approach should ensure that they treat every customer equally and avoid making publicly known who the promotion buyers and regular customers are. Firms should also ensure that the promotion held on the online group buying website is exclusive to subscribers. Online group buyers like to feel that they have caught a campaign opportunity. The same campaign being available to everyone offline makes them feel deceived, and they consider the service provider dishonest. The firm is then disliked by consumers. Thus, 314

firms should avoid announcing the same promotion offline, at least during the campaign period.

6.2.3 Limitations of Qualitative Research

The study is only an exploratory investigation based on qualitative methods. The qualitative approach with the given sample size does not allow for any quantitative inferences about the population of online group buyers in a strict statistical sense.

Therefore, the present study only represents a first step, that should subsequently be complemented by quantitative and confirmatory studies. However, qualitative research is deemed appropriate for gaining insights into areas for which limited empirical evidence exists. As online group buying is still a relatively new e-business model in the e-marketplace, there is a lack of qualitative studies providing rich information about this phenomenon. By using a qualitative research approach, this study offered more in-depth and contextual information than studies using a quantitative approach. Moreover, although the interview data collected is qualitative in nature, the MEC data analysis methods offers a way of quantifying the data and the framework proposed, which is also an advantage over other purely qualitative research methods. It retains both the rich information from qualitative data and quantifies the research framework, to some extent.

6.2.4 Limitations of Generalisation

The sample in this study only contains Chinese online group buyers. Whereas the applied sampling approach and given sample size are appropriate for this kind of qualitative research, the generalisability of the study can be improved by collecting more data with a larger sample size, or from online group buyers in other countries, such as the US, where online group buying originated and is also very popular.

However, online group buying is popular in China, with the largest number of users and 315

group buying websites operating in the e-marketplace. This study in the Chinese context can still contribute to e-commerce, especially the online group buying industry in China.

The study was not limited to a particular category of products. With no restriction on product categories examined, it could not explore the subtleties in motivations between product categories. Additionally, it is unable to compare motivations for different types of products. However, the advantage of no restrictions allows respondents to measure motivations across all product categories, which appeared to generate broader personal constructs. As most of the group buying websites cover diverse product categories now, this study can offer comprehensive information to these websites.

6.2.5 Limitations on MEC with Laddering Technique

The interview technique adopted in this study is soft laddering, a natural and unrestricted flow of speech from the interviewee, and is suitable for small sample sizes or more exploratory research projects. This soft laddering approach implied a sounder steering of the interviews, thus increasing the probability of uncovering respondents’ underlying reasons for technology use with good predictive ability (Grunert et al. 1995).

However, the whole data collection and analysis process is complex, time consuming and subjective, affecting data quality. In contrast, the other laddering interview technique—hard laddering, a pencil-and-paper questionnaire interview technique—is regarded as more objective in nature, simple and time-saving, thus suitable for a large sample size. The exploratory nature resulted in the adoption of ‘soft laddering’ in this study. This study could be extended by using hard laddering to collect more data with a larger sample size, to confirm the results of this study.

Additionally, MEC data analysis is criticised for being subjective in nature. There are not many concrete rules for determining how to clearly distinguish between attributes, 316

benefits and values/goals. Thus, the content analysis of the laddering data remains complex and subjective. To avoid being too subjective in this process, two researchers worked on this classification process until agreement was reached. Moreover, as mentioned in the methodology chapter, the definitions of attributes, benefits and values/goals, the classification scheme in prior studies and the index of abstractness were all referred to when allocating the motivation variables into different layers. These procedures help make this classification process more objective, accurate and reliable.

Finally, the generation of the HVM is also fairly subjective. The cut-off point selection, content analysis procedure and HVM generating process can all affect the content validity of an HVM (Grunert et al. 1995). Moreover, there is no generally accepted consistency index value separating a valid from an inappropriate HVM. The interpretive structural modelling (ISM) technique, a well-established methodology for identifying and developing relationships within a system of related elements, can also be used to uncover the hierarchical structure of motivation variables. The hierarchical structure framework developed by ISM is similar to the HVM generated by MEC. However, the

ISM methodology is more objective in nature, utilising a mathematic algorithm calculating procedure. Thus, studies can try to integrate ISM with MEC in the data analysis process in future.

6.3 Directions for Future Research

Bearing in mind the limitations of this study, there are a few general directions for future research.

First, little is known about how the motivations of online group buyers change over time.

Compared to earlier years, group buying website features, policies and categories of products have changed greatly. At the earlier stage of online group buying, group 317

buying websites only offered one deal per day and the minimum required number for successful group buying was relatively high. The transaction waiting time was also short. Nowadays, group buying websites offer multiple deals concurrently, with relatively longer transaction times and more convenient service features, such as refund functions. It would thus be advantageous to investigate how an online group buyer’s motivations change over time and across situations with the development of online group buying. A longitudinal study could yield this level of knowledge, which could be extremely useful theoretically and practically.

Second, this study was conducted in China. Online group buying is now popular in many other countries, such as the US. The operationalisation of group buying websites in China is not exactly the same as in the US. Specifically, group buying websites are more involved in the business process in China, including price setting, logistics, after- sales service and advertisements, while group buying websites in the US are more like platforms for suppliers and customers to make transactions. Further, group buying websites in China cover more products categories, while group buying websites in the

US mainly focus on service products. Thus, it would be valuable to conduct similar research in other nations to obtain a clearer picture of online consumer behaviour via what is, essentially, a global medium. This could also enable a cross-cultural comparison.

Third, online group buying provides new channels for e-retailers to acquire customers.

It is not clear, though, whether this channel is in conflict with other channels, and how that might affect the behaviour of competing channels. Future research may want to examine the impact of online group buying on other purchasing channels, such as brick- and-mortar stores, B2C and C2C e-commerce.

318

Fourth, as mentioned earlier, this study is not restricted to a specific product category.

The motivation variables identified cover products across different categories. The subtleties in motivations for specific categories deserve further exploration. The most popular products in the online group buying market are food and beverage products, and a majority of group buying websites focus on this product category. Thus, additional studies could also employ this methodology to explore perceptions within product categories, or to compare consumer motivations for buying different product categories via online group buying. Such a study could provide further information on what products are more suitable for online group buying, and offer different strategies that can be used for different product categories.

Further, as the soft laddering interview technique is time consuming, more expensive and requires a strategy from the researchers conducting the interviews, the sample size is thus restricted. The pencil-and-paper-based hard laddering technique can be utilised in future research to collect data from a larger sample size, to compensate for the shortcomings of soft laddering and the subjects’ relative inability to clearly express their abstract thoughts (Walker et al. 1991). The results generated by hard laddering could be compared to the results in this study, to evaluate the differences. Such comparison could also contribute to laddering technique and MEC methodology.

Finally, although the HVM obtained from the MEC approach in this study have provided the frequency of relationship occurrence, the strength of the relationships between variables have not been identified in this study. To add value to the constructed hierarchical model, an empirical examination is recommended, to test the validity of this

HVM. The structural equation modelling technique is suitable for such a validation study, to confirm the structural relationships between different motivation levels.

319

6.4 Concluding Remarks

In summary, this study serves as a preliminary step towards investigation of the hierarchy of motivations and customer typologies in the online group buying context in

China. By successfully developing a hierarchy motive model and typologies of consumers, this study has made significant theoretical and practical contributions.

Nevertheless, there are some limitations relating to the sample and research methodology utilised. Hence, it is suggested that future studies replicate this research in other contexts before generalising the research findings of this study. It is also hoped that future research can empirically test the hierarchy model, or part of the model, in the online group buying context.

320

References Aghekyan-Simonian, M., Forsythe, S., Suk Kwon, W., and Chattaraman, V. 2012. "The Role of Product Brand Image and Online Store Image on Perceived Risks and Online Purchase Intentions for Apparel," Journal of Retailing & Consumer Services (19:3), pp. 325-331. Ahn, T., Ryu, S., and Han, I. 2004. "The Impact of the Online and Offline Features on the User Acceptance of Internet Shopping Malls," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (3:4), pp. 405-420. Ahn, T., Ryu, S., and Han, I. 2007. "The Impact of Web Quality and Playfulness on User Acceptance of Online Retailing," Information & Management (44:3), pp. 263-275. Aladwani, A. M., and Palvia, P. C. 2002. "Developing and Validating an Instrument for Measuring User-Perceived Web Quality," Information & management (39:6), pp. 467-476. Alhabash, S., Chiang, Y.-h., and Huang, K. 2014. "Mam & U&G in Taiwan: Differences in the Uses and Gratifications of Facebook as a Function of Motivational Reactivity," Computers in Human Behavior (35), pp. 423-430. Alireza, F., Khoshmaram, A., and Aram, F. 2011. "How Quality, Value, Image, and Satisfaction Create Loyalty at an Iran Telecom," International Journal of Business & Management (6:8), pp. 271-279. Allison, B. 1993. An Introduction to Research, Ariad Associates: Leicester. Anand, K. S., and Aron, R. 2003. "Group Buying on the Web: A Comparison of Price- Discovery Mechanisms," Management Science (49:11), pp. 1546-1562. Ancu, M., and Cozma, R. 2009. "Myspace Politics: Uses and Gratifications of Befriending Candidates," Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media (53:4), pp. 567-583. Anderson, R. E., and Srinivasan, S. S. 2003. "E-Satisfaction and E-Loyalty: A Contingency Framework," Psychology & Marketing (20:2), pp. 123-138. Arnold, M. J., and Reynolds, K. E. 2003. "Hedonic Shopping Motivations," Journal of Retailing (79:2), pp. 77-95. Audenaert, A., and Steenkamp, J.-B. E. M. 1997. "Means-End Chain Theory and Laddering in Agricultural Marketing Research," Agricultural Marketing and Consumer Behaviour in a Changing World, pp. 217-230. Awad, N. F., and Ragowsky, A. 2008. "Establishing Trust in Electronic Commerce through Online Word of Mouth: An Examination across Genders," Journal of Management Information Systems (24:4), pp. 101-122. Azjen, I. 1991. "The Theory of Planned Behavior," Organizational Behaviour and Human Decision Processes (50), pp. 179-211.

321

Babin, B. J., Darden, W. R., and Griffin, M. 1994. "Work and/or Fun: Measuring Hedonic and Utilitarian Shopping Value," Journal of Consumer Research (20:4), pp. 644-656. Baek, K., Holton, A., Harp, D., and Yaschur, C. 2011. "The Links That Bind: Uncovering Novel Motivations for Linking on Facebook," Computers in Human Behavior (27:6), pp. 2243-2248. Bagdniene, L., and Zemblyte, J. 2009. "Online Shopping Motivation Factors and Their Effect on Lithuanian Consumers," Economics & Management (14:1), pp. 367- 374. Bagozzi, R. P., Bergami, M., and Leone, L. 2003. "Hierarchical Representation of Motives in Goal Setting," Journal of Applied Psychology (88:5), pp. 915-943. Bagozzi, R. P., and Dabholkar, P. A. 1994. "Consumer Recycling Goals and Their Effect on Decisions to Recycle: A Means-End Chain Analysis," Psychology & Marketing (11:4), pp. 313-340. Ball, D., and Pye, J. 2000. "Library Purchasing Consortia: The UK Periodicals Supply Market," Learned Publishing (13:1), pp. 25-35. Barnes, S. J., and Vidgen, R. T. 2002. "An Integrative Approach to the Assessment of E-Commerce Quality " Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (3:3), pp. 115-127. Baroudij, J., Olsona, M. H., and Ives, N. D. B. 1986. "An Empirical Study of the Impact of User Involvement on System Usage and Information Satisfaction," Communications of the ACM (29:3), pp. 232-238. Barrena, R., and Sanchez, M. 2012. "Abstraction and Product Categories as Explanatory Variables for Food Consumption," Applied Economics (44:30), pp. 3987-4003. Bech-Larsen, T., and Nielsen, N. A. 1999. "A Comparison of Five Elicitation Techniques for Elicitation of Attributes of Low Involvement Products," Journal of Economic Psychology (20:3), pp. 315-341. Benbasat, I., and Zmud, R. W. 2003. "The Identity Crisis within the Discipline: Defining and Communicating the Discipline's Core Properties," MIS Quarterly (27:2), pp. 183-194. Bitzios, M., Fraser, I., and Haddock-Fraser, J. 2011. "Functional Ingredients and Food Choice: Results from a Dual-Mode Study Employing Means-End-Chain Analysis and a Choice Experiment," Food Policy (36:5), pp. 715-725. Blackler, F., and Brown, C. 1983. "Qualitative Research and Paradigms of Practice," Journal of Management Studies (20:3), pp. 349-365. Bloch, P. H., and Richins, M. L. 1983. "Shopping without Purchase: An Investigation of Consumer Browsing Behaviour," Advances in Consumer habitat (10), pp. 389- 393. Bloch, P. H., Ridgway, N. M., and Dawson, S. A. 1994. "The Shopping Mall as Consumer Habitat," Journal of Retailing (70:1), pp. 23-42.

322

Boecker, A., Hartl, J., and Nocella, G. 2008. "How Different Are GM Food Accepters and Rejecters Really? A Means-End Chains Application to Jogurt in Germanly," Food Quality and Preference (19:4), pp. 383-394. Bosnjak, M., Galesic, M., and Tuten, T. 2007. "Personality Determinants of Online Shopping: Explaining Online Purchase Intentions Using a Hierarchical Approach," Journal of Business Research (60), pp. 597-605. Botschen, G., and Hemetsberger, A. 1998. "Diagnosing Means-End Structure to Determine the Degree of Potential Marketing Program Standardization," Journal of Business Research (42:2), pp. 151-159. Botschen, G., Thelen, E. M., and Pieters, R. 1999. "Using Means-End Structures for Benefit Segmentation," European Journal of Marketing (33:1/2), pp. 38-58. Brandtzaeg, P. B., and Heim, J. Year. "Why People Use Social Networking Sites," Proceedings of the HCI International San Diego, 2009. Braun, V., and Clarke, V. 2006. "Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology," Qualitative research in psychology (3:2), pp. 77-101. Breivik, E., and Supphellen, M. 2003. "Elicitation of Product Attributes in an Evaluation Context: A Comparison of Three Elicitation Techniques," Journal of Economic Psychology (24:1), pp. 77-98. Brengman, M., Geuens, M., Wijters, B., Smith, S. M., and Swinyard, W. R. 2005. "Segmenting Internet Shoppers Based on Their Web-Usage-Related Lifestyle: A Cross-Cultural Validation," Journal of Business Research (58), pp. 79-88. Brislin, R. W. 1970. "Back-Translation for Cross-Cultural Research," Journal of cross- cultural psychology (1:3), pp. 185-216. Brislin, R. W., Lonner, W. J., and Throndike, R. M. 1973. Cross Cultural Research Methods, (New York. Brown, M., Pope, N., and Voges, K. 2003. "Buying or Browing? An Exploration of Shopping Orientations and Online Purchase Intention," European Journal of Marketing (37:11), pp. 1666-1684. Burrell, G., and Morgan, G. 1979. Sociological Paradigms and Organizational Analysis, Heinemann: London, UK. Cai, S., and Xu, Y. 2006. "Effects of Outcome, Process and Shopping Enjoyment on Online Consumer Behaviour," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (5), pp. 272-281. Calder, B. J., Malthouse, E. C., and Schaedel, U. 2009. "An Experimental Study of the Relationship between Online Engagement and Advertising Effectiveness," Journal of Interactive Marketing (23:4), pp. 321-331. Cameron, D. D., and Galloway, A. 2005. "Consumer Motivations and Concerns in Online Auctions: An Exploratory Study," International Journal of Consumer Studies (29:3), pp. 181-192.

323

Camic, P. M., Rhodes, J. E., and Yardley, L. E. 2003. Qualitative Research in Psychology: Expanding Perspectives in Methodology and Design, American Psychological Association. Carla, R. M., and Carlos, L., Navarre 2010. "Segmenting Consumers by E-Shopping Behaviour and Online Purchase Intention " Journal of Internet Business (3). Cassell, C., and Symon, G. 1994. "Qualitative Research in Work Contexts," Qualitative methods in organizational research: A practical guide, pp. 1-13. Cecez-Kecmanovic, D. 2010. "Doing Critical Information Systems Research - Arguments for Critical Research Methodology," European Journal of Information Systems Management (20), pp. 440-455. Chang, B.-H., Lee, S.-E., and Kim, B.-S. 2006. "Exploring Factors Affecting the Adoption and Continuance of Online Games among College Students in South Korea: Integrating Uses and Gratification and Diffusion of Innovation Approaches," New Media & Society (8:2), pp. 295-313. Chang, H. H., and Chen, S. W. 2009a. "Consumer Perception of Interface Quality, Security, and Loyalty in Electronic Commerce," Information & Management (46:7), pp. 411-417. Chang, H. H., and Wang, H. W. 2011. "The Moderating Effect of Customer Perceived Value on Online Shopping Behaviour," Online Information Review (35:3), pp. 333-359. Chang, H. H., Wang, Y.-H., and Yang, W.-Y. 2009b. "The Impact of E-Service Quality, Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty on E-Marketing: Moderating Effect of Perceived Value," Total Quality Management & Business Excellence (20:4), pp. 423-443. Chang, M.-L., Lai, M., and Wu, W.-Y. 2010. "The Influences of Shopping Motivation on Adolescent Online-Shopping Perceptions," African Journal of Business Management (4:13), pp. 2728-2742. Chang, M.-L., and Wu, W.-Y. 2012. "Revisiting Perceived Risk in the Context of Online Shopping: An Alternative Perspective of Decision-Making Styles," Psychology & Marketing (29:5), pp. 378-400. Chang, M. K., Cheung, W., and Lai, V. S. 2005. "Literature Derived Reference Models for the Adoption of Online Shopping," Information & Management (42:4), pp. 543-559. Charmaz, K. 2006. "Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide through Qualitative Research," London: Sage. Chen, J., Chen, X., Kauffman, R. J., and Song, X. 2009. "Should We Collude? Analyzing the Benefits of Bidder Cooperation in Online Group-Buying Auctions," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (8:4), pp. 191-202. Chen, J., Chen, X., and Song, X. 2002. "Bidder's Strategy under Group-Buying Auction on the Internet," IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man and Cyberbetics - Part A: Systems and Humans (32:6), pp. 680-690.

324

Chen, J., Chen, X., and Song, X. 2007a. "Comparison of the Group-Buying Auction and the Fixed Pricing Mechanism," Decision Support Systems (43:2), pp. 445-459. Chen, R. R., and Roma, P. 2011. "Group Buying for Competing Retailers," Production and Operations Management (20:2), pp. 181-197. Chen, W.-Y., and Wu, P.-H. 2010. "Factors Affecting Consumers' Motivation in Online Group Buyers," in 2010 Sixth International Conference on Intelligent Information Hiding and Multimedia Signal Processing. Chen, W., and Hirschheim, R. 2004. "A Paradigmatic and Methodological Examination of Information Systems Research from 1991-2001," Journal of Information Systems (14:3), pp. 197-235. Chen, Y.-H., and Barnes, S. 2007b. "Initial Trust and Online Buyer Behaviour," Industrial Management&Data Systems (27:1), pp. 21-36. Chen, Y., and Li, X. 2013. "Group Buying Commitment and Sellers' Competitive Advantages," Journal of Economic and Management Strategy (22:1), pp. 164- 183. Cheng, H.-H., and Huang, S.-W. 2013. "Exploring Antecedents and Consequence of Online Group Buying Intention: An Extended Perspective on Theory of Planned Behaviour," International Journal of Information Management (33:1), pp. 185- 198. Chiang, K.-P., and Dholakia, R. R. 2003. "Factors Driving Consumer Intention to Shop Online: An Empirical Investigation," Journal of Consumer Psychology (13:1), pp. 177-183. Childers, T. L., Carr, C. L., Peck, J., and Carson, S. 2001. "Hedonic and Utilitarian Motivations for Online Retail Shopping Behavior," Journal of retailing (77:4), pp. 511-535. Chiou, J.-S. 2004. "The Antecedents of Consumers’ Loyalty toward Internet Service Providers," Information & Management (41:6), pp. 685-695. Chiu, C.-M. 2005. "Applying Means-End Chain Theory to Eliciting System Requirements and Understanding Users Perceptual Orientations," Information & Management (42:3), pp. 455-468. Chua, W. F. 1986. "Radical Developments in Accounting Thought," The Accounting Review (61:4), pp. 601-632. Claeys, C., and Abeele, P. V. 2001. "Means-End Chain Theory and Involvement: Potential Research Directions," in Understanding Consumer Decision Making: The Means-End Approach to Marketing and Advertising Strategy, T. J. Reynolds and J. C. Olson (eds.), Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: London. Claeys, C., Swinnen, A., and Abeele, P. V. 1995. "Consumers' Means-End Chains for Think and Feel Products," International Journal of Research in Marketing (12:3), pp. 193-208. Cohen, J. B., and Warlop, L. 2001. "A Motivational Perspecitve on Means-End Chains," in Understanding Consumer Decision Making: The Means-End Approach to

325

Marketing and Advertising Strategy, T. J. Reynolds and J. C. Olson (eds.), Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Mahwah, NJ, pp. 389-413. Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. 2007. Research Methods in Education, (Routledge: London. Connolly, R., and Bannister, F. 2008. "Factors Influencing Irish Consumers’ Trust in Internet Shopping," Management Research News (31:5), pp. 339-343. Cook, T. D., and Campbell, D. 1979. Quasi-Experimentation: Design and Analysis Issue for Field Setting, Rand McNally College Publishing Company: Chicago. Costa, A. I. A., Dekker, M., and Jongen, W. M. F. 2004. "An Overview of Means-End Theory: Potential Application in Consumer-Oriented Food Product Design," Trends in Food Science & Technology (15:7-8), pp. 403-415. Costa, A. I. A., Schoolmeester, D., Dekker, M., and Jongen, W. M. F. 2007. "To Cook or Not to Cook: A Means-End Study of Motives for Choice of Meal Solutions," Food Quality and Preference (18:1), pp. 77-88. Crespo, A. H., and Bosque, I. R. 2010. "The Influence of the Commercial Features of the Internet on the Adoption of E-Commerce by Consumers," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (9:6), pp. 562-757. Cresswell, J. W. 1998. Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing among Five Traditions, (Sage: Thousand Oaks, CA. Creswell, J. W. 2002. "Analyzing and Interpreting Qualitative Data," Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (2), pp. 256-283. Creswell, J. W. 2003. "Research Design," Qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches). Creswell, J. W., and Clark, V. L. P. 2007. "Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research,"). Creswell, J. W., and Creswell, J. D. 2005. "Mixed Methods Research: Developments, Debates, and Dilemmas," Research in organizations: Foundations and methods of inquiry), pp. 313-326. Creswell, J. W., Plano Clark, V. L., Gutmann, M. L., and Hanson, W. E. 2003. "Advanced Mixed Methods Research Designs," Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research, pp. 209-240. Dabholkar, P. A., and Bagozzi, R. P. 2002. "An Attitudinal Model of Technology-Based Self-Service Options," International Journal of Research in Marketing (30:3), pp. 184-201. Daraotuan.com 2012. "China Group Buying Market Analysis Report." Davis, M. S. 1971. "That's Interesting: Toward a Phenomenology of Sociology and a Sociology or Phenomenology," Philosophy of the Social Sciences (1:2), pp. 309- 314. Dawson, S., Bloch, P. H., and Ridgway, N. M. 1990. "Shopping Motives, Emotional States, and Retail Outcomes," Journal of Retailing (66:4), pp. 408-427.

326

De Boer, M., and McCarthy, M. B. Year. "Means-End Chain Theory Applied to Irish Convenience Food Consumers," 83rd EAAE Seminar Food quality products in the advent of the 21st century, Chania (Greece), September2003. De Ferran, F., and Grunert, K. G. 2007. "French Fair Trade Coffee Buyers' Purchasing Motives: An Exploratory Study Using Means-End Chain Analysis," Food Quality and Preference (18:2), pp. 218-229. Delafrooz, N., Paim, L. H., Haron, S. A., Sidin, S. M., and Khatibi, A. 2009. "Factors Affecting Students' Attitude toward Online Shopping," African Journal of Business Management (3:5), pp. 200-209. Dholakia, U. M. 2011. "What Males Groupon Promotions Profitable for Businesses?," in Working Paper: Rice University. Dholakia, U. M., Bagozzi, R. P., and Pearo, L. K. 2004. "A Social Influence Model of Consumer Participation in Network-and Small-Group-Based Virtual Communities " International Journal of Research in Marketing (21:3), pp. 241- 263. Dickson, P. R., and Ginter, J. L. 1987. "Market Segmentation, Product Differentiation, and Marketing Strategy," Journal of Marketing (51:2), pp. 1-10. Dogruer, N., Menevis, I., and Eyyam, R. 2011. "What Is the Motivation for Using Facebook," Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences (15), pp. 2642-2646. Doney, P., M., and Cannon, J., P. 1997. "An Examination of the Nature of Trust in Buyer-Seller Relationship," Journal of Marketing (61:2) April, pp. 33-49. Donthu, N., and Garcia, A. 1999. "The Internet Shoppers," Journal of Advertising Research (39:3), pp. 52-58. Doucette, W. R. 1997. "Influences on Member Commitment to Group Purchasing Organizations," Journal of Business Research (40:3), pp. 183-189. Dubé, L., and Paré, G. 2003. "Rigor in Information Systems Positivist Case Research: Current Practices, Trends, and Recommendations," MIS Quarterly (27:4), pp. 597-636. Dunne, A., Lawlor, M. A., and Bowley, J. 2010. "Young People's Use of Online Social Networking Sites - a Uses and Gratifications Perspective," Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing (4:1), pp. 46-58. Eastlick, M. A., and Feinberg, R. A. 1999. "Shopping Motives for Mail Catalog Shopping," Journal of Business Research (45:3), pp. 281-290. Edelman, B. 2011. "Adverse Selection in Online "Trust" Certifications and Search Results," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (10:1), pp. 17-25. Edelman, B., Jaffe, S., and Kominers, S. D. 2010. "To Groupon or Not to Groupon: The Profitability of Deep Discounts," in Working Paper: Harvard Business School, Boston, MA. Eighmey, J. 1997. "Profiling User Responses to Commercial Web Sites," Journal of advertising research (37), pp. 59-66.

327

Eisenbeiss, M., Blechschmidt, B., Backhaus, K., and Freund, P. A. 2011. ""The (Real) World Is Not Enough:" Motivational Drivers and User Behavior in Virtual Worlds," Journal of Interactive Marketing. Elliott, P. 1974. "Uses and Gratifications Research: A Critique and a Sociological Alternative," in The Uses of Mass Communications: Current Perspectives on Gratifications Research, J. G. Blumler and E. Katz (eds.), Sage: Veverly Hills. Erdogmus, I. E., and Cicek, M. 2011. "Online Group Buying: What Is There for the Consumers?," Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences (24), pp. 308-316. Ernest 1994. An Introduction to Research Methodology and Paradigms, (University of Exeter: Exeter, Devon: RSU. Eroglu, S. A., Machleit, K. A., and Davis, L. M. 2003. "Empirical Testing of a Model of Online Store Atmospherics and Shopper Responses," Psychology & Marketing (20:2), pp. 139-150. Everitt, B., Landau, S., and Leese, M. 2001. Cluster Ananlysis, Arnold. Farquhar, L. k., and Meeds, R. 2007. "Types of Fantasy Sports Users and Their Motivations," Journal of Computer-mediated Communication (12:4), pp. 1208- 1228. Fay, B. 1987. Critical Social Science: Liberation and Its Limits, (Polity Press: Cambridge. Fishbein, M., and Ajzen, I. 1975. Belief, Attitude, Intention and Behavior: An Introduction to Theory and Research, Forsythe, S., Liu, C., Shannon, D., and Gardner, L. C. 2006. "Development of a Scale to Measure the Perceived Benefits and Risks of Online Shopping," Journal of Interactive Marketing (20:2) //, pp. 55-75. Fotopoulos, C., Krystallis, A., and Ness, M. 2003. "Wine Produced by Organic Grapes in Greece: Using Means-End Chains Analysis to Reveal Organic Buyers' Purchasing Motives in Comparison to the Non-Buyers," Food Quality and Preference (14:7), pp. 549-566. Foucault, B., and Scheufele, D. 2002. "Web Vs. Campus Store? Why Students Buy Textbooks Online," Journal of Consumer Marketing (19:4/5), pp. 409-424. Foxall, G. R., and Goldsmith, R. E. 1994. Consumer Psychology for Marketing, (Routledge: London. Freathy, P., and Calderwood, E. 2013. "The Impact of Internet Adoption Upon the Shopping Behaviour of Island Residents," Journal of Retailing and Consumer services (20), pp. 111-119. Fu, H.-P., Ho, Y.-C., Chen, R. C. Y., Chang, T.-G., and Chien, P.-H. 2006. "Factors Affecting the Adoption of Electronic Marketplaces," Internation Journal of Operations&Production Management (26:12), pp. 1301-1324. Fulk, J., and Gould, J. J. 2009. "Features and Contexts in Technology Research: A Modest Proposal for Research and Reporting," Journal of Computer-mediated Communication (14:3), pp. 764-770.

328

Fullerton, R. A. Year. "The Birth of Consumer Behaviour: Motivation Research in the 1950s," CHARM Proceedings2011. Ganesh, J., Reynolds, K. E., Luckett, M., and Pomirleanu, N. 2010. "Online Shopping Motivations, and E-Store Attributes: An Examination of Online Patronage Behaviour and Shopper Typologies," Journal of Retailing (86:1), pp. 106-115. Genfen, D. 2002. "Reflections on the Dimensions of Trust and Trustworthiness among Online Consumers," ACM SIGMIS Database (33:3), pp. 38-53. Gengler, C. E., Klenosky, D. B., and Mulvey, M. S. 1995a. "Improving the Graphic Representation of Means-End Results," International Journal of Research in Marketing (12:3), pp. 245-256. Gengler, C. E., and Reynolds, T. J. 1995b. "Consumer Understanding and Advertising Strategy: Analysis and Strategic Translation of Laddering Data," Journal of Advertising Research). Gephart, R. P. 1999. "Paradigms and Research Methods." Girard, T., Korgaonkar, P., and Silverblatt, R. 2003. "Relationship of Type of Product, Shopping Orientations, and Demographics with Preference for Shopping on the Internet," Journal of Business Psychology (18:1), pp. 101-120. Given, L. M. 2008. The Sage Encyclopedia of Qualitative Research Methods, (Sage Publications. Glaser, B. G., and Strauss, A. L. 1967. The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research, Aldine: Chicago. Golafshani, N. 2003. "Understanding Reliability and Validity in Qualitative Research," The qualitative report (8:4), pp. 597-607. Goldsmith, R. E., Flynn, L. R., and Clark, R. A. 2011. "Materialism and Brand Engagement as Shopping Motivations," Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services (18:4), pp. 278-284. Goulding, C. 2002. Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide for Management, Business and Market Researchers, Sage. Green, P. E., and Krieger, A. M. 1991. "Segmenting Markets with Conjoint Analysis," Journal of Marketing (55:4), pp. 20-31. Groupon 2011. "Groupon, About US." Grunert, K. G., and Grunert, S. C. 1995. "Measuring Subjective Meaning Structures by the Laddering Method: Theoretical Considerations and Methodological Problems," International Journal of Research in Marketing (12:3), pp. 209-225. Grunert, K. G., Grunert, S. C., and Elin, S. 2001. "Means-End Chain and Laddering: An Inventory of Problems and an Agenda for Research," in Understanding Consumer Decision Making: The Means-End Approach to Marketing and Advertising Strategy, T. J. Reynolds and J. C. Olson (eds.), Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: London. Guba, E. 1990. The Paradigm Dialog, Sage: Beverly Hills, CA.

329

Guba, E. G., and Lincoln 1994. "Competing Paradigms in Qualitative Research," in Handbook of Qualitative Research, Y. S. Lincoln (ed.), Sage: Thousand Oaks, C.A, pp. 105-117. Guo, Z., Li, Y., and Stevens, K. J. 2012. "Analyzing Students' Technology Use Motivations: An Interpretive Modeling Approach," Communications of the Association for Information Systems (30:1). Guo, Z., Lu, X., Li, Y., and Li, Y. 2011. "A Framework of Students' Reasons for Using Cmc Media in Learning Contexts: A Structural Approach," Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology (62:11), pp. 2182- 2200. Guo, Z., Tan, F. B., and Cheung, K. 2010. "Students' Uses and Gratifiactions for Using Computer-Mediated Communication Media in Learning Contexts," Communications of the Association for Information Systems (27:1), pp. 339-378. Gupta, S., and Mela, C. F. 2008. "What Is a Free Customer Worth? Armchair Calculations of Nonpaying Customers' Value Can Lead to Flawed Strategies," Harvard business review (86:11), pp. 102-109, 138. Gutman, J. 1982. "A Means-End Chain Model Based on Consumer Categorization Processes," Journal of Marketing (46:2), pp. 60-72. Gutman, J. 1991. "Exploring the Nature Linkages between Consequences and Values," Journal of Business Research (22:2), pp. 143-148. Häubl, G., and Trifts, V. 2000. "Consumer Decision Making in Online Shopping Environments: The Effects of Interactive Decision Aids," Marketing Science (19:1) Winter2000, p 4. Haedrich, G. 1993. "Images and Strategic Corporate and Marketing Planning," Journal of Public Relations Research (5:2), pp. 83-93. Hair, J. F., Anderson, R. E., Tatham, R. L., and Black, W. C. 1998. Multivariate Data Analysis, (Prentice Hall: Englewood Cliffs. Haley, R. I. 1968. "Benefit Segmentation: A Decision-Oriented Research Tool," Journal of Marketing (32:3), pp. 30-35. Hamilton, A. 2000. "What Are Your E-Shopping Habits." Henning, E., Van Rensburg, W., and Smit, B. 2004. "Theoretical Frameworks," in Finding Your Way in Qualitative Research, E. Henning, W. Van Rensburg and B. Smit (eds.), Van Schaik Publishers: Pretoria. Hinkle, D. 1965. "The Change of Personal Construct from the Viewpoint of the Theory of Construct Implication," Ohio State University. Hirschheim, R. 1985. "Information System Epistemology: An Historical Perspective," in Research Methods in Information System, E. Mumford, R. Hirschheim, G. Fitzgerald and T. Wood-Harper (eds.): North-Holland, Amsterdam. Hirschheim, R. 1992. "Information Systems Epistemology: An Historical Perspective," in Information Systems Research: Issues, Methods and Practical Guidelines, R. D. Galliers (ed.), Blackwell Scientific Publications: Oxford, UK.

330

Hirschman, E. C., and Holbrook, M. B. 1982. "Hedonic Consumption: Emerging Concepts, Methods and Proposition," Journal of Marketing (46:3), pp. 92-101. Hoepfl, J. 1997. "Handling Qualitative Data: Practical Guide," Sage. London. Hofstede, F. t., Audenaert, A., Steenkamp, J.-B. E. M., and Wedel, M. 1998. "An Investigation into the Associattion Pattern Technique as a Quantitative Approach to Measuring Means-End Chains," Journal of Marketing (15:1), pp. 37-50. Hooley, G. A., and Saunders, J. A. 1993. Competitive Positioning: The Key to Market Success, (Prentice Hall: New York. Hsieh, H.-F., and Shannon, S. E. 2005. "Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis," Qualitative health research (15:9), pp. 1277-1288. Hsu, M.-H., Chang, C.-M., Chu, K.-K., and Lee, Y.-J. 2014. "Determinants of Repurchase Intention in Online Group Buying: The Perspective of Delone & Mclean Is Success Model and Trust," Computers in Human Behaviour (36), pp. 234-245. Huang, Y.-F., and Kuo, F.-Y. 2012. "How Impulsivity Affects Consumer Decision- Making in E-Commerce," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (11:6), pp. 582-590. Hyland, M. E. 1988. "Motivational Control Theory: An Integration Framework," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology (55:4), pp. 642-651. iResearch 2011. "Iresearch China Online Group Shopping Analysis Report." Jamal, A., Davies, F., Chudry, F., and Al-Marri, M. 2006. "Profiling Consumers: A Study of Qatari Consumers' Shopping Motivations," Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services (13:1), pp. 67-80. Jankowicz, D. 2004. The Easy Guide to Repertory Grids, Wiley: Hoboken, NJ. Jarvenpaa, S. L., and Todd, P. A. 1996. "Consumer Reactions to Electronic Shopping on the World Wide Web," International Journal of Electronic Commerce (1:2), pp. 59-88. Jeong, S. W., Fiore, A. M., Niehm, L. S., and Lorenz, F. O. 2009. "The Role of Experiential Value in Online Shopping," Internet Research (19:1), pp. 105-124. Jiang, L., Yang, Z., and Minjoon, J. 2013. "Measuring Consumer Perceptions of Online Shopping Convenience," Journal of Service Management (24:2), pp. 191-214. Jin, B., and Kim, J.-O. 2003. "A Typology of Korean Discount Shoppers: Shopping Motives, Store Attributes, and Outcomes," International Journal of Service (14:4), pp. 396-419. Jin, B., Park, J. Y., and Kim, J. 2008. "Cross-Cultural Examination of the Relationships among Firm Reputation, E-Satisfaction, E-Trust, and E-Loyalty," International Marketing Review (25:3) July, pp. 324-337. Johnson, P. F. 1999. "The Pattern of Evolution in Public Sector Purchasing Consortia," International Journal of Logistics: Research and Applications (2:1), pp. 57-73.

331

Johnson, T. J., and Kaye, B. K. 2003. "Around the World Wide Web in 80 Ways," Social Science Computer Review (21:3), pp. 304-325. Joines, J. L., Scherer, C. W., and Scheufele, D. A. 2003. "Exploring Motivations for Consumer Web Use and Their Implications for E-Commerce," Journal of Consumer Marketing (20:2), pp. 90-108. Jones, M. A., Reynolds, K. E., and Arnold, M. J. 2006. "Hedonic and Utilitarian Shopping Value: Investigating Differential Effects on Retail Outcomes," Journal of Business Research (59:9), pp. 974-981. Joubert, J. P. R., and Mabunda, M. D. 2007. "The Decision to Visit a Wilderness Area," Southern African Business Review (11:2), pp. 39-55. Jung, Y., and Kang, H. 2010. "User Goals in Social Virtual Worlds: A Means-End Chain Approach," Computers in Human Behavior (26:2), pp. 218-225. Kahle, L. R. 1983. Social Values and Social Changes: Adaption to Life in American, (Praeger: New York. Kahle, L. R., and Kennedy, P. 1983. "Using the List of Values (Lov) to Understand Consumers," The Journal of Consumer Marketing (6:3), pp. 5-12. Kaltcheva, V. D., and Weitz, B. A. 2006. "When Should a Retailer Create an Exiting Store Environment?," Journal of Marketing (70:1), pp. 107-118. Kang, M.-E., and Atkin, D. J. 1999. "Exploring the Role of Media Uses and Gratifications in Multimedia Cable Adoption," Telematics and Informatics (16:1-2), pp. 59-74. Kaplan, B., and Maxwell, J. A. 1988. "Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Methods in Information Systems Research: A Case Study," MIS Quarterly (12:4), pp. 571-586. Kaplan, B., and Maxwell, J. A. 1994. "Qualitative Research Methods for Evaluating Computer Information Systems," in Evaluating Health Care Information Systems, Methods and Applications, J. G. Anderson, C. E. Aydin and S. J. Jay (eds.), Sage: Thousand Oaks, CA, pp. 45-68. Kara, A., and Kaynak, E. 1997. "Markets of a Single Customer: Exploiting Conceptual Developments in Market Segmentation," European Journal of Marketing (31:11), pp. 873-895. Kargaokar, K., Pradeep, L., and Wolin, D. 1999. "A Multivariate Analysis of Web Usage," Journal of Advertising Research (39:2), pp. 53-68. Kassim, N. M., and Abdullah, N. A. 2008. "Customer Loyalty in E-Commerce Settings: An Empirical Study," Electronic Markets (18:3) August, pp. 275-290. Katz, E., Blumler, J. G., and Gurevitch, M. 1974. "Utilization of Mass Communication by the Individual," in The Use of Mass Communications : Current Perspectives on Gratifications Research, J. G. Blumler and E.Katz (eds.), Sage: Beverly Hills, pp. 19-32. Katz, M. L., and Shapiro, C. 1985. "Network Externalities, Competition, and Compatibility," The American economic review (75:3), pp. 424-440.

332

Kauffman, R. J., Lai, H., and Ho, C.-T. 2010a. "Incentive Mechanisms, Fairness and Participation in Online Group-Buying Auctions," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (9:3), pp. 249-262. Kauffman, R. J., Lai, H., and Lai, H. 2010b. "Consumer Adoption of Group-Buying Auctions: An Experimental Study," Information Technology Management (11:4), pp. 191-211. Kauffman, R. J., and Wang, B. 2001. "New Buyers' Arrival under Dynamic Pricing Market Microstructure: The Case of Group-Buying Discounts on the Internet," Journal of Management Information Systems (18:2), pp. 157-188. Kauffman, R. J., and Wang, B. 2008. "Tuning into the Digital Channel: Evaluating Business Model Characteritics for Internet Firm Survival," Information Technology (9:3), pp. 215-232. Kaufman, L., and Rousseeuw, P. J. 2009. Finding Groups in Data: An Introduction to Cluster Analysis, John Wiley & Sons. Kaye, B. K. 1998. "Uses and Gratifications of the World Wide Web: From Couch Potato to Web Potato," The New Jersey Journal of Communication (6:1), pp. 21- 40. Kaye, B. K. 2005. "It's a Blog, Blog, Blog World: Users and Uses of Weblogs," Atlantic Journal of Communication (13:2), pp. 73-95. Kaye, B. K., and Johnson, T., J 2004. "A Web for All Reasons: Uses and Gratifications of Internet Components for Political Information " Telematics and Informatics (21), pp. 197-223. Kelly, G. A. 1955. The Psychology of Personal Constructs, Norton: New York. Keng, K., Tang, Y., and Ghose, S. 2003. "Typology of Online Shoppers," Journal of Consumer Marketing (20:2), pp. 139-156. Khalifa, M., and Limayem, M. 2003. "Drivers of Internet Shopping," Communications of Theacm (46:12), pp. 233-239. Khalifa, M., and Liu, V. 2007. "Online Consumer Retention: Contingent Effects of Online Shopping Habit and Online Shopping Experience," European Journal of Information Systems (16:6), pp. 780-792. Kim, D., J, Ferrin, D., L., and Rao, H. R. 2008a. "A Trust-Based Consumer Decision- Making Model in Electronic Commerce: The Role of Trust, Perceived Risk, and Their Antecedents," Decision Support Systems (44:2) July, pp. 544-564. Kim, E., and Tadisina, S. 2007. "A Model of Customers' Trust in E-Businesses: Micro- Level Inter-Party Trust Formation," Journal of Computer Information Systems (48:1), pp. 88-104. Kim, H.-W., Xu, Y., and Koh, J. 2004. "A Comparison of Online Trust Building Factors between Potential Customers and Repeat Customers," Journal of the Association for Information Systems (5:10) October, pp. 392-421.

333

Kim, H., and Lennon, S. J. 2010a. "E-Atmosphere, Emotional, Cognitive, and Behavioral Responses," Journal of Fashion Marketing & Management (14:3), pp. 412-428. Kim, H. S. Year. "Utilitarian and Hedonic Shopping Motivations of Market Mavens," Proceedings of the 2005 American Collegiate Retail Association Spring Conference2005. Kim, J. U., Kim, W. J., and Park, S. C. 2010b. "Consumer Perceptions on Web Advertisemnets and Motivation Factors to Purchase in the Online Shopping," Computers in Human Behavior (26:5), pp. 1208-1222. Kim, J. W. 2014. "Scan and Click: The Uses and Gratifications of Social Recommendation Systems," Computers in Human Behavior (33), pp. 184-191. Kim, S., and Eastin, M. S. 2011a. "Hedonic Tendencies and the Online Consumer: An Investigation of the Online Shopping Process," Journal of Internet Commerce (10:1), pp. 68-90. Kim, Y.-K., Kang, J., and Kim, M. 2005. "The Relationship among Family and Social Interaction, Loneliness, Mall Shopping Motivation, and Mall Spending of Older Consumers," Psychology & Marketing (22:12), pp. 995-1015. Kim, Y., Sohn, D., and Choi, S. M. 2011b. "Cultural Difference in Motivations for Using Social Network Sites: A Comparative Study of American and Korean College Students," Computers in Human Behavior (27), pp. 365-372. Kim, Y. H., Kim, D. J., and Hwang, Y. 2008b. "Exploring Online Transaction Self- Efficacy in Trust Building in B2c E-Commerce," Journal of Organiztional and End User Computing (21:1), pp. 37-59. Kitsawad, K., and Guinard, J.-X. 2014. "Combining Means-End Chain Analysis and the Portait Value Questionnaire to Research the Influence of Personal Values on Food Choice," Food Quality and Preference (35), pp. 48-58. Klaus, K. 1980. "Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology," Sage Publications. Klein, H. K., and Myer, M. D. 1999. "A Set of Principles for Conducting and Evaluating Interpretive Field Studies in Information Systems," MIS Quarterly (23:1), pp. 67-93. Knoke, D., and Burt, R. S. 1982. "Prominence," in Applied Network Analysis, R. S. Burt and M. J. Minor (eds.), Sage Publications: Beverly Hills, pp. 195-222. Ko, H. 2000. "Internet Uses and Gratifications: Understanding Motivations for Using the Internet," in Annual Meeting of the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication Ko, H., Cho, C. H., and Robert, M. S. 2005. "Internet Uses and Gratifications: A Structural Equation Model of Interactive Advertising," Journal of Advertising (34:2), pp. 57-70.

334

Kolbe, R. H., and Burnett, M. S. 1991. "Content-Analysis Research: An Examination of Applications with Directives for Improving Research Reliability and Objectivity," Journal of Consumer Research, pp. 243-250. Koo, D.-M., Kim, J.-J., and Lee, S.-H. 2008. "Personal Values as Underlying Motives of Shopping Online," Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing (20:2), pp. 156-173. Krause, A., North, A. C., and Heritage, B. 2014. "The Uses and Gratifications of Using Facebook Music Listenning Applications," Computers in Human Behavior (39), pp. 71-77. Krippendorff, K. 1970. "Bivariate Agreement Coefficients for Reliability of Data," Sociological methodology (2), pp. 139-150. Krippendorff, K. 1980. "Content Analysis. Beverly Hills," California: Sage Publications (7), pp. l-84. Krippendorff, K. 2004. "Reliability in Content Analysis," Human Communication Research (30:3), pp. 411-433. Kvale, S. 1996. "Interviews. An Introduction to Qualitative Research Writing," Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA. Lai, H., Doong, H.-S., and Yang, C.-Y. Year. "The Effect of Price Dispersion in an E- Market on Consumers' Intentions to Join Group Buying," Proceedings of the 39th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences2006. Lai, H. C., and Zhuang, Y. T. Year. "Comparing the Performance of Group-Buying Models with Different Incentive Mechanisms," Proceedings of the Third Workshop on e-Business, Washington DC, 2004, pp. 1-12. Lai, K. P., Chong, S. C., and Ismail, H. B. 2014. "An Exploration Study of Shopper- Based Salient E-Servicescale Attributes: A Means-End Chain Approach," International Journal of Information Management (34:4), pp. 517-532. Laing, A., and Cotton, S. 1997. "Patterns of Inter-Organizational Purchasing Evolution of Consortia-Based Purchasing Amongst Gp Fundholders," European Journal of Purchasing and Supply Management (3:2), pp. 83-91. Lancaster, G. A., Dodd, S., and Williamson, P. R. 2004. "Design and Analysis of Pilot Studies: Recommendations for Good Practice," Journal of evaluation in clinical practice (10:2), pp. 307-312. Lang, K. R., Yu, M. Y., and Pelaez, A. Year. "The Impact of IT-Enabled Coordination on Group Performance in an Electronic Group Buying Market," Pacific-Asia Conference in Information Systems, Chengdu, China, 2014. Lather, P. 1986. "Issues of Validity in Openly Ideological Research: Between a Rock and a Soft Place," Interchange (17:4), pp. 63-84. Lee, A. 1991. "Integrating Positivist and Interopretive Approaches to Organizational Research," Organizational Science (2:4), pp. 342-365. Lee, j.-S., and Lin, K.-S. 2013a. "An Innovative Electronic Group-Buying System for Mobile Commerce," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (12:1), pp. 1-13.

335

Lee, M.-Y., Kim, Y.-K., and Lee, H.-J. 2013b. "Adventure Versus Gratifications: Emotional Shopping in Online Auctions," European Journal of Marketing (47:1/2), pp. 49-70. Lee, W.-I., Chang, C.-Y., and Liu, Y.-L. 2010. "Exploring Customers' Store Loyalty Using the Means-End Chain Approach," Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services (17:5), pp. 395-405. Lee, Y., and Kozar, K. A. 2009. "Designing Usable Online Stores: A Landscape Preference Perspective," Information & Management (46:1), pp. 31-41. Leppard, P., Russell, C. G., and Cox, D. N. 2004. "Improving Means-End Chain Studies by Using a Ranking Method to Construct Hierarchical Value Map," Food Quality and Preference (15:5), pp. 489-497. Li, C., Chawla, S., Rajan, U., and Sycara, K. 2004. "Mechanism Design for Coalition Formation and Cost Sharing in Group-Buying Markets," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (3:4), pp. 341-354. Li, H., Zhao, P., Wang, Y., and Wang, G. Year. "A Quanlitative Research of Tuangou: Modes, Characteristics and Roles of the New E-Business Model," International Symposium on Information Engineering and Electronic Commerce2009, pp. 750-753. Li, X. 2012. "Group Buying, Buyer Heterogeneity, and Sellers' Bargaining Power," Decision Sciences (43:5), pp. 761-783. Lian, J.-W., and Lin, T.-M. 2008. "Effects of Consumer Characteristics on Theri Acceptance of Online Shopping: Comparisons among Different Product Types," Computers in Human Behavior (24:1), pp. 48-65. Liang, X., Ma, L., Xie, L., and Yan, H. 2014. "The Informational Aspect of the Group Buying Mechanism," European Journal of Operational Research (234:1), pp. 331-340. Liao, S.-h., Chu, P.-h., Chen, Y.-j., and Chang, C.-C. 2011. "Mining Customer Knowledge for Exploring Online Group Buying Behavior," Expert Systems with Applications (39:3), pp. 3708-3716. Limayem, M., Khalifa, M., and Frini, A. 2000. "What Makes Consumers Buy from Internet? A Longitudinal Study of Online Shopping," IEEE transactions on systems, man and cybernetics (30:4), pp. 421-432. Lin, C.-P., and Bhattacherjee, A. 2008. "Elucidating Individual Intention to Use Interactive Information Technologies: The Role of Network Externalities," International Journal of Electronic Commerce (13:1), pp. 85-108. Lin, C. A., and Jeffres, L. W. 1998. "Factors Influencing the Adoption of Multimedia Cable Technology," Journalism and Mass Communication Quarterly (75), pp. 341-352. Lin, H.-F. 2007a. "The Impact of Website Quality Dimensions on Customer Satisfaction in the B2c E-Commerce Context," Total Quality Management & Business Excellence (18:3), pp. 363-378.

336

Lin, H.-F. 2007b. "Predicting Consumer Intentions to Shop Online: An Empirical Test of Competing Theories," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (6:4), pp. 433-442. Lin, H.-H., and Chang, J. 2012. "A Construction of Consumer Cognitive Structures and Their Implications in Furniture Shopping Decisions: A Means-End Chain Approch," Service Business (6:2), pp. 197-218. Lin, K.-Y., and Lu, H.-P. 2011a. "Why People Use Social Networking Sites: An Empirical Study Integrating Network Externalities and Motivation Theory," Computers in Human Behavior (27:3), pp. 1152-1161. Lin, L.-Z., and Yeh, H. R. 2013. "A Means-End Chain of Fuzzy Conceptualization to Elicit Consumer Perception in Store Image," International Journal of Hospitality Management (33), pp. 376-388. Lin, Y.-L., and Lin, H.-W. 2011b. "A Study on the Goal Value for Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games Players," Computers in Human Behavior (27:6), pp. 2153-2160. Liu, Y., Li, H., and Hu, f. 2013. "Websites Attributes in Urging Online Impulse Purchase: An Empirical Investigation on Consumer Perceptions," Decision Support Systems (55:3), pp. 829-837. Lo, H.-Y., and Harvey, N. 2012. "Effects of Shopping Addiction on Consumer Decision-Making: Web-Based Studies in Real Time," Journal of Behavioral Addictions (1:4), pp. 162-170. Locke, L. F., Silverman, S. J., and Spirduso, W. W. 1998. Reading and Understanding Research, (Sage: Thousand Oaks, CA. Lopez-Mosquera, N., and Sanchez, M. 2011. "The Influence of Personal Values in the Economic-Use Valuation of Peri-Urban Green Spaces: An Application of the Means-End Chain Theory," Tourism Management (32:4), pp. 875-889. Luo, M. M., Chen, J.-S., Ching, R. K. H., and Liu, C.-C. 2011. "An Examination of the Effects of Virtual Experiential Marketing on Online Customer Intentions and Loyalty," Service Industries Journal (31:13), pp. 2163-2191. Macdonald, E. K., Wilson, H., Martinez, V., and Toossi, A. 2011. "Assessing Value-in- Use: A Conceptual Framework and Exploratory Study," Industrial Marketing Management (40:5), pp. 671-682. Manly, B. F. J. 2005. Multivariate Statistical Methods: A Primer, (CRC Press: Boca Raton, FL. Marshall, C., and Rossman, G. B. 1989. "Design Qualitative Research," California. Sage. USA. Martin, S. S., Camarero, C., and Jose, R. S. 2011. "Does Involvement Matter in Online Shopping Satisfaction and Trust," Psychology & Marketing (28:2), pp. 145-167. Maslow, A. H. 1943. "A Theory of Human Motivation," Psychological review (50:4), p 370. Maslow, A. H. 1970. Motivation and Personality, Harper and Row: NewYork, NY.

337

Mason, R. 1995. "Measuring the Demand for Status Goods: An Evaluation of Means- End Chains and Laddering," European Advances in Consumer Research (2), pp. 78-81. Maxwell, J. A. 2004. "Causal Explanation, Qualitative Research, and Scientific Inquiry in Education," Educational researcher (33:2), pp. 3-11. McCracken, G. 1988. The Long Interview, (Sage: Beverly Hills, California. McGuire, W. 1974. "Psychological Motives and Communication Gratification," in The Uses of Mass Communications: Current Perspectives on Gratification Research, J. F. Blumler and Katz (eds.), Sage Publications: Beverly Hills, pp. 106-167. McMillan, J. H. 2000. "Research in Education: A Conceptual Introduction Author: James H. Mcmillan, Sally Schumacher, Publisher: All. Menon, S., and Kahn, B. 2002. "Cross-Category Effects of Induced Arousal and Pleasure on the Internet Shopping Experience," Journal of Retailing (78:1), pp. 31-40. Metzger, M. J. 2006. "Effects of Site, Vendor, and Consumer Characteristics on Web Site Trust and Disclosure," Communication Reseach (33:3), pp. 155-179. Michailidis, A., Partalidou, M., Nastis, S. A., Papadaki-Klavdianou, A., and Charatsari, C. 2011. "Who Goes Online? Evidence of Internet Use Patterns from Rural Greece," Telecommunications Policy (35), pp. 333-343. Modahl, M. 2000. Now or Never, Harper Collins: New York. Monsuwe, T. P., Dellaert, B. G. C., and Ruyter, K. d. 2004. "What Drives Consumers to Shop Online? A Literature Review," International Journal of Service Industry Management (15:1), pp. 102-121. Moradabadi, Y. N., Gharehshiran, M. A., and Amrai, K. 2012. "What Is Motivation Student of Iranians for Using Facebook?," Social and Behavioral Sciences (46), pp. 5192-5195. Morgan, J. 2011. "Social Shopping Is for the Young and Rich - Hot in China Too." Morganosky, M. A., and Cude, B. 2000. "Consumer Response to Online Grocery Shopping," International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management (28:1), pp. 17-26. Murray, H. A. 1938. Explorations in Personality, (Oxford University Press: New York. Myer, M. D. 2009. Qualitative Research in Business & Management, Sage Publications: London. Neuendorf, K. A. 2002. The Content Analysis Guidebook, Sage. Neuman, W. L. 2000. Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Methods, (Allyns Bacon: Needham Heights, MA. Neuman, W. L., and Kreuger, L. 2003. Social Work Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, Allyn and Bacon. Nielsen, N. A., Larsen-Bech, T., and Grunert, K. G. 1998. "Consumer Purchase Motives and Product Perceptions: A Laddering Study on Vegetable Oil in Three Countries," Food Quality and Preference (9:6), pp. 455-466.

338

Nollet, J., and Beaulieu, M. 2003. "The Development of Group Purchasing: An Empirical Study in the Healthcare Sector," Journal of Purchasing & Supply Management (9:1), pp. 3-10. Nollet, J., and Beaulieu, M. 2005. "Should an Organisation Join a Purchasing Group," Supply Chain Management (10:1), pp. 11-17. O'Brien, H. L. 2010. "The Influence of Hedonic and Utilitarian Motivations on User Engagement: The Case of Online Shopping Experience," Interacting with Computers (22:5), pp. 344-352. O'Cass, A., and Fenech, T. 2003. "Web Retailing Adoption: Exploring the Future of Internet Users Web Retailing Behavior," Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services (10:2), pp. 81-94. Olson, J. C. 1989. "Theoretical Foundations of Means-End Chains," Werbeforschung & Praxis Folge (5), pp. 174-178. Olson, J. C., and Reynolds, T. J. 2001. Understanding Consumer Decision Making: The Means-End Approach to Marketing and Advertising Strategy, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: New Jersey. Omar, A. S., Rashid, W. E. W., and Majid, A. A. 2014. "Motivations Using Social Networking Sites on Quality Work Life," Social and Behavioral Sciences (130), pp. 524-531. Omar, R., Zailani, S., and Sulaiman, M. 2009. "Supply Chain Quanlity Orientation: Does Company Profile Matter?," International Journal of Information Technology and Management (8:2), pp. 214-230. Orlikowski, W., and Baroudi, J. 1991. "Studying Information Technology in Organizations: Research Approaches and Assumptions," Information System Research (2:2), pp. 1-28. Orlikowski, W. J., and Baroudi, J. J. 2001. "Studying Information Technology in Organizations: Research Approaches and Assumptions," Information System Research (2:1), pp. 1-28. Padgett, D. K. 2008. Qualitative Methods in Social Work Research, Sage. Pai, P., and Arnott, D. C. 2013a. "User Adoption of Social Networking Sites: Eliciting Uses and Gratifications through a Means-End Approach," Computers in Human Behavior (29), pp. 1039-1053. Pai, P., and Arnott, D. C. 2013b. "User Adoption of Social Networking Sites: Eliciting Uses and Gratifications through a Means-End Approach," Computers in Human Behavior (29:3), pp. 1039-1053. Palvia, P. 2009. "The Role of Trust in E-Commerce Relational Exchange: A Unified Model," Information & Management (46:4), pp. 213-220. Papacharissi, Z., and Rubin, M. A. 2000. "Predictors of Internet Use," Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media (44:2), pp. 175-196.

339

Papastergiou, M., and Solomonidou, C. 2005. "Gender Issues in Internet Access and Favourite Internet Activities among Greek High School Pupils inside and Outside School," Computers & Education (44), pp. 377-393. Parasuraman, A., Zeithaml, V. A., and Malholtra, A. 2005. "E-S-Qual: A Multiple-Item Scale for Assessing Electronic Service Quality," Journal of Service Research (7:3), pp. 213-235. Parboteeah, D. V., Valacich, J. S., and Wells, J. D. 2009. "The Influence of Website Characteristics on a Consumer's Urge to Buy Impulsivity," Informatio Systems Research (20:1), pp. 60-78. Park, N., Kee, K. F., and Valenzuela, S. 2009. "Being Immersed in Social Networking Environment: Facebook Groups, Uses and Gratifications, and Social Outcomes," Cyberpsychology & Behavior (12:6), pp. 729-733. Parker, J. B., and Plank, E. R. 2000. "A Uses and Gratifications Perspective on the Internet: As a New Information Source," American Business Review (18:2), pp. 43-49. Parsons, A. G. 2002. "Non-Functional Motives for Online Shoppers: Why We Click," Journal of Consumer Marketing (19:5), pp. 380-392. Peter, J. P., and Olson, J. C. 2005. Consumer Behavior and Marketing Strategy, McGraw-Hill: New York. Phang, C. W., Kankanhalli, A., Ramarkrishnan, K., and Raman, K. S. 2010. "Customers' Preference of Online Store Visit Strategies: An Investigation of Demographic Variables," European Journal of Information Systems (19:3), pp. 344-358. Pieters, R., Baumgartner, H., and Allen, D. 1995. "A Means-End Chain Approach to Consumer Goal Structures," International Journal of Research in Marketing (12:3), pp. 227-244. Pizzutti, C., and Fernandes, D. 2010. "Effect of Recovery Efforts on Consumer Trust and Loyalty in E-Tail: A Contingency Model," International Journal of Electronic Commerce (14:4), pp. 127-160. Polkinghorne, D. E. 2005. "Language and Meaning: Data Collection in Qualitative Research," Journal of counseling psychology (52:2), p 137. Pornsakulvanich, V., and Dumrongsiri, N. 2013. "Internal and External Influences on Social Networking Site Usage in Thailand," Computers in Human Behavior (29:6), pp. 2788-2795. Punj, G. 2012. "Consumer Decision Making on the Web: A Theoretical Analysis and Research Guidelines," Psychology & Marketing (29:10), pp. 791-803. Punj, G., and Stewart, D. W. 1983. "Cluster Analysis in Marketing Research: Review and Suggestions for Application," Journal of Marketing Research (20:2), pp. 134-148. Qureshi, I., Fang, Y., Eamsey, E., McCole, P., Ibbotson, P., and Compeau, D. 2009. "Understanding Online Customer Repurchasing Intention and the Mediating

340

Role of Trust - an Empirial Investigation in Two Developed Countries," European Journal of Information Systems (18), pp. 205-222. Raacke, J., and Bonds-Raacke, J. 2008. "Myspace and Facebook: Applying the Uses and Gratification Theory to Exploring Friend-Networking Sites," CyberPsychology & Behavior (11:2), pp. 169-174. Rajamma, R. K. 2005. "Services Purchased at Brick and Mortar Versus Online Stores, and Shopping Motivation," Journal of Service Marketing (21:3), pp. 200-212. Ray, M. 1973. "Marketing Communication and the Hierarchy of Effects," New models for communication research (2), pp. 146-175. Rencher, A. C. 2002. "Méthods of Multivariate Analysis. A John Wiley & Sons," Inc. Publication. Renolds, T. J., and Rochon, J. P. 2001. "Consumer Segmentation Based on Cognitive Orientations: The Chemlawn Case," in Understanding Consumer Decision Making: The Means-End Approach to Marketing and Advertising Strategy, T. J. Renolds and J. C. Olson (eds.), Lawrence Erlbaunm Associates: London. Reynolds, K. E., Ganesh, J., and Luckett, M. 2002. "Traditional Malls Vs. Factory Outlets: Comparing Shopper Typologies and Implications for Retail Strategy," Journal of Business Research (55:9) 9//, pp. 687-696. Reynolds, T. J., Gengler, C. E., and Howard, D. J. 1995. "A Means-End Analysis of Brand Persuasion through Advertising," International Journal of Research in Marketing (12:3), pp. 257-266. Reynolds, T. J., and Gutman, J. 1988. "Laddering Theory, Method, Analysis, and Interpretation," Journal of Advertising Research (28:1), pp. 18-31. Reynolds, T. J., and Gutman, J. 2001a. "Advancements in Laddering," in Understanding Consumer Decison Making: The Means-End Approach to Marketing and Advertising Strategy, J. C. Olson and T. J. Reynolds (eds.), Erlbaum: Mahwah, NJ, pp. 91-118. Reynolds, T. J., and Olson, J. C. 2001b. Understanding Consumer Decision Making: The Means-End Approach to Marketing and Advertising Strategy, (Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: London. Ribbink, D., Riel, A., C. R. van, Liljander, V., and Streukens, S. 2004. "Comfort Your Online Customer: Quality, Trust and Loyalty on the Internet," Managing Service Quality (14:6), pp. 446-456. Ridder, H.-G., and Hoon, C. 2009. "Introduction to the Special Issue: Qualitative Methods in Research on Human Resource Management," Zeitschrift für Personalforschung/German Journal of Research in Human Resource Management), pp. 93-106. Rodgers, S., and Cannon, H. 2000. "The Many Faces of Web Users," Proceedings of the 2000 Conference of the American Academy of Advertising.

341

Rodgers, S., and Shedon, K. Year. "The Web Motivation Inventory: Reasons for Using the Web and Their Correlates," Proceedings of the 1999 Conference of the American Academy of Advertising 1999. Rohm, A., and Swaminathan, V. 2004. "A Typology of Online Shoppers Based on Shopping Motivations," Journal of Business Research (57:7), pp. 748-757. Rokeach, M. J. 1973. The Nature of Human Values, Free Press: New York. Roy, M. C., Dewit, O., and Aubert, B. A. 2001. "The Impact of Interface Usability on Trust in Web Retailers," Internet research (11:5), pp. 388-398. Roy, S. K. 2009. "Internet Uses and Gratifications: A Survey in the Indian Context," Computers in Human Behavior (25), pp. 878-886. Rubin, A. M. 1981. "An Examination of Television Viewing Motivations," Communication Research (8:2), pp. 141-165. Rubin, A. M. 1994. "Media Uses and Effects: A Uses and Gratifications Perspective," in Media Effects: Advances in Theory and Research, J.Bryant and D. Zillmann (eds.), Lawrence Erlbaum Association: Hillsdale, NJ, pp. 417-436. Ruggiero, T. E. 2000. "Uses and Gratification Theory in the 21st Century," Mass Communication & Society (3:1), pp. 3-37. Russell, C. G., Busson, A., Flight, I., Bryan, J., Van Pabst, J. A., and Cox, D. N. 2004. "A Comparison of Three Laddering Techniques Applied to an Example of a Complex Food Choice," Food Quality and Preference (15:6), pp. 569-583. Ryan, G. W., and Bernard, H. R. 2003. "Techniques to Identify Themes," Field methods (15:1), pp. 85-109. Salkind, N. J. 2000. Exploring Research, (Prentice Hall: Upper Saddle River, N.J. Sandelowski, M. 2000. "Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Sampling, Data Collection, and Analysis Techniques in Mixed‐Method Studies," Research in nursing & health (23:3), pp. 246-255. Santosa, M., and Guinard, J.-X. 2011. "Means-End Chains Analysis of Extra Virgin Olive Oil Purchase and Consumption Behaviour," Food Quality and Preference (22:3), pp. 304-316. Schaefers, T. 2013. "Exploring Carsharing Usage Motives: A Hierarchical Means-End Chain Analysis," Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice (47), pp. 69-77. Schotanus. 2007. Horizontal Cooperative Purchasing. Schotanus, F., and Telgen, J. 2007. "Developing a Typology of Organisational Forms of Cooperative Purchasing," Journal of Purchasing & Supply Management (13:1), pp. 53-68. Schotanus, F., Telgen, J., and Boer, L. d. 2010. "Critical Success Factors for Managing Purchasing Groups," Journal of Purchasing & Supply Management (16:1), pp. 51-60.

342

Schroder, H., and Zaharia, S. 2008. "Linking Multi-Channel Customer Behavior with Shopping Motives: An Epirical Investigation of a German Retailer," Journal of Retailing Consumer Services (15:6), pp. 452-468. Scott, J. 1991. "Social Network Analysis: A Handbook, 2000," 㨪 (20), p 6. Seiders, K., Berry, L. L., and Gresham, L. 2000. "Attention Retailers: How Convenient Is Your Convenience Strategy?," Sloan Management Review (49:3), pp. 79-90. Shang, R.-A., Chen, Y.-C., and Shen, L. 2005. "Extrinsic Versus Intrinsic Motivation for Consumers to Shop on-Line," Information & Management (42:3), pp. 401- 413. Shank, G. 2006. "Six Alternatives to Mixed Methods in Qualitative Research," Qualitative research in psychology (3:4), pp. 346-356. Shareef, M. A., Kumar, U., and Kumar, V. 2008a. "Role of Different Electronic- Commerce Quality Factors on Purchase Decision: A Developing Country Perspective," Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (9:2), pp. 92-114. Shareef, M. A., Kumar, U., and Kumar, V. 2008b. "Role of Different Electronic- Commerce Quality Factors on Purchase Decision: A Develping Country Perspective," Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (9:2), pp. 92-113. Sheldon, P. 2008. "Student Favorite: Facebook and Motives for Its Use," Southwestern Mass Communication Journal (23:2), pp. 39-53. Shiau, W.-L., and Luo, M. M. 2012. "Factors Affecting Online Group Buying Intention and Satisfaction: A Social Exchange Theory Perspective," Computers in Human Behaviour (28:6), pp. 2431-2444. Shih, H.-P. 2004. "An Empirical Study on Predicting User Acceptance of E-Shopping on the Web," Information & Management (41:3), pp. 351-368. Shim, S., and Eastlick, M. A. 1998. "The Hierarchical Influence of Personal Values on Mall Shopping Attitute and Behavior," Journal of Retailing (74:1), pp. 139-160. Silverman, D. 2011. Interpreting Qualitative Data, Sage. Simon, H. A. 1957. Adminitrative Behaviour, (Macmillan: New York. Sirdeshmukh, D., Singh, J., and Sabol, B. 2002. "Consumer Trust, Value, and Loyalty in Relational Exchanges," Journal of Marketing (66:1), pp. 15-37. Smith, R. E., Sarason, I. G., and Sarason, B. R. 1982. Psychology: The Frontiers of Behavior, (Harper & Row: New York. Smock, A. D., Ellison, N. B., Lampe, C., and Wohn, D. Y. 2011. "Facebook as a Toolkit: A Uses and Gratification Approach to Unbundling Feature Use," Computers in Human Behavior (27:6), pp. 2322-2329. So, M. W. C., Wong, D. T. N., and Sculli, D. 2005. "Factors Affecting Intentions to Purchase Via the Internet," Industrial Management & Data (105:9), pp. 1225- 1244. Song, I., Larose, R., Eastin, S. M., and Lin, A. C. 2004. "Internet Gratifications and Internet Addiction: On the Uses and Abuses of New Media," Cyber Psychology & Behavior (7:4), pp. 384-394.

343

Sorenson, D., and Henchion, M. 2011. "Understanding Consumers' Cognitive Structures with Regard to High Pressure Processing: A Means-End Chain Application to the Chilled Ready Meals Category," Food Quality and Preferences (22:3), pp. 271-280. Stafford, T. F., and Stafford, M. R. 2001. "Identifying Motivations for the Use of Commercial Web Sites," Information Resource Management Journal (14:1), pp. 22-30. Stafford, T. F., and Stafford, M. R. 2004. "Determining Uses and Gratifications for the Internet," Decision Sciences (35:2), pp. 259-288. Strauss, A., and Juliet, C. 1990. Basic of Qualitative Research: Grounded Theory Procedures and Techniques, Sage: Newbury Park, CA. Sun, H. 2010. "Transferring Attributes of E-Commerce Systems into Business Benefits: A Relationship Quality Perspective," Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (11:2), pp. 92-109. Sun, Q. 2007. Strategic Market Planning in China: A Means-End Chain Approach to Market Segmentation within the Beijing Mobile Phone Market, University of Salford, Salford. Sun, X., and Collins, R. 2007. "The Application of Fuzzy Logic in Measuring Consumption Values: Using Data of Chinese Consumer Buying Imported Fruit," Food Quality and Preference (18:3), pp. 576-584. Suri, R., Long, M., and Monroe, K. B. 2003. "The Impact of the Internet and Consmer Motivation on Evaluation of Prices," Journal of Business Research (56:5), pp. 379-390. Tai, C.-L., Hong, J.-Y., Chang, C.-M., and Chen, L.-C. Year. "Determinants of Consumer's Intention to Participate in Group Buying," International Conference on Asia Pacific Business Innovation and Technology Management2012, pp. 396-403. Tan, F. B., and Hunter, M. G. 2002. "The Repertory Grid Technique: A Method for the Study of Cognition in Information Systems," MIS Quarterly (26:1), pp. 39-57. Tan, W.-K., and Tan, Y.-J. 2010. "Online or Offline Group Buying," in 2010 Seventh International Conference on Fuzzy Systems and Knowledge Discovery, pp. 2853-2857. Tang, C. S. 2008. "United We May Stand," Sloan Management Review). Tauber, E. M. 1972. "Marketing Notes and Communications," Journal of Marketing (36), pp. 46-59. Tella, E., and Virolainen, V.-M. 2005. "Motives Behind Purchasing Consortia," International Journal of Production Economics (93-94:8), pp. 161-168. Teo, T., Lim, V., and Lai, R. 1997. "Users and Uses of the Internet: The Case of Singapore," International Journal of Information Management (17:5), pp. 325- 336.

344

Teo, T., S.H., and Liu, J. 2007. "Consumer Trust in E-Commerce in the United States, Singapore and China," The International Journal of Management Science (35:1), pp. 22-38. Teo, T. S. H. 2001. "Demographic and Motivation Variables Associated with Internet Usage Activities," Internet Research: Electronic Networking Applications and Policy (11:2), pp. 125-137. Teo, T. S. H., and Lim, V. K. G. 2000. "Gender Differences in Internet Usage and Task Preferences," Behaviour & Information Technology (19:4), pp. 283-295. Terre Blanche, M., and Durrheim, K. 1999. Interpretive Methods, University of Cape Town Press: Cape Town. Thompson, K. E., and Chen, Y. L. 1998. "Retail Store Image: A Means-End Approach," Journal of Marketing Practice (4:6), pp. 161-173. To, P.-L., Liao, C., and Lin, T.-H. 2007. "Shopping Motivations on Internet: A Study Based on Utilitarian and Hedonic Value," Technovation (27:12), pp. 774-787. Tong, Y., Wang, X., Tan, C.-H., and Teo, H.-H. 2013. "An Empirical Study of Information Contribution to Online Feedback Systems: A Motivation Perspective," Information & Management (50:7), pp. 562-570. Trochim, W. 2001. The Research Methods Knowledge Base, Atomic Dog: Chicinnati, OH. Trochim, W. 2002. "Reliability and Validity: What’s the Difference," Retrieved December (4), p 2002. Tsai, M.-J., and Tsai, C.-C. 2010. "Junior High School Students' Internet Usage and Self-Efficacy: A Re-Examination of the Gender Gap," Computers & Education (54), pp. 1182-1192. Tsai, M.-T., Cheng, N.-C., and Chen, K.-S. 2011. "Understanding Online Group Buying Intention: The Roles of Sense of Virtual Community and Technology Acceptance Factors," Total Quality Management & Business Excellence (20:10), pp. 1091-1104. Valette-florence, P., and Rapacchi, B. 1991. "Improvements in Means-End Chain Analysis," Journal of Advertising Research (31:1), pp. 30-45. Vallerand, R. J., and Ratelle, C. F. 2002. "Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation: A Hierarchical Model," in Handbook of Self-Determination Research, e. l. Deci and R. M. Ryan (eds.), University of Rochester Press: New York. Valvi, A. C., and West, D. C. 2013. "E-Loyalty Is Not All About Trust, Price Also Matters: Extending Expectation-Confirmation Theory in Bookselling Website," Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (14:1), pp. 99-123. Van Horn, T., Engman, J. C., Halbert, R. V., Gustafsson, N., Woodford, D. A., Pache, J. P., and Dean, G. C. 2005. "Sytem and Method for Extension of Group Buying Throughout the Internet."

345

Vanea, M. O. 2011. "Intensive/ Excessive Use of Internet and Risks of Internet Addiction among Specialized Workers - Gender and Online Activities Differences," Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences (30), pp. 757-764. Veludo-de-Oliveria, T. M., Ikeda, A. A., and Campomar, M. C. 2006. "Discussing Laddering Application by the Means End Chain Theory," Qualitative Report (11:4), pp. 626-642. Vila, N., and Kuster, I. 2011. "Consumer Feelings and Behaviours Towards Well Designed Websites," Information & Management (48:4–5), pp. 166-177. Wagner, T. 2007. "Shopping Motivation Revised: A Means-End Chain Analytical Perspective," International Journal of Retail & Distribution (35:7), pp. 569-582. Wagner, T., and Rudolph, T. 2010. "Towards a Hierarchical Theory of Shopping Motivation," Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services (17:5), pp. 415-429. Wakefiled, K. L., and Baker, J. 1998. "Excitement at the Mall: Determinants and Effects on Shopping Response," Journal of Retailing (74:4), pp. 515-539. Walker, B. A., and Olsen, N. V. 1991. "Means-End Chains: Connecting Products with Self," Journal of Business Research (22:2), pp. 111-118. Walsham, G. 1995. "Interpretive Case Studies in Is Research, Nature and Method," European Journal of Information Systems (4), pp. 74-81. Wang, Y. J., Minor, M. S., and Wei, J. 2011. "Aesthetics and the Online Shopping Environment: Understanding Consumer Responses," Journal of Retailing (87:1), pp. 46-58. Weber, S. 2004. The Success of Open Source, (Harvard University Press: Cambridge, MA. Wedel, M., and Kamukura, W. A. 2000. Market Segmentation: Conceptual and Methodological Foundations, (Kluwer Academic: Boston. Weiser, E. B. 2000. "Gender Differences in Internet Use Patterns and Internet Application Preferences: A Two-Sample Comparison," Cyber Psychology & Behavior (3:2), pp. 167-178. Well, J. D., Parboteeah, V., and Valacich, J. S. 2011. "Online Impulse Buying: Understanding the Interplay between Consumer Impulsiveness and Website Qality," Journal of the Association for Information Systems (12:1), pp. 32-56. Wellman, H. M., and Gelman, S. A. 1992. "Cognitive Development: Foundational Theories of Core Domains," Annual review of psychology (43:1), pp. 337-375. Westbrook, R. A., and Black, W. C. 1985. "A Motivation-Based Shopper Typology," Journal of Retail (61:1), pp. 78-103. Wicker, F. W., Lambert, F. B., Richardson, F. C., and Kahler, J. 1984. "Categorical Goal Hierarchies and Classfication Human Motives," Journal of Personality (52:2), pp. 285-305. Willis, J. 1995. "A Recursive, Reflective Instructional Design Model Based on Constructivist-Interpretivist Theory," Educational Technology (35:6), pp. 5-23.

346

Wind, Y. 1978. "Issues and Advances in Segmentation Research," Journal of Marketing Research (15:3), pp. 317-337. Wixom, B., and Tdd, P. A. 2005. "A Theoretical Integration of User Satisfaction and Technology Acceptance," Informatio Systems Research (16:1), pp. 85-102. Wolfinbarger, M., and Gilly, M. C. 2001. "Shopping Online for Freedom, Control, and Fun," California Management Review (43:2), pp. 34-55. Woodside, A. G. 2004. "Advancing Means-End Chains by Incorporating Heiders' Balance Theory and Fournier's Consumer Brand Relationship Typology," Psychology & Marketing (21:4), pp. 279-294. Xiong, L. 2010. "Harness the Power of Viral Marketing in Hotel Industry: A Network Discount Strategy," Journal of Hospitality and Tourism (1:3), pp. 234-244. Yang, H.-W., and Chang, K.-F. 2012. "Combining Means-End Chain and Fuzzy Anp to Explore Customers' Decision Process in Selecting Bundles," International Journal of Information Management (32:4), pp. 381-395. Yang, J., and Mai, E. 2010. "Experiential Goods with Network Externalities Effects: An Empirical Study of Online Rating System," Journal of Business Research (63:9- 10), pp. 1050-1057. Yang, L., and Mao, M. Year. "Antecedents of Online Group Buying Behaviour: From Price Leverage and Crowd Effect Perspectives," Pacific-Asia Conference on Information Systems, Chengdu, China, 2014. Yang, z., and Peterson, R. T. 2004. "Customer Perceived Value, Satisfaction, and Loyalty: The Role of Switching Costs," Psychology & Marketing (21:20) October, pp. 799-823. Yeh, R. C., Chen, Y.-C., Lin, L.-M., and Wu, J.-H. Year. "Factors Affecting Consumers' Value Creation in Online Group Buying," Pacific-Asia Conference in Information Systems2014. Yim, M. Y.-C., Yoo, S.-C., and Sauer, P. L. 2014. "Hedonic Shopping Motivation and Co-Shopper Influence on Utilitarian Grocery Shopping in Superstores," Journal of Academy of Marketing Science (42), pp. 528-544. Yin, R. K. 1994. Case Study Research: Design and Methods, (Sage Publications: Thousand Oaks, CA. Yin, R. K. 2003. Case Study Research: Design and Methods, (Sage: Thousand Oaks, CA. Zanoli, R., and Naspetti, S. 2002. "Consumer Motivations in the Purchase of Organic Food - a Means-End Approach," British Food Journal (104:8), pp. 643-653. Zhang, K. Z. K., Hu, B., and Zhao, S. J. Year. "How Online Social Interactions Affect Consumers' Impulse Purchase on Group Shopping Websites," Pacific-Asia Conference on Information Systems, Chengdu, China, 2014. Zhang, Z., Zhang, Z., Wang, F., Law, R., and Li, D. 2013. "Factors Influencing the Effectiveness of Online Group Buying in the Restaurant Industry," International Journal of Hospotality Management (35), pp. 237-245.

347

Zhou, G., Xu, K., and Liao, S. S. Y. 2013. "Do Starting and Ending Effects in Fixed- Price Group-Buying Differ?," Electronic Commerce Research and Applications (12:2), pp. 78-89. Zhou, L., Dai, L., and Zhang, D. 2007. "Online Shopping Acceptance Model - a Critical Survey of Consumer Factors in Online Shopping," Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (8:1), pp. 41-62. Zhou, T. 2013. "An Empirical Examination of Continuance Intention of Mobile Payment Services," Decision Support Systems (54:2), pp. 1085-1091. Zhou, Z., Xiao-Ling, J., Vogel, D. R., Fang, Y., and Xiaojian, C. 2011. "Individual Motivations and Demographic Differences in Social Virtual World Uses: An Exploratory Investigation in Second Life," International Journal of Information Management (31:3), pp. 261-271.

348

Appendix A – Survey (English and Chinese versions)

UNSW AUSTRALIA

Participant Information Statement and Consent Form (for survey and interview)

Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End Chain Approach Approval Number: 116074

Participant selection and purpose of study You are invited to participate in a study of exploring consumers’ behaviour in the context of online group buying. We hope to learn the factors that drive consumers to participate in online group buying activities. You were selected as a possible participant in this study because you have online group buying experience.

Description of study and risks If you decide to participate, you will be asked to complete a questionnaire where you will be asked to report your experience of joining in online group buying and your perceptions about online group buying activity.

The questionnaire is expected to take about 3-5 minutes to complete. The completion and return of the questionnaire indicates your consent to participate in this study.

Confidentiality and disclosure of information Any information that is obtained in connection with this study and that can be identified with you will remain confidential and will be disclosed only with your permission, except as required by law. If you give us your permission by signing this document, we plan publish the results in an IS conference or journal at some point in future. In any publication, information will be provided in such a way that you cannot be identified.

Recompense to participants Complaints may be directed to: 349

Ethics Secretariat Phone: +61 2 9385 4234 UNSW ASTRALIA Fax: +61 2 9385 6648 Sydney 2052 AUSTRALIA Email: [email protected]). Any complaint you make will be investigated promptly and you will be informed out the outcome.

Feedback to participants If during anytime you would like to view a summary of the research findings, please inform the investigator and we will email you a copy of the findings at the completion of the research.

Your consent

Your decision whether or not to participate will not prejudice your future relations with the

UNSW AUSTRALIA. If you decide to participate, you are free to withdraw your consent and to discontinue participation at any time without prejudice.

If you have any questions, please feel free to ask us. If you have any additional questions later,

Lin Xiao at +61424242819, email: [email protected] will be happy to answer them.

You will be given a copy of this form to keep.

350

Consumer Online Group Buying Questionnaire

Part A: Online group buying experience

1. Please list the group buying websites according to the frequency you visited :______2. The ways you obtain group buying information:

□ login in directly on navigation site □ login in directly to a specific group buying website □ the email subscribed □ the group buying information on the online shopping websites □ search online group buying information online □ the advertisements online □ the group buying information on micro-blog □ the group buying information on SNS 3. Please rank the products you purchased by frequency of purchases:

□ food & beverage □ cosmetics □ dress □ entertainment □ home furniture □ digitals □ hotel voucher □ outdoor sports facilities

4. Hours spend on surfing group buying websites

□ Never

□ 1-5 hours

□ 6-10 hours

□ 11-20 hours

□ More than 20 hours

351

5. How long have you used online group buying?

□ less than half year □ 0.5 - 1 year □ 1-2 years □ 2-3 years □ More than 3 years 6. How much have you spend on online group buying each month in average

□ less than 100 □ 101-300 yuan □ 301-500 yuan □ 501-1000 yuan □ 1000-2000 yuan □ More than 2000 yuan

7. How many times have you purchased using online group buying in the most recent one year

□ 1-2 times □ 3-5 times

□ 6-10 times □ More than 10 times

8. The first time you used online group buying is because of

□ friends □ social media □ advertisements □ others______9. Will you continue using online group buying in the near future?

□ absolutely yes

□ probably yes

□ not sure

□ probably no

□ absolutely no

352

Part two: Personal information 10. Gender

□ male □ female

11. Age □ less than 19

□ 19-24

□ 25-30

□ 31-35

□ more than 36 12. Highest education level □ High school or below □ College

□ Bachelor □ Master or above

13. Occupation □ Students □ Sales

□ Administrative □ Human resource

□ Accountants □ Clerk

□ R&D staff □ Middle management

□ Teacher □ Consultant

□ Others

14. Your average monthly income □ Less than 1000

□ 1000-3000 yuan

□ 3001-5000 yuan

□ 5001-8000 yuan

□ More than 8000 yuan

Thanks for participation!

353

Participant Information Statement and Consent Form (for survey and interview) Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End Chain Approach

Approval Number: 116074 研究对象筛选及研究目的

我们邀请您参与一项关于消费者网络团购行为动机的调查研究。我们希望了解影响消费者参与网

络团购的因素。因为您有团购经验,所以我们邀请您参与此项研究。

研究课题描述及风险

如果您决定参与,您需要完成此份问卷。在此问卷中您需要回答关于您的网络团购经验及看法。

问卷预计需时 3-5 分钟完成。完成及提交问卷表示您同意参与这项研究。

信息保密及披露

您在本项研究中提供的任何信息都会予以保密,未经您的允许不会像任何一方披露。如有投诉,

请联系澳大利亚新南威尔士大学德育处(电话+61293854234,传真+62293856648,电子邮件:

[email protected])。您的任何投诉都将获得妥善处理,并及时告知您处理结果。

研究反馈

如果您希望获取研究报告,请与研究人员联系,我们会将研究结果发至您的邮箱。如有任何问题,

请随时联系肖琳,电话:+61293857174(邮件:[email protected])。

354

关于消费者网络团购动机的调查问卷 这是一份有关网络团购动机的问卷,我们殷切地希望能在您的协助下完成这项研 究。本问卷共分为两个部分,请您依照个人主观感受,选择答案。本问卷只用于 学术研究,采用匿名方式,且资料完全保密,请您安心作答!衷心感谢您的热情

参与!

第一部分 团购基本信息 1. 请 按 访 问 次 数 列 出 您 常 去 的 团 购 网 站 : ______

2. 请问您获取团购信息的方式: □直接登录团购导航网站 □直接登录某一团购网站 □团购网站发送的邮件(邮件订阅) □购物网站上的团购信息 □网上搜索团购信息 □一般网站的团购广告 □微博上的团购信息 □社交网站上的团购信息

3. 请对你常团购的产品进行排序: □ 餐饮美食类 □ 化妆品、护肤品类 □ 鞋帽服饰类 □ 休闲娱乐类 □ 家居百货类 □ 数码产品 □ 酒店旅行 □ 户外运动设施 □ 美容健身

4. 请问您每周花在浏览团购网站的时间 □ 从不 □ 1-5 小时

□ 6-10 小时 □ 11-20 小时

□ 大于 20 小时

5. 请问您开始网络团购已经多久 □ 小于半年 □ 半年-1 年

□ 1 年-2 年 □ 2-3 年

□ 3 年以上

355

6. 请问您平均每月网络团购的支出 □ 少于 100 元 □ 101-300 元

□ 301-500 元 □ 501-1000 元

□ 1000-2000 元 □ 多于 2000 元

7. 请问您最近 1 年的团购次数 □1-2 次 □3-5 次 □6-10 次 □10 次以上

8. 请问您第一次接触团购是因为 □朋友介绍 □媒体报道

□广告宣传 □其它______

9. 未来您会继续参加团购吗? □肯定会 □可能会 □不一定 □可能不会

□肯定不会

第二部分 个人基本资料

10.请问您的性别 □男 □女

11.请问您的年龄 □19 岁以下 □19-24 岁

□25-30 岁 □31-35 岁

□36 岁以上

12.请问您的学历 □高中/中专/职高及以下 □大专

□大学本科 □硕士及以上 13.请问您目前从事的职业

356

□全日制学生 □生产人员

□销售人员 □行政/后勤人员

□人力资源 □财务/审计人员

□文职/办事人员 □技术/研发人员

□管理人员 □教师

□顾问/咨询 □其他职业

14.请问您的每月收入 □1000 元以下

□1000-3000 元

□3001-5000 元

□5001-8000 元

□8000 元以上

感谢您的参与!

357

Appendix B – Participant Information Statement and

Consent Form (for interview)

UNSW AUSTRALIA

Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End Chain Approach

Approval Number: 116074

Participant selection and purpose of study

You are invited to participate in a study of exploring consumers’ behaviours in the context of online group buying. We hope to learn the factors that drive consumers to participate in online group buying activities. You were selected as a possible participant in this study because you have online group buying experience.

Description of study and risks

If you decide to participate, we will conduct an interview. The interview will go on for approximately one hour. The interview will ask you to provide your opinions about trust, satisfaction, and experience of using online group buying websites. The interview will be recorded so that we can review comments. The recording will not be used for any other purpose.

If you disagree with recording we will use handwriting to make notes. There are no expected discomforts or inconveniences from such a study. As your anonymity will be required there will be no risks to yourself.

Confidentiality and disclosure of information

Any information that is obtained in connection with this study and that can be identified with you will remain confidential and will be disclosed only with your permission, except as required by law. If you give us your permission by signing this document, we plan to publish the result in an IS conference or journal at some point in future. In any publication, information will be provided in such a way that you cannot be identified.

358

Recompense to participants Complaints may be directed to:

Ethics Secretariat Phone: +61 2 9385 4234 UNSW AUSTRALIA Fax: +61 2 9385 6648 Sydney 2052 AUSTRALIA Email: [email protected]). Any complaint you make will be investigated promptly and you will be informed out the outcome

Feedback to participants If during anytime you would like to view a summary of the research findings, please inform the investigator and we will email you a copy of the findings at the completion of the research.

Your consent Your decision whether or not to participate will not prejudice your future relations with the UNSW AUSTRALIA. If you decide to participate, you are free to withdraw your consent and to discontinue participation at any time without prejudice.

If you have any questions, please feel free to ask us. If you have any additional questions later, Lin Xiao at +61424242819, email: [email protected] will be happy to answer them.

You will be given a copy of this form to keep.

You are making a decision whether or not to participate. Your signature indicates that, having read the information provided above, you have decided to participate.

I also give my consent to be audio taped during the interview

Yes

No

Signature of Research Participant Signature of Witness

Please PRINT name Please PRINT name 359

Date Nature of Witness Lin Xiao Information Systems, Technology and Management, Australia School of Business, UNSW AUSTRALIA, Level 2, West Wing, Room 2107, Quadrangle Building 2052 Tel: +61424242819 Email: [email protected] Yifan Li School of Management, Fudan University 670 Guoshun Road, Yangpu District, Shanghai, 200433, China Tel: +862165104244 Email: [email protected]

REVOCATION OF CONSENT

Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End

Chain Approach

I hereby wish to WITHDRAW my consent to participate in the research proposal described above and understand that such withdrawal WILL NOT jeopardise any treatment or my relationship with UNSW AUSTRALIA.

Signature Date

Please PRINT Name

The section for Revocation of Consent should be forwarded to Lin Xiao Information Systems, Technology and Management, UNSW Business School, UNSW AUSTRALIA, Level 2, West Wing, Room 2107, Quadrangle Building 2052 Tel: +61424242819 Email: [email protected] Or Yifan Li

360

School of Management, Fudan University 670 Guoshun Road, Yangpu District, Shanghai, 200433, China Tel: +862165104244 Email: [email protected] THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES

Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End

Chain Approach (for interview)

研究对象筛选及研究目的

我们邀请您参与一项关于消费者网络团购行为动机的调查研究。我们希望了解影响消费者参与网 络团购的因素。因为您有团购经验,所以我们邀请您参与此项研究。

研究课题描述及风险

如果您决定参与,我们将会进行一次访谈。访谈的时间大约 1 个小时。在访谈中我们将会询问您 一些关于团购的经验并会录音。录音不会用于任何其他除学术以外的用途。此项研究不会为您带 来任何不便。您的任何信息会受到保护且对您自身不会有任何风险。

信息保密及披露

您在本项研究中提供的任何信息都会予以保密,未经您的允许不会像任何一方披露。如有投诉, 请联系澳大利亚新南威尔士大学德育处(电话+61293854234,传真+62293856648,电子邮件: [email protected])。您的任何投诉都将获得妥善处理,并及时告知您处理结果。

研究反馈

如果您希望获取研究报告,请与研究人员联系,我们会将研究结果发至您的邮箱。如有任何问题, 请随时联系肖琳,电话:+61293857174(邮件:[email protected])。

您的同意

您的决定是否参与本项研究不会对您和新南威尔士大学未来的任何关系造成影响。如果您决定参 与本项研究,您也有权在任何时候退出或中止。如有任何问题,请随时联系肖琳,电话: +61293857174(邮件:[email protected])。 You are making a decision whether or not to participate. Your signature indicates that, having read the information provided above, you have decided to participate. 您的签名表示您已经阅读以上提供的信息并同意参与 I also give my consent to be audio taped during the interview (我同意在访谈中进行录音)

361

Yes

No

Signature of Research Participant Signature of Witness

Please PRINT name Please PRINT name

Date Nature of Witness

Lin Xiao Information Systems, Technology and Management, UNSW Business School, UNSW AUSTRALIA, Level 2, West Wing, Room 2082, Quadrangle Building 2052 Tel: +61293857174 Email: [email protected] Yifan Li School of Management, Fudan University 670 Guoshun Road, Yangpu District, Shanghai, 200433, China Tel: +862165104244 Email: [email protected]

REVOCATION OF CONSENT

Consumer Motivations in Online Group Buying: A Means-End

Chain Approach

I hereby wish to WITHDRAW my consent to participate in the research proposal described above and understand that such withdrawal WILL NOT jeopardise any treatment or my relationship with UNSW AUSTRALIA.

362

Signature Date

Please PRINT Name

The section for Revocation of Consent should be forwarded to Lin Xiao Information Systems, Technology and Management, UNSW Business School, UNSW AUSTRALIA, Level 2, West Wing, Room 2082, Quadrangle Building 2052 Tel: +61293857174 Email: [email protected] Or Yifan Li School of Management, Fudan University 670 Guoshun Road, Yangpu District, Shanghai, 200433, China Tel: +862165104244 Email: [email protected]

363

Appendix C – Ethics Approval from UNSW

Reference Number: 116074

Understanding Consumer Motivations, Trust and Satisfaction in Online Group

Buying Behaviour

Dear Dr Guo,

The members of the ASB Research Ethics Advisory Panel have reviewed your application and are satisfied that this project meets the requirements as set out in the

National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research.

Having taken into account the advice of the Panel, the Deputy Vice-Chancellor

(Research) has approved the project to proceed.

Please note that this approval is valid for 12 months from the date of this e-letter.

Yours sincerely

Gary Monroe

Panel Convenor

Australian School of Business, Human Research Ethics Advisory Panel

364

Appendix D – Raw Constructs 有抽奖机会 保留评论 查看流行趋势 减小心理落差 推荐产品组合 避免店员推荐 参与团购的 不受地理位置 商家更容易遵 觉得团购业务 商品 产品是自己 限制 守承诺 也会做得很好 需要的 没有广告 产品无差异 优越感 招牌菜推荐 自己的经历 避免额外消费 第三方中介 延长决策时间 避免过度消费 库存量大 停止消费 过度消费 经济损失 量返现金 有360浏览器 使用更方便 尺寸更齐全 找到更多机会 团购期限短 制度完善 有购买时间限 娱乐性的消 上过团购的产 团购网站有负 购买达到一定 制 费方式 品不重复 面新闻 数 觉得价格不真 满足不同人 产品无可替代 提前看到场馆 以往的消费满 实 群需要 性 设施 意 促进交流 信息更真实 可以比较价格 返利功能 看到优惠力度 在线和网友交 避免食物种 积分换商品活 商家地理位置 avoid switching 流 类相克 动 好 to other websites 交通便捷 有心理准备 健康有保障 可选座位 囤货 商户信息全 更专业 形成习惯 商家档次高 退款流程清楚 视觉享受 降低风险 涵盖品牌更多 商品档次高 激励用户 优先考虑 更新产品多 便于重复购买 小额团购 避免大额损失 消费不受限制 准备充分 消费有保障 快递服务好 商品热门 支付安全 网银支付 保证消费质量 避免麻烦 确定性 付款明确 可靠 自己可以评价 商家知名度高 真实贴切 人性化 亲切 发泄心情 推荐给他人 便于支付 买到没有想到 网站搜索排 明星代言的产 有目的性的消 商品的描述详 的东西 名靠前 品多 费 细 买到合适的商 新颖的消费 了解更多的信 满足创新消费 看到已购买人 品 方式 息 心理 数 搜索排名靠前 开心 本土网站 本地商户多 网站有责任感 赠送给朋友 更喜欢商家 加速购买欲望 避免尴尬 操作方便 团购期限更长 服务有保障 及时收到货物 有QQ聊天工 exciting 避免砍价 7天退款 avoid ordering 反感 货到付款 满足好奇心 客服服务好 窗口弹出广告 挑选商家严格 减小盲目性 避免信息过多 保证食物得 有自己的物流 小样消费(化 提前了解商家 造成选择障碍 到提供 团队和仓库 妆品)购买人 档次 数多 结交新朋友 商家质量好 便于挑选 消遣时间 人气高 短信订阅团购 同一款产品 positive 提前了解商家 交通信息及周 信息 反复上团购 experience 信息 围相关信息 信息量大 有面子 使用时间长 专业做团购 有保证金 商家有知名度 更喜欢网站 涵盖的商家多 包邮服务 地点选择灵活

365

物流速度快 覆盖城市多 提供商家信息 网站设计新颖 节省时间 信息齐全 支付速度快 实惠 折扣低 惊喜 信任 商品品牌好 更理智消费 满意 have fun 吸引使用 方便规划 第三方支付 商品质量好 抽奖活动 增进感情 成就感 紧跟时尚 全面了解商品 随时随地使用 及时解决问题 推荐给朋友 网站分类详细 产品独特 方便 网站布局合理 消费得更多 比较不同信息 便捷 知名度高 就近消费 提前规划 享受生活 邮件订阅功能 从众心理 提前了解商品 了解更多的 跟同学朋友一 短信提醒到期 菜品已经搭配 的信息 商家 起消费 消费 好 手机客户端 服务更好 网站知名度高 不用排队 省心 直观 吸引关注 有网购平台 贴心 降低成本 朋友推荐 口碑好 信誉好 有图片 购买人数多 方便浏览信息 送货上门 售后有保障 放松 提前预定 了解更多的商 买到想要的 网站成立时间 专业做一类商 交易安全、方 品 东西 早 品 便 及时得到有用 网站功能设 网站页面做得 广告宣传力度 便于做出决 的信息 计实用 好看 大 策,找到更好 的 更新速度更快 价格低 开心 商品种类多 省钱 未消费退款 可选择性多 可信 放心 购买更自由 有评价 继续使用 权益有保障 吸引参与 提升购买意愿 满足感 吸引眼球 避免损失 划算 售后服务好 节省时间、精 尝试新的东 提高生活质量 网站有优惠活 便于查询信息 力 西 动

366

Appendix E – Cluster Analysis and ANOVA Results

Final Cluster Centers

Cluster 1 2 3 arousal .000000000000 .001949317738 .007020757020 0000 7914 7570 choice optimization .007554945054 .032580876446 .042889838209 9451 7718 5313 convenience .038923610703 .072548583514 .030444619319 0225 4463 2996 cost saving .043103541882 .036628825266 .015195375809 9536 1888 1866 decision quality .032828816608 .014631026460 .024974533849 2284 9108 2142 ease of navigation .019011738261 .018772452901 .012210012210 7383 5062 0122 entertainment value .008116883116 .015048545230 .003663003663 8831 2301 0037 freedom and control .013597513597 .009874284642 .003344481605 5136 0865 3512 information access .061715186774 .026449628395 .057963863360 0103 6118 2828 online impulsivity .011079198579 .015337245600 .035869081188 1986 4035 7743 perceived risk .068452137731 .023270934311 .031967966673 5495 3449 8490 perceived usefulness .024811161061 .020069470900 .007936507936 1611 4958 5079 perceivd value .028979381729 .028947448471 .018034188034 3817 2386 1880 sensory stimulation .018697420226 .021010320963 .024990709773 8320 4740 3185 socialize .003708791208 .016255210218 .011294261294 7912 0585 2613 trust .051756521256 .036580500863 .069952284146 5213 5382 6576 satisfaction .073631409440 .061257725506 .011213850088 2330 1368 5304

367

Distances between Final Cluster Centers

Cluster 1 2 3 1 .078 .095 2 .078 .090 3 .095 .090

Number of Cases in each Cluster

Cluster 1 20.000 2 19.000

3 13.000 Valid 52.000 Missing .000

ANOVA

Sum of Mean Squares df Square F Sig. arousal Between Groups .000 2 .000 1.934 .155 Within Groups .005 49 .000

Total .005 51 choice Between Groups .011 2 .006 17.746 .000 optimization Within Groups .016 49 .000 Total .027 51 convenience Between Groups .017 2 .009 8.325 .001 Within Groups .050 49 .001 Total .067 51 cost saving Between Groups .006 2 .003 6.901 .002 Within Groups .023 49 .000 Total .029 51 decision Between Groups .003 2 .002 3.350 .043 quality Within Groups .024 49 .000 Total .027 51 ease of Between Groups .000 2 .000 .439 .647 navigation Within Groups .024 49 .000 Total .025 51 entertainment Between Groups .001 2 .001 1.106 .339 value Within Groups .024 49 .000 Total .025 51

368

freedom and Between Groups .001 2 .000 .905 .411 control Within Groups .022 49 .000 Total .023 51 information Between Groups .014 2 .007 4.919 .011 access Within Groups .069 49 .001 Total .083 51 online Between Groups .005 2 .003 4.092 .023 impulsivity Within Groups .031 49 .001 Total .036 51 perceived risk Between Groups .022 2 .011 11.079 .000 Within Groups .049 49 .001 Total .070 51 perceived Between Groups .002 2 .001 1.523 .228 usefulness Within Groups .037 49 .001 Total .039 51 perceivd Between Groups .001 2 .001 .936 .399 value Within Groups .030 49 .001 Total .032 51 sensory Between Groups .000 2 .000 .143 .867 stimulation Within Groups .054 49 .001 Total .054 51 socialize Between Groups .002 2 .001 1.499 .233 Within Groups .025 49 .001 Total .027 51 trust Between Groups .009 2 .004 3.923 .026 Within Groups .054 49 .001 Total .063 51 satisfaction Between Groups .032 2 .016 28.511 .000 Within Groups .028 49 .001 Total .060 51

369